Home

Sony VMS Admin Referenz Manual

1. Meeting Invite Attendees Settings Attendee Availabilty Reference Code Password Additional Reservations Terminate Meetings IP Participants o At scheduled time Alert minutes before termination PSTNASDN Participants 0 O C Minutes after all terminals have left Total Reservations fi O Minutes after the host s terminal has left Auto Extend Block Dial in Admit unresolved PSTHASDN calls C start only when host joins C overwrite terminal display name Prioritize Unspecified A Required None Time Zone GMT 00 00 Greenwich Mean Time Etc Greenwich S Figure 14 20 All Meetings Advanced Tab Reference Code Type a reference code for the specified meeting All Meetings 245 Upcoming Tab Password Type a password to make this meeting password protected The access password is required for all dial in attendees Additional Reservations Determine how many additional IP and ISDN participant reservations should be made by default when scheduling a meeting Type the required values in the IP Participants PSTN ISDN Participants and Total Reservations fields Terminate Meetings Select which parameters will be used to decide when a meeting should be terminated At scheduled time The meeting will terminate at the time defined in the meeting scheduling process n minutes after all terminals have left The meeting will terminate after the length o
2. r 1 Save Close Figure B 16 Scheduling Data Network Devices Tab GATEKEEPER PROXY INFORMATION Gatekeeper ID Check to record gatekeeper SIP proxy IDs in the CDR Name Check to record gatekeeper SIP proxy names in the CDR VMS Configuration Tool 379 VMS System Configuration Model Check to record gatekeeper SIP proxy model information in the CDR IP Address Check to record gatekeeper SIP proxy IP addresses in the CDR Zone Prefix Check to record gatekeeper SIP proxy zone prefixes in the CDR SIP Domain Check to record gatekeeper SIP proxy domain information in the CDR GATEKEEPER DEVICE ASSOCIATION Device Address Check to associate a device address with its gatekeeper SIP proxy in the CDR E 164 Check to associate a device E 164 number with its gatekeeper SIP proxy in the CDR Alias Check to associate a device alias with its gatekeeper SIP proxy in the CDR Device Type Check to associate device type information with a gatekeeper SIP proxy in the CDR MCU INFORMATION MCU ID Check to record MCU IDs in the CDR Alias Check to record MCU aliases in the CDR 380 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual VMS System Configuration Model Check to record MCU model information in the CDR Master Slave Check to record MCU Master Slave status information in the CDR Zone Prefix Check to record MCU zone prefixes in the CDR Gatekeeper Ch
3. Sys admin Charlie 010828231 2 Z Pestt CEO Office TL50 San Jose 2 Initial Controller None v Host Sys Admin v Organizer lan Liu Additional accessories have been requested Ho accessories have been requested Catering Service Catering service has been booked No catering service has been booked Figure 11 4 Meeting Scheduling Attendees Settings Tab CTRL Check to grant the specified attendee meeting control privileges Select the top checkbox to grant all attendees control privileges If no attendees are granted control privileges the Administrator and the Meeting Operator may perform in meeting control Attendee Displays the names of all attendees Terminal Displays the user default terminal If a user does not have a default terminal assigned the word Select displays Click to assign a terminal or to change an existing terminal assignment for this meeting only The Select Terminal dialog box displays For more information see Modifying a Terminal Number on page 175 Meeting Scheduling 165 Attendees Settings Tab PSTN ISDN Check if a Dual IP ISDN terminal is to be used as an ISDN connection for this meeting Enabled only when the specified terminal is defined as a Dual IP ISDN terminal Dial in Specify which terminals are expected to dial in to the meeting Meeting Room If your term
4. lt VCS User Id gt Contains a conference attendee s VCS ID number Attribute Name Type Example value String lt VCS User Id value 88 gt lt Login Id gt Contains a conference attendee s VCS login ID Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Login Id value Sperkins gt lt First Name gt Contains a conference attendee s first name Attribute Name Type Example value String lt First Name value Susan gt CDR XML Tags and Attributes 429 CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Last Name gt Contains a conference attendee s last name Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Last Name value Perkins gt lt Email gt Contains a conference attendee s email address Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Email value Sperkins testco com gt lt VCS Customer Id gt Contains an attendee s VCS customer ID Attribute Name Type Example value String lt VCS Customer Id value 67 gt lt Company Name gt Contains the name of an attendee s company which is associated with the Customer ID Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Company Name value TestCo gt lt Is Controller gt Notes whether the organizer at the time the conference was scheduled granted an att
5. Figure 11 16 Meeting Scheduling Attendee Availability Tab 176 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual ADVANCED TAB Advanced Tab In the Meeting Scheduling section click the Advanced tab to display advanced meeting template configuration options The Advanced tab enables you to reserve additional resources for planned future meeting participants either on IP or ISDN networks to customize the meeting termination method to select how the VMS determines resource availability and to configure other advanced meeting settings Note Administrators can set a default value for all of these settings in the Default Meeting Settings tab in the Organization Settings section f Meeting D finie TN f Attendees Settings ff Attendee Availabilty NX eterence Code C E Password C Additional Reservations Terminate Meetings P Participants b Atscheduledtine Alert minutes betore termination PSTNASON Participants o __ Minutes atter ali terminals have left Total Reservations _ O Minutes after the host s terminal has left Auto Extend Block Dial in 7 Admit unresolved PSTHASDI calls Start only when host joins Overwrite terminal display name Prioritize Unspecified Required None Time Zone GMT 00 00 Greenwich Mean Time EtcGreenwich x Figure 11 17 Meeting Scheduling Advanced Tab
6. lt Organizer gt lt Organizer gt Contains information about the conference organizer Attribute Name Type Example CDR XML Tags and Attributes 425 CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt VCS User Id gt Contains the conference organizer s VCS ID number Attribute Name Type Example value String lt VCS User Id value 20 gt lt Login Id gt Contains the conference organizer s VCS login ID Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Login Id value Mjones gt lt First Name gt Contains the conference organizer s first name Attribute Name Type Example value String lt First Name value Mike gt lt Last Name gt Contains the conference organizer s last name Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Last Name value Jones gt 426 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Email gt Contains the conference organizer s email address Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Email value Mjones testco com gt lt VCS Customer Id gt Contains the organizer s VCS customer ID Attribute Name Type Example value String lt VCS Customer Id value 67 gt lt Company Name gt Co
7. regular regular sip sip rven2003 com Initial Controller None SA Host Andy Lewis xj Figure 14 15 All Meetings Attendee Settings Tab CTRL Check to grant the specified attendee meeting control privileges Select the top checkbox to grant all attendees control privileges If no attendees are granted control privileges the Administrator and the Meeting Operator may perform in meeting control Attendee Displays the names of all attendees Terminal Displays the user default terminal If a user does not have a default terminal assigned the word Select displays Click to assign a terminal or to change an existing terminal assignment for this meeting only The Select Terminal dialog box displays For more information see Modifying a Terminal Number on page 244 All Meetings 241 Upcoming Tab PSTN ISDN Check if a Dual IP ISDN terminal is to be used as an ISDN connection for this meeting Enabled only when the specified terminal is defined as a Dual IP ISDN terminal Dial in Specify which terminals can dial in to the meeting Meeting Room If your terminal is a mobile unit its location may change To change location for this meeting only select a different meeting room for this terminal from the drop down list E mail Address Displays the attendee e mail address View Select from up to four available layouts for each participant depending on which service is m
8. Figure 8 4 Prefix Displays the meeting type prefix Meeting Types Services Conflicts Dialog Box Meeting Types 95 Active Meeting Types Tab UPLOADING MEETING TYPES Use Meeting Type Service Description From Displays all locations where meeting types with the same prefix occur The locations of meeting types with the same prefix are grouped in individual rows For example where three MCUs contain an identical meeting type the MCUs are listed on the same row in the drop down list Each new row indicates a specific meeting type definition Where errors or conflicts during meeting type download occur an appropriate warning message describing the nature of the error displays Note Invalid prefix displayed in this field indicates that the meeting type prefix on the MCU is a subset or contains a subset of another prefix already in the VMS system Return to the MCU and rename the meeting type prefix before again attempting to download Name Displays the name of the meeting type To rename a meeting type while downloading type a new name in this field OK Click to update the meeting type The MCU Selection dialog box displays a summary of results For more information see Uploading Meeting Types The upload process ensures that VMS meeting types are synchronized with all MCUs During upload the VMS will check each selected MCU If a meeting type selected for upload is not supported by the MCU
9. V Enable T 120 Figure 8 7 Meeting Type Detail Multipoint Audio only Meeting 102 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual DEACTIVATING A MEETING TYPE Active Meeting Types Tab Prefix Type a unique numerical prefix for this meeting type This prefix is appended to the meeting ID The number of digits in the meeting type prefix will therefore affect the number of digits needed to dial in to a meeting Warning Meeting type prefixes must be unique A meeting type prefix cannot conflict with other prefixes already present in the VMS or on network MCUs In addition a meeting type prefix cannot contain another meeting type prefix For example once a meeting type prefix 123 is defined there can be no meeting types 1 or 12 Similarly once a meeting type 1 is created there can be no meeting types 12 or 123 For more information refer to your MCU documentation Note MCU service prefixes must not begin with the same digits as the gatekeeper prefix for gatekeepers which are configured to strip prefixes Name Create a name to describe the meeting type Description Type a description of the meeting type features for reference Enable T 120 Click to add T 120 data collaboration capabilities to this meeting type if one or more MCUs are T 120 enabled If a specific meeting type is no longer available or desirable it can be deactivated Che
10. Dynamic Layout Dynamic Layout seamlessly switches the meeting video image between a wide range of layouts to correspond with the number of participants in attendance at any given time during the meeting The video image switches to a layout with frames equal to the number of participant images up to a maximum of 16 The layout changes accordingly as participants join or leave a meeting Dynamic Layout conserves bandwidth eliminates the display of empty frames in the video image and makes optimum use of the video image for displaying participant images This type of layout switching is suitable for a meeting with a high rate of participant traffic joining and leaving the meeting or an adaptive meeting type used for a variety of meeting sizes Note Available with MVP support only Note When Dynamic Layout is selected Change Layout is disabled Change Layout The VMS supports drag and drop control in the meeting control interface for positioning participant images in the layout during a meeting and in advanced invitations when selecting participants to join predefined meetings Invite The VMS allows anyone with appropriate access to invite multiple participants simultaneously to join the meeting using the web interface Each participant can be invited to preset positions in the video layout On joining a meeting the participant views the video in a layout that was pre selected in the invitation The System Ad
11. Alias Integer ISDN Phone String Number Scheduled String Service Bandwidth Scheduled Integer Service Prefix lt Association Alias ISDN002 ISDN Phone Number 22 55 88 Scheduled Service Bandwidth 64 Scheduled Service Prefix 9064 gt lt Rooms gt lt Rooms gt Lists all rooms reserved for use during the conference Attribute Name Type Example lt Room Information gt lt Room Information gt Contains information about an individual room reserved for use during the conference Attribute Name Type Example lt VCS ID gt Contains the room s VCS ID number Attribute Name Type Example value String lt VCS ID value 0001 ROOM 10003 gt 446 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Name gt Contains the room s name in the VCS Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Name value Conference Room gt lt Terminal Room Association gt lt Terminal Room Association gt Contains a list of terminals and rooms to which they are assigned for this conference Attribute Name Type Example lt Terminal gt Associates a room with any terminals that are located there for this conference Attribute Name Type Example Alias String lt Terminal Alias ISDNO001 Dial
12. Cost Codes Any Caterers any Subject Peanut Consutting Peanut Consutting VisionNex Start Time 2002 05 30 8 55 60 minutes 2002 06 06 16 00 30 minutes 2002 06 08 13 00 40 minutes Duration Host o Ee en D DOA Figure 15 21 Subject My Meetings History Tab Displays the meeting subject Click to sort by subject My Meetings 291 History Tab SEARCHING FOR A MEETING CREATING REPORTS Start Time Displays the date and time the meeting started Click to sort by start time Duration Displays the meeting length in minutes Click to sort by duration Host Displays the name of the person who is specified as the host of the meeting Click to sort by host Delete History Click to delete all meetings from the History tab Deleted meetings still appear in the billing and reporting statement for the user Deleted meetings do not appear in search results for the History tab Subject Type the full or partial subject of the meeting for which you are searching Search Click to perform a meeting search From Click the calendar to choose a date To Click the calendar to choose a date Generate Reports Click to generate a report in x s format about all upcoming meetings scheduled between the selected dates Save and view with Microsoft Excel The report contains the following information about each meeting Master meeting ID m Slave meeting ID
13. Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Last Name value Smith gt lt Email gt Contains the conference host s email address Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Email value Jsmith testco com gt lt VCS Customer Id gt Contains the host s VCS customer ID Attribute Name Type Example value String lt VCS Customer Id value 67 gt lt Company Name gt Contains the name of the host s company which is associated with the Customer ID Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Company Name value TestCo gt 424 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Customer Profile Type gt Contains the customer profile type for the company to which the host belongs not implemented Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Customer Profile Type value N A gt lt Customer Billing Phone gt Contains the telephone number for the conference host s billing contact Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Customer Billing Phone value 849955 11 gt lt Is Controller gt Notes whether the organizer at the time the conference was scheduled granted the host permission to control the conference Attribute Name Type Example value Boolean lt Is Controller value true gt
14. Note IVR messages are supported by RADVISION MCU versions 3 6 and later only Message index for Dial in endpoints Type an IVR message index for billing all dial in participants Message index for Dial out endpoints Type an IVR message index for billing all dial out participants VMS Configuration Tool 351 VMS System Configuration RESOURCE ALLOCATION Low Usage Threshold Designate a percentage of total MCU ports as the low usage threshold If more than one MCU is equally suited to host a meeting the VMS will allocate the meeting under a load balancing principle using this threshold If over this threshold the VMS will not balance the load across MCUs but rather fill one MCU ata time to reserve space on other MCUs for a larger meeting and to avoid unnecessarily spanning the meeting across multiple MCUs Note The term port refers to a VMS connection to an endpoint For example a meeting with five participating endpoints uses five ports A call via a gateway to an MCU uses one port Where a meeting spans multiple MCUs for bandwidth optimization an additional port is required on each MCU For example a meeting spanning two MCUs in which three participating endpoints are on the first MCU and four participants on the second MCU requires nine ports 7 endpoints 2 MCUs Max Reservation Threshold Designate the percentage of total MCU ports that can be scheduled by the VMS The default setting is 80 leaving
15. lt Total IP Bandwidth gt lt Total ISDN Bandwidth gt lt Total MCU Connections Number gt lt Total GW Connections Number gt lt Resources gt lt Resources gt 404 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual CDR XML Tag Index Element lt Conference Service gt lt Conference Service gt lt VCS Service ld gt lt MCU Service Prefix gt lt Min Video Layout gt lt Max Video Layout gt lt Max Bit Rate In gt lt Max Bit Rate Out gt lt Max Frame Rate In gt lt Max Frame Rate Out gt lt Max Picture Format In gt lt Max Picture Format Out gt lt Max T120 Ports Reserved gt lt Max Subconferences gt lt Resources Scheduled At Time Of Conference gt lt Resources Scheduled At Time Of Conference gt lt Total IP Bandwidth gt lt Total ISDN Bandwidth gt lt Total MCU Connections Number gt lt Total GW Connections Number gt lt Attendees Terminals gt lt Attendees Terminals gt lt Host gt lt Host gt lt VCS User Id gt lt Login Id gt lt First Name gt lt Last Name gt lt Email gt lt VCS Customer ld gt lt Company Name gt CDR XML Tags and Attributes 405 CDR XML Tag Index Element lt Customer Profile Type gt lt Customer Billing Phone gt
16. Contains a list of conference services scheduled for use Attribute Name Type Example lt VCS Service ld gt Lists the VCS ID of the service that is the name of the service in the VCS selected for use during this conference Attribute Name Type Example value String lt VCS Service Id value 10045 gt lt MCU Service Prefix gt Contains the MCU service prefix on the master MCU selected for use during this conference Attribute Name Type Example value String lt MCU Service Prefix value 80 gt 418 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Min Video Layout gt Displays the smallest video layout among all schemes minimum video layout associated with the scheduled service Attribute Name Type Example value Integer lt Min Video Layout value 1 gt lt Max Video Layout gt Displays the largest video layout among all schemes maximum video layout associated with the scheduled service Attribute Name Type Example value Integer lt Max Video Layout value 1 gt lt Max Bit Rate In gt Displays the maximum incoming video bit rate available through this service in Kbps Attribute Name Type Example value Integer lt Max Bit Rate In value 384 gt lt Max Bit Rate Out gt Displays the maximum ou
17. lt Total MCU Connections Number value 5 gt lt Total GW Connections Number gt Contains the total number of gateway connections scheduled at the time of the conference Attribute Name Type Example value Integer lt Total GW Connections Number value 5 gt lt Attendees Terminals gt lt Attendees Terminals gt Contains lists of attendees and terminals scheduled for a conference Attribute Name Type Example 422 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Host gt lt Host gt Contains information about the conference host as designated when the conference was scheduled Attribute Name Type Example lt VCS User Id gt Contains the conference host s VCS ID number Attribute Name Type Example value String lt VCS User Id value 75 gt lt Login Id gt Contains the conference host s VCS login ID Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Login Id value Jsmith gt lt First Name gt Contains the conference host s first name Attribute Name Type Example value String lt First Name value Jennifer gt CDR XML Tags and Attributes 423 CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Last Name gt Contains the conference host s last name
18. Current Tab CURRENT TAB In the Meeting Monitoring section click the Current tab The Current tab lists all video meetings currently in progress for all organizations Meeting Monitoring Subject Organization Start Time Duration Status MCU Cascaded Design Review Peanut Consulting 2002 7 18 16 00 50 minutes eo MCU 86 No staff Meeting Peanut Consulting 2003 3 1 13 00 60 minutes ee mcU23 Yes Tom VisionNex 2003 3 31 10 00 120 minutes oo MCU 12 No Release Meeting Peanut Consulting 2003 3 1 13 00 100 minutes eeo vuz No Figure 6 1 Meeting Monitoring Current Tab SEARCHING FOR A Organization MEETING fad eas Type the organization name or partial organization name of the meeting for which you are searching Search Click to perform a meeting search VIEWING MEETING Subject INFORMATION Displays the subject of the meeting as typed by the Meeting Organizer during scheduling 70 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Current Tab Organization Displays the name of the organization which scheduled this meeting Click to sort by organization Start Time Displays the date and time the meeting will start Click to sort by start time Duration Displays the meeting length in minutes Click to sort by duration Status Displays three status indications representing from left to right Creation Status Participant Status and Termination Status Creation Status Green if a meeting wa
19. Default User Settings Tab E RADVISION Organization Settings Non Video Conference Point to Point YZ Outlook Scheduling Z Update for All Users Now Default Time Zone GMT 00 00 Greenwich Mean Time EtciGreenwich Z Update for All Users Now User Type Meeting Organizer OCF Cone Figure 10 1 Organization Settings Default User Settings Tab Available Meeting Types Displays meeting types made available to the organization by the Service Provider Administrator Select a meeting type from this list and click the arrow pointing to the right to make the meeting type available to new users Note The Available Meeting Types list always includes the Non Video Conference and Point to Point meeting types Selected Meeting Types Displays meeting types that the Organization Administrator chooses to make available to new users Select a meeting type from the list and click the arrow pointing to the left to make the meeting type unavailable to new users Note RADVISION recommends that you select all available meeting types Organization Settings 145 Default User Settings Tab Update Meeting Types for All Users Now When checked the profiles of all existing users and of all users added after the Update Meeting Types for All Users Now option is checked are updated automatically when changes in the availability of meeting types are saved
20. Note An option selected in the Bill To field becomes the default setting in the Meeting Templates and Meeting Scheduling sections RADVISION recommends that you set the default setting in the Default Meeting Settings tab in the Organization Settings section For more information see Default Meeting Settings Tab on page 148 Meeting Type Select a meeting type from the drop down list Note When there are only embedded MCUs in the system the only meeting types available are built in Continuous Presence and Voice Activated options For more information see Active Meeting Types Tab on page 90 Description Type agenda items or a meeting description that will appear in all notifications 198 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual INVITE TAB Creating a Meeting Template Click the Invite tab The Invite table displays Meeting x Attendees Settings Advanced Available Participants Selected Participants user00305 RV1 user00287 Firsttame Lasttame E mail Pes i Bandwidth betat Kbps Save to my address book Figure 13 3 Meeting Templates Invite Tab Name Type the full or partial name of the attendee for which you are searching then click Search Select From Select a group from the drop down list from which to choose attendees or select All Groups for a complete list of users be
21. Reference Code Type a reference code for the specified meeting Used to identify the meeting for billing purposes Password Type a password to make this meeting password protected The access password is required for all dial in attendees Meeting Scheduling 177 Advanced Tab Additional Reservations Determine how many additional IP and ISDN participant reservations should be made by default when scheduling a meeting Type the required values in the IP Participants PSTN ISDN Participants and Total Reservations fields Note Even if you have not specified additional participants here additional attendees may be able to join a meeting that is already in progress based on resource availability Terminate Meetings Select which parameters will be used to decide when a meeting should be terminated Note When the VMS is configured to send an alert before the end of a meeting users of Sony PCS endpoints can automatically extend the meeting When the alert reaches the Sony endpoint the user can press the Help button on the Sony PCS terminal remote control for 5 seconds to extend the meeting by the length of time configured in the Meeting Auto Extend Length field of the VMS Configuration Tool The default value is 10 minutes At scheduled time alert n minutes before termination The meeting will terminate at the time defined in the meeting scheduling process Type the number of minutes warning a terminal should
22. user00305 200305 200305 a user00304 200304 200304 3 user00303 200303 200303 user00302 200302 200302 user00301 200301 200301 user00300 200300 200300 user00299 200299 200299 user00298 200298 200298 user00297 200297 200297 user00296 200296 200296 user00295 200295 200295 user00294 200294 200294 user00293 200293 200293 user00292 200292 200292 user00291 200291 200291 user00290 200290 200290 Figure 9 17 Select Users Dialog Box e To set a terminal as the default terminal for one or more users 1 Select a user from the left half of the dialog box 2 Click the arrow pointing to the right The selected user appears in the Current Users field 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 until all desired users are listed in the Current Users field 4 Click OK 142 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual WHO SHOULD READ THIS CHAPTER BASICS ORGANIZATION SETTINGS This chapter is relevant to m VMS Pro Organization Administrators m VMS Organization Administrators The Organization Settings section allows an Organization Administrator to create settings that will apply for all users and meetings unless overridden The Organization Settings section contains the following tabs Default User Settings Tab Default Meeting Settings Tab m Look and Feel Tab Branding Tab Organization Settings 143 About Organization Settings ABOUT ORGANIZATION
23. Attendees Settings Tab Click the required date Ifyou are scheduling a recurring meeting with a single meeting room the Meeting Accessories dialog box displays See Scheduling accessories for any meeting with one meeting room only on page 169 Ifyou are scheduling a recurring meeting with more than one meeting room the Meeting Rooms Accessories screen displays See Scheduling accessories for any meeting with more than one meeting room on page 170 SCHEDULING The Meeting Accessories dialog box displays the list of accessories in the ACCESSORIES FOR ANY meeting room that are not portable portable accessories can be shared between SS ONE meeting rooms and enables you to select additional accessories MEETING ROOM ONLY fixed accessories SONY Projector X488 belong to SONY Hi Fi VCR 4 head stereo quality Additional Accessories Available Accessories Requested Accessories 123 Figure 11 8 Meeting Accessories Dialog Box Available Accessories Displays the available accessories for this meeting room Use the right pointing arrow to select an accessory Requested Accessories Displays the accessories already requested for this meeting room Use the left pointing arrow to remove an accessory from the list Meeting Scheduling 169 Attendees Settings Tab SCHEDULING ACCESSORIES FOR ANY MEETING WITH MORE THAN ONE MEETING ROOM SCHEDULING CATERING SERVICES Click the Accessories button The Me
24. Example 442 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt List of Assigned Terminals gt lt List of Assigned Terminals gt lt Terminal gt Contains information about a single terminal assigned to the MCU for the conference Note If ISDN phone number the format is CountryCode AreaCode PhoneNumber Attribute Name Type Example Alias String lt Terminal Alias 2518 Dial String 812518 IP ISDN SIP IP gt Dial String String IP ISDN SIP IP ISDN SIP lt GateWays gt lt GateWays gt Lists all gateways reserved for use during the conference Attribute Name Type Example lt Gateway Information gt lt Gateway Information gt Contains information about an individual gateway reserved for use during the conference Attribute Name Type Example lt VCS ID gt Contains the gateway s internal VCS ID Attribute Name Type Example CDR XML Tags and Attributes 443 CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt VCS ID gt value String lt VCS ID value 0001 GW 10006 gt lt Phone Number gt Contains the gateway s phone number Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Phone Number value 88372361 gt lt Service Prefix gt Contains the prefix of the requested s
25. External Attendees F Emaii 1 First Name K Last Name Figure B 14 Scheduling Data Attendees Tab ORGANIZER User ID Check to record organizer user IDs in the CDR from the Organization Management section of the VMS interface Login ID Saves organizer login IDs to the CDR This information is required by the VMS system and cannot be deselected First Name Check to record organizer first names in the CDR VMS Configuration Tool 371 VMS System Configuration Last Name Check to record organizer last names in the CDR E mail Check to record organizer e mail addresses in the CDR Organization ID Check to record organization IDs in the CDR Company Name Check to record organizer company names in the CDR Organization Profile Type For future use Organization Billing Phone Check to record organizer organization billing phone numbers in the CDR Controller Check to record in the CDR whether a Meeting Organizer is also the controller of a specified meeting Initial Controller Check to record in the CDR whether a Meeting Organizer is also the initial controller of a specified meeting Checked by default Host The term host refers to the party requesting the meeting Hosts are also frequently the party to whom the cost of the meeting will be billed User ID Check to record host user IDs in the CDR from the Organization Management section of the V
26. Figure A 18 Summary Tab SCHEDULING CATERING Click the Catering Service button The Meeting Room Caterers screen FOR ANY MEETING WITH displays MORE THAN ONE MEETING ROOM Meeting Room Meeting 201 Conference Room 802 Booked Catering Service Figure A 19 Meeting Room Caterers Screen 334 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual MODIFYING A TERMINAL NUMBER Scheduling Audio Video Meetings The Meeting Room Caterers screen displays a list of all the meeting rooms used in your meeting Click the required meeting room to display the Caterer Selection tab and see Scheduling catering for any meeting with one meeting room only on page 331 for more information Click an IP ISDN number to modify a participant terminal number for this meeting only The Select Terminal dialog box displays Select Terminal Microsoft Internet Explorer a amp F Select Terminal Select From List Specify Terminal None 200245 200245 200244 200244 200243 200243 200242 200242 200241 200241 200240 200240 200239 200239 200238 200238 200237 200237 200236 200236 200235 200235 200234 200234 200233 200233 Figure A 20 Select Terminal Dialog Box Select a terminal from your organization or add an external number To add an external number select Specify Terminal type the required terminal name and click OK ATTENDEES SETTINGS NON VIDEO CONFERENCE For non video meetings
27. Layout Hidden Attendees Settings Screen PSTNASDN Column Hidden Cipla Meeting Room v Initial Controller Visible wv V Show My Profile Show all Dont show My Info tab Dont show My Preferences tab 7 Enable Personal Address Book Max records per user 25 Max groups per user 5 Play a sound upon scheduling failure Change P The file must be in WAV format and its maximum size is 100K Use Full Screen Display Figure 10 3 Organization Settings Look and Feel Tab Meeting Scheduling Button Select an option from the drop down list One Button or Sub Menu Normal Recurrence Ad Hoc One Button Collapses the Meeting Scheduling link in the sidebar on the left side of the user interface Sub Menu Normal Recurrence Ad Hoc Expands the Meeting Scheduling link in the sidebar on the left side of the user interface The expanded link enables you to easily access the configuration options for the specific type of meeting you require Note In VMS Light only the One Button option is available in the Meeting Scheduling Button field and cannot be changed 152 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Look and Feel Tab Meeting Type Location Select the required option from the drop down list to locate the Meeting Type field in either the Meeting tab or the Advanced tab of the Meeting Scheduling section Reference Code Lo
28. To take an MCU offline In the Modify MCU dialog box select the Offline radio button and select either a date to enter in Offline Until or check the Permanently checkbox Then click OK Note Since the VMS will not automatically bring an MCU online even when the date specified in the Offline up to date field is reached you must bring the MCU online manually Resource Management 127 Gateway Tab UPDATING A RADVISION MCU VERSION 3 x e SCHEDULING DIRECTLY FROM AN MCU GATEWAY TAB Update an MCU when an offline MCU is brought online or when there has been a configuration change on the MCU To update a RADVISION MCU version 3 x Click the name of the MCU in the MCU Name column to open the Modify MCU dialog box then click Update Once updates have been made successfully the user will be prompted to download any new service information present on the MCU Ifthe VMS is unable to update the MCU successfully the MCU will be taken offline If you schedule a meeting directly from the MCU Conference Control interface no notification of the meeting reaches the VMS In such cases conflicts in resource allocation may occur RADVISION recommends that you schedule meetings only via the VMS web user interface In the Resource Management section click the Gateway tab The Gateway table displays Topology f Gatekeeper SiP Server mcu gt f Terminals Registered To ECS231 231 Online Figure 9 12
29. x iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual 16 Viewing Meeting Information In meeting Control General Meeting Display and Control Area Control Panel Tabs Participant List Tab Statistics Tab Advanced Invitation Tab Video Layout and Display Area Upcoming Tab Searching for a Meeting Refreshing the Page View Creating Reports Modifying Meetings Meeting Tab Invite Tab Attendees Settings Tab Attendee Availability Tab Advanced Tab History Tab Searching for a Meeting Creating Reports Viewing Meeting Details Address Book Who Should Read This Chapter Basics Private Tab Adding a Contact Modifying Deleting a Contact Public Tab My Groups Tab Searching for a Group Adding a Group Modifying Deleting Groups 255 258 259 262 262 265 267 270 275 276 277 277 278 278 282 284 287 288 291 292 292 293 295 295 296 297 300 300 301 301 302 302 Contents xi 17 My Profile Who Should Read This Chapter 305 Basics 305 My Info Tab 306 My Preferences Tab 308 APPENDICES APPENDIX A VMS Outlook Client What s in This Appendix 313 System Requirements 314 Installing the VMS Outlook Client 314 Before You Begin 314 Configuring VMS Properties 320 Scheduling Audio Video Meetings 322 Appointment Tab 322 Rich Media Tab 324 Scheduling Accessories 328 Scheduling Catering Services 330 Scheduling Tab 339 Additional VMS Outlook Client Functions 340 Notification of an Audio Video Enabled Appointme
30. 200245 200245 200244 200244 200243 200243 200242 200242 200241 200241 200240 200240 200239 200239 200238 200238 200237 200237 200236 200236 200235 200235 200234 200234 200233 200233 ga Cancel Figure 14 18 Select Terminal Dialog Box Select a terminal from your organization or add an external number To add an external number select Specify Terminal type the required terminal name and click OK ATTENDEE After you have added all the required attendees to the Selected Participants list AVAILABILITY TAB in the Invite tab click the Attendee Availability tab The Attendee Availability tab displays availability for both attendees and meeting rooms Attendees are indicated by A in the left column rooms are indicated by R The Attendee Availability tab displays a four week time period starting from the week of the scheduled meeting and continuing for the next three weeks 244 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Upcoming Tab A Charlie Brown A Layne Ainsworth A Patrick Wil A Lewis Wong A Greg Brown A Tra Lee A Bla Jonson A Ofer Kopelman Figure 14 19 All Meetings Attendee Availability Tab ADVANCED TAB In the All Meetings section click the Advanced tab to display advanced meeting template configuration options
31. 22 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual VIEWING ORGANIZATION INFORMATION ADDING AN ORGANIZATION PROFILE Active Tab Organizational Login ID Displays the organizational login ID This name forms part of the login credentials for users belonging to this organization Company Displays the organization company name if applicable Telephone Displays the main contact telephone number for the organization Organization Since Displays the date on which the organization was added to the VMS Add Click to add a new organization For more information see Adding an Organization Profile on page 23 Generate Reports Click to generate a report in x s format containing the same information displayed in the browser window For more information see Generating Reports on page 32 Click Add to display the Organization Profile dialog box The Organization Profile dialog box contains the following tabs m General Tab Contact Tab Note Service Provider Administrators are advised to download and upload meeting types to from the VMS before creating organizations For more information see the Meeting Types chapter Organization Management 23 Active Tab GENERAL TAB Hew Organization Organizational Login 1D Company Hame Address 1 Address 2 City fo State Province Country Postal Code Telephone
32. Administrator Reference Manual CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Terminals Registered to VCS gt lt Terminals Registered to VCS gt Contains a list of terminals registered to VCS that actually participated in the conference Attribute Name Type Example lt Terminal Registered to VCS gt lt Terminal Registered to VCS gt Contains information on an individual terminal registered to the VCS that actually participated in the conference Attribute Name Type Example lt VCS Terminal ld gt Contains the participating terminal s internal VCS ID Attribute Name Type Example value String lt VCS Terminal Id value 0001 PARTY 10005 gt lt Alias gt Contains the participating terminal s VCS alias Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Alias value 2518 gt CDR XML Tags and Attributes 449 CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt IP ISDN SIP gt Defines the participating terminal s type Attribute Name Type Example value IP ISDN SIP lt IP ISDN SIP value IP gt lt Dial String gt Contains the participating terminal s dial string Note If it is an ISDN phone number the format is CountryCode AreaCode PhoneNumber Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Dial String value 812518 gt lt Total Connection Time
33. Booked Catering Service Figure 11 10 Recurring Catering Service Dialog Box The Recurring Catering Service dialog box displays all recurring meetings in date order beginning with the most recent An asterisk next to a date indicates that accessories have also been requested for that meeting instance Click the required date m Ifyou are scheduling a recurring meeting with a single meeting room the Caterer Selection tab displays See Scheduling catering for any meeting with one meeting room only on page 171 a Ifyou are scheduling a recurring meeting with more than one meeting room the Meeting Room Caterers screen displays See Scheduling catering for any meeting with more than one meeting room on page 174 The meeting room catering service interface contains the following tabs Caterer Selection Menu Selection Summary CATERER SELECTION The Caterer Selection tab includes the following options Meeting Scheduling 171 Attendees Settings Tab Menu Selection Summary Cost Code Beijing R amp D 9845 Available Caterers Booked Caterers Vick V s Vegan Catering Bobby Q s catering Service Martha Stewart Cooking Figure 11 11 Caterer Selection Tab Cost Code Select a cost code from the drop down list The drop down list contains all codes available to the meeting participants If the Enable Cost Code option in the Default User Settings tab of the Organization Settings section i
34. Note You can specify a position for the participant image in all layouts currently supported in the meeting Layout Display Frame Switch between meeting views currently supported by selecting Change Layout Drag and drop the Lock Image icon into the layout display frame on the right of the tab into the location in which you wish to display the participant on entry into the meeting All Meetings 225 In meeting Control Cancel Select to cancel the invitation and return the display to the Participant List tab VIDEO LAYOUT AND The Video Layout and Display area allows meeting controllers to DISPLAY AREA spontaneously control and adjust all aspects of meeting video When first accessed this area displays the video layout as selected during scheduling From this view the Meeting Organizer can do the following m View which terminals are set for which video frames in Continuous Presence mode m View a list of scheduled attendees per terminal by placing the mouse over a video frame frames set to auto switch will not display names m Rearrange the video layout per terminal by clicking and dragging terminal names from the Control Panel terminal list to the desired frame m Set voice activated sub frames 226 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual In meeting Control Partiicipant 4 IP 1 ISDN Parties Reserved Max Number Alias Bandwidth Defaut v Pre Position Figure 14 9 In meetin
35. Organization Management 31 Active Tab VIEWING MODIFYING AN ORGANIZATION PROFILE DEACTIVATING AN ORGANIZATION GENERATING REPORTS Click the entry you wish to view in the Organizational Login ID column of the Active tab The Organization Profile dialog box displays with the General tab selected Figure 3 2 on page 24 To modify an organization profile 1 Click Modify 2 Edit the relevant details and then click OK You will be redirected to the Contact tab 3 Confirm that this information is correct and then click OK The information for this organization is now updated To deactivate an organization In the first column of the Active tab check the box next to the organization you wish to deactivate and click Deactivate All meeting types for this organization are deactivated automatically Click the Generate Reports button in the Active tab to generate a report of all active members in x s format Save and view with Microsoft Excel The report contains the following information fields about each organization Organizational Login ID Company Name m Address 1 m Address 2 m City State Zip Code Country Telephone Main Contact Meeting Type Groups 32 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual INACTIVE TAB SEARCHING FOR AN ORGANIZATION VIEWING ORGANIZATION INFORMATION Inactive Tab Billing Contact Outlook Scheduling Organization Since In the
36. Searching for a User Viewing User Information Managing Users via a Directory Server Adding a User Profile Modifying Deleting a User Profile Groups Tab Searching for a Group Adding a Group Modifying Deleting Groups Meeting Templates Who Should Read This Chapter Basics Searching for a Meeting Template Adding a Meeting Template Modifying Deleting a Meeting Template Creating a Meeting Template Meeting Tab Invite Tab Attendees Settings Tab Advanced Tab 165 168 170 175 175 176 177 181 183 183 184 184 185 185 187 190 191 191 192 193 195 195 196 196 197 197 197 199 202 204 Contents ix 14 All Meetings Who Should Read This Chapter 209 Basics 209 Current Tab 210 Refreshing the Page View 210 Searching for a Meeting 210 Viewing Meeting Information 211 In meeting Control 214 General Meeting Display and Control Area 215 Control Panel Tabs 218 Participant List Tab 218 Statistics Tab 221 Advanced Invitation Tab 223 Video Layout and Display Area 226 Upcoming Tab 232 Searching for a Meeting 233 Refreshing the Page View 233 Creating Reports 233 Modifying Meetings 234 Meeting Tab 234 Invite Tab 239 Attendees Settings Tab 241 Attendee Availability Tab 244 Advanced Tab 245 History Tab 248 Searching for a Meeting 249 Creating Reports 249 Viewing Meeting Details 251 15 My Meetings Who Should Read This Chapter 253 Basics 253 Current Tab 254 Refreshing the Page View 254 Searching for a Meeting 254
37. defined in XML files Provisioning Users via a Directory Server 399 Mapping External LDAP Users to VMS User Types SAMPLE MAPPING Figure C 6 on page 401 shows a sample set of ADS group to user type mappings in which the following mappings are configured All users in the external directory server VCS Regular User group are assigned the Regular User VMS user type All users in the external directory server VCS Conference Organizer group are assigned the Conference Organizer VMS user type All users in the external directory server VCS Enterprise Operator group are assigned the Enterprise Operator VMS user type All users in the external directory server VCS Enterprise Administrator group are assigned the Enterprise Administrator VMS user type Users in the VCS Undefined group and all users for which no group role is specified in the directory server configuration file are assigned a user type according to the setting in the Default User Settings tab of the Organization Settings section of the VMS The default setting is Meeting Organizer Note The Conference Organizer user type refers to the Meeting Organizer user type in the VMS user interface The Enterprise Operator user type refers to the Meeting Operator user type in the VMS user interface The Enterprise Administrator user type refers to the Organization Administrator user type in the VMS user interface 400 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Refer
38. meeting o Remove to clear the meeting from the Current tab and send it to the History tab o Cancel to return to the Current tab without making any changes The meeting will remain in the Current display area Table 6 1 Possible Status Indication Combinations Meeting Result Creation Icon Participant Icon Termination Icon O Failed to create meeting successfully Created meeting successfully in session activity normal Created meeting successfully abnormal in session activity Meeting terminated abnormally 6 0 0O O QO g O 72 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual UPCOMING TAB SEARCHING FOR A MEETING Upcoming Tab MCU Displays the name of the MCU hosting the meeting Cascaded Displays Yes if the meeting spans multiple MCUs for bandwidth optimization Click the link to see the endpoint distribution across the MCUs Click to sort by cascading status In the Meeting Monitoring section click the Upcoming tab The Upcoming tab lists all future video meetings for all organizations Current D gt History Subject Organization Start Time Duration Meeting Types Terminals Design Review Peanut Consulting 2004 05 30 8 55 60 minutes 384 2x2 with data 6 staff Meeting Peanut Consutting 2004 06 06 16 00 30 minutes 384 2x2 with data 20 Release Meeting VisionNex 2004 06 08 13 00 40 minutes 384 7 S
39. 0 IP O ISDH Parties Invite Party IP H 323 Ea Humber Alias Display Name Bandwidth Defaut v Pre Position E5 Figure 15 2 In meeting Control 258 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual GENERAL MEETING DISPLAY AND CONTROL AREA In meeting Control The General Meeting Display and Control area allows meeting attendees controllers and administrators to view basic information about the meeting They can also take control of an in progress meeting and perform basic meeting control actions Refresh Click to refresh meeting status Join Data Collaboration Click to join the data collaboration unavailable when the Start only when host joins option is selected in the Advanced tab of the Meeting Scheduling section Mute Enable All Click to mute or enable the audio connection to the meeting of all participants in the meeting Terminate Meeting Click to terminate the meeting Block Entry Click to block a participant from entering a current meeting Reconnect All Click to reconnect participant to a meeting Delete Participant Delete to disconnect and remove the highlighted participant from the list My Meetings 259 In meeting Control Change Participant View Click to change the view for highlighted participant from the list For more information see Changing Participant View on page 261Changing Participant View Sub conference
40. 0 i Appointment Rich Meda scheduling This is an online rich media meeting z CTRL Attendee Terminal PSTNISON Dial in Email Address View o M oO 1 Sysadmin Cherlie 0108262312 O None s ity Post CEO Office o e lt ha E S oO mso San Jose 2 O nove x ity e 3 4 Intl Controler None Host Sys Admin S Organizer lan Liu Accessories _ Additional accessories have been requested Ho accessories have been requested Catering Service catering service has been booked Ho catering service has been booked Reference Code Bill To Host All Participants Meeting Type Please Select Meeting Password Additional Reservations Terminate Meeting IP Participants b Atscheduledtime Alert _ minutes betore termination PSTNASON Participants 0 __ Minutes atter allterminals have let Total Reservations 5 __ Minutes atter the host s terminal has left Auto Extend I Block dial in C Admit unresolved dial in Endpoints 1 Start only when the host joins C Overwrite Terminal Display Name Prioritize Unspecified Required None Figure A 9 Rich Media Tab Configured ATTENDEES SETTINGS The Attendees Settings section of the Rich Media tab allows the Meeting Organizer to assign roles and responsibilities to audio video meeting attendees Meeting Organizers can also use this section to assign terminals to att
41. 20 of resources for extended meetings or additional unscheduled resource needs DISPLAY SETTINGS Number of table rows per page Designate the number of table row entries per page for VMS tables including in session meetings upcoming meetings history meetings user table terminal table and so on Device Monitoring Interval Available only to VMS Pro Service Provider Administrators Type the time interval in hours between device monitoring events The interval determines how you view statistics in the Device Monitoring section of the VMS interface For example if the interval is set to two hours device activity records will be displayed in two hour blocks Set the interval according to anticipated meeting activity and the level of reporting detail required by your administrator 352 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual VMS System Configuration PASSWORDS MANAGEMENT Organization administrator default Password Type the Organization Administrator default password Available only to VMS Pro Service Provider Administrators Display password in user profile Check to display the user profile password Modify password in user profile Check to modify the user profile password COMMAND DELAY Delay between two commands from VMS to MCU Type a value to determine the length of time the VMS will wait between sending internal communication messages to an MCU RADVISION or Cisco MCUs only VMS Config
42. 353001 MCUt 53001 953002 Meu 953002 953003 Meu 953003 953004 Meu 953004 353005 MCL a53005 sid 9999 Meu 3999 Figure 8 3 Download Meeting Types Services Dialog Box NEW MEETING TYPES If the VMS finds new meeting types on a network MCU and the download is processed with no conflicts and no failures the Download Meeting Types Services dialog box will list new meeting types and allow the Service Provider Administrator to name them Prefix Displays the meeting type prefix as defined on the MCU MCUs Displays network MCUs which support the meeting type When conflicts occur a drop down list displays all MCUs supporting this meeting type Select which MCU service you wish to use from the drop down list 94 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual MEETING TYPE CONFLICTS Name Active Meeting Types Tab RADVISION MCU version 3 x and Cisco MCU version 3 x services are not named on the MCU and must instead be named through the VMS Type a name for this service Each service must have a name If no name is entered the administrator will be prompted to do so upon submit m Service names must be unique If identical service names conflict the administrative user will be prompted to type a different name for the new service The Meeting Type Service Conflicts section of the Download Meeting Types Services dialog box displays meeting type conflicts between individual MCUs or grou
43. Adding a Contact on page 297 Click Add to display the Add Contact dialog box Note You are not allowed to create two records with the same first name last name e mail address and phone number First Name Last Name Terminal Type IP H323 IP Phone Humber Bandwidth Group Figure 16 2 Add Contact Dialog Box First Name Type the first name of the new contact Last Name Type the last name of the new contact Address Book 297 Private Tab E Mail Type the e mail address of the new contact Note You may leave the E Mail field empty if you provide a number in the telephone number fields below Terminal Type Select whether your terminal is an IP SIP terminal an IP H 323 terminal an ISDN H 320 terminal or a Dual H 320 and H 323 terminal IP Phone Number Type the E 164 number of the new terminal available only when IP H323 or Dual H320 and H323 are selected in the Terminal Type field Note Ina multi zone dialing plan if the terminal is registered to a gatekeeper that is not configured to strip prefixes it is necessary to append the zone prefix to the E 164 number ISDN Phone Number Type the ISDN phone number of the terminal in the appropriate fields available only when ISDN H320 or Dual H320 and H323 are selected in the Terminal Type field Note You may leave the telephone number fields empty if you pro
44. Administrator Login Screen 16 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual As A VMS PRO ORGANIZATION ADMINISTRATOR Logging In VMS Pro Service Provider Administrators have access to the following sections of the VMS web user interface Organization Management m Device Management m Device Monitoring Meeting Monitoring m Meeting Types m My Profile Go to the VMS Pro Organization Administrator login screen at http lt VMS host gt vms to log in using the credentials defined during the VMS installation process Figure 2 2 shows the main point of entry to a local organization within the Service Provider system User ID Password Organization C Remember User ID and Password Network Management Login Video Management System Figure 2 2 VMS Pro Organization Administrator Login Screen Getting Started 17 Logging In As A VMS ORGANIZATION ADMINISTRATOR VMS Pro Organization Administrators have access to the following sections of the VMS web user interface Room Management m Resource Management Organization Settings Meeting Scheduling User Management Meeting Templates All Meetings My Meetings Address Book My Profile Go to the VMS Organization Administrator login screen at http lt VMS host gt vms to log in using the credentials defined during the VMS installation process Figure 2 3 shows the main point of entry to the system User ID P
45. Administrator settings Function as a nationwide Service Provider The Service Provider side web interface includes the following sections for Service Provider Administrators Organization Management Device Management Device Monitoring Meeting Monitoring Meeting Types My Profile 4 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual VMS Applications ORGANIZATION VMS Pro Organization Administrators are the Organization Administrators ADMINISTRATOR configured in the VMS Pro system VMS Pro Organization Administrators have permission to perform the following tasks Manage terminals and users within the organization Monitor all meetings within the organization Check schedules Receive and respond to meeting notices Modify profiles The Service Provider side web interface includes the following sections for Organizer Administrators Room Management m Resource Management Organization Settings m Meeting Scheduling m User Management Meeting Templates m All Meetings m My Meetings m Address Book m My Profile VMS VMS enables you to log in as one of the following m Organization Administrator Meeting Operator Meeting Organizer Regular User ORGANIZATION VMS Organization Administrators have permission to perform the following ADMINISTRATOR tasks Manage all resources and users within the organization Monitor all meetings within the organization Schedule meetings and modify and delete meetings scheduled
46. Availability Tab Advanced Tab In the My Meetings section click the Meeting tab Note VMS Light supports ad hoc meetings only gt invite Attendees Settings f Attendee Availabilty Advanced Subject Bill To Host Al Participants Description Meeting Type Please select a Start Time Now JE uration 0 minutes Figure 15 12 My Meetings Meeting Tab Subject Type a meeting topic or title that will appear in all notifications 278 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Upcoming Tab Bill To Select Host All Participants or Organizer If the Host and Organizer are the same person the Organizer option does not display Note An option selected in the Bill To field becomes the default setting in the Meeting Templates and Meeting Scheduling sections RADVISION recommends that you set the default setting in the Default Meeting Settings tab in the Organization Settings section For more information see Default Meeting Settings Tab on page 148 Description Type agenda items or a meeting description that will appear in all notifications Meeting Type Select a meeting type from the drop down list Start Time Click the calendar icon to specify the date and time of the meeting The default value is Now If you do not change the start time the meeting will start immediately To reset the start time to Now click the arrow i
47. Available only when DID is selected in the Working Mode field Note A DID range must contain 60 digits or fewer Adding a range containing more than 60 digits will generate an error when the new gateway information is submitted to the VMS Delete DID Range Select the required DID range and click to delete the range from the gateway Available only when DID is selected in the Working Mode field Add Service Click to add a new service to the gateway Note When more than one zone is present in the network gateway meeting types must be configured as local meeting types with the gatekeeper SIP server in order for the VMS to dial correctly Resource Management 133 Gateway Tab MOobDIFYING DELETING A GATEWAY s Delete Service Check the specified service and click to delete that service from the gateway Service Prefix Check to select the required service as configured in your gateway Bandwidth Select from the drop down list the bandwidth associated with this service as configured in your gateway Restricted Mode Check to follow the convention of using multiples of 56 Kbps instead of multiples of 64 Kbps Note The VMS does not control or communicate with gateways The VMS uses gateway setup information to make resource allocation decisions For this reason it is important that gateway setup information such as port capacity and meeting type bindings are correct In the Name column of the Gate
48. Branding tab enables the VMS Organization Administrator to change the product logo that displays in the top left corner of the VMS user interface When unchecked the Branding tab does not display in the Organization Settings section for the specified organization and the product logo defined by the VMS Pro Service Provider Administrator displays in the top left corner of the VMS interface for all organization users The VMS Organization Administrator cannot change the product logo that displays Unchecked by default For more information see Branding Tab on page 155 When checked the last product logo defined by the VMS Organization Administrator displays in the VMS interface for all organization users Note You can also perform branding operations via the VMS Configuration Tool For more information see Branding Customized on page 359 Limit Gateway Use to n Concurrent Calls Check to define the maximum number of concurrent gateway calls that the VMS can schedule for this organization During resource allocation the VMS will check to see if a new scheduled meeting will exceed the defined limit Organization Management 25 Active Tab Refuse When checked if the meeting you are scheduling causes the number of allowed concurrent calls to be exceeded users receive a warning message and are returned to the scheduling interface When unchecked if the meeting you are scheduling causes the number of allowed concurrent calls to
49. Click Change to display the single participant video layout and the maximum allowed video layout Select one of the displayed options and click OK Bit Rate K Select the maximum video bit rate available for this meeting type in Kbps from the drop down list Symmetric Click to determine whether the meeting type enables you to match incoming and outgoing rates in Continuous Presence mode Terminals with the ability to receive images at higher rates may still do so Force CP Symmetric Click to determine whether the meeting type enables you to force all incoming and outgoing rates to be matched for all terminals Rate matching to Click if enabled The value displays Enable T 120 Click to add T 120 data collaboration capabilities to this meeting type if one or more MCUs are T 120 enabled Meeting Types 101 Active Meeting Types Tab AUDIO ONLY MEETING TYPES Frame Rate Select the required rate from the drop down list Picture Format Select the required format from the drop down list Video Format Select the required format from the drop down list Audio XCoding Priority Select the required priority from the drop down list OK Click to save the meeting type to the VMS database and to list the meeting type among the available meeting types in the Meeting Scheduling section In the Meeting Type Detail dialog box Figure 8 6 select Audio only Prefix 61022 Name e1022 Description CP13_A
50. Click to invite a sub conference For more information see Changing a Sub conference on page 261 Changing a Sub conference Extend Meeting Duration Click to extend the meeting duration For more information see Extending Meeting Duration on page 262Extending Meeting Duration Accessories Click to order accessories for the meeting room Start Meeting Click to start the meeting Take Release Control Click to take or release control of the meeting unavailable when the Start only when host joins option is selected in the Default Meeting Settings tab of the Organization Settings section 260 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual CHANGING PARTICIPANT VIEW CHANGING A SUB CONFERENCE In meeting Control Click the Change Participant View icon to display the Change Participants View dialog box The Change Participants View dialog box enables you to change the meeting view while the meeting is in progress for a single participant selected in the Participant List or for all participants at the same time Change participants view Figure 15 3 Changing Participants View Dialog Box Sub conference Click the Sub conference icon to display the Select sub conference dialog box The drop down list enables you to divert highlighted participants in the Participants List of the current conference to attend a new or currently running private audio sub conference Sub conference participants are hidden in the
51. Meeting Settings Tab on page 148 Description Type agenda items or a meeting description that will appear in all notifications Meeting Type Select a meeting type from the drop down list All Meetings 235 Upcoming Tab Start Time Click the calendar icon to specify the date and time of the meeting The default value is Now If you do not change the start time the meeting will start immediately To reset the start time to Now click the arrow icon directly to the right of the calendar icon Duration Type the meeting length in minutes This field will already contain the default meeting duration set by the System Administrator in the Default User Settings tab in the Organization Settings section For more information see Default User Settings Tab on page 144 Recurrence If a meeting is held on a daily or weekly basis click to display recurrence settings For more information see Configuring Recurrence Settings on page 238 Note VMS Light supports ad hoc meetings only In VMS Light the Start Time field is always set to Now and cannot be changed The Recurrence option is unavailable in all forms of the VMS if the Start Time field is set to Now Cancel Click to cancel the modified meeting settings Delete Click to delete the specified meeting 236 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Upcoming Tab Next Click to display the Invite tab For more information see Invite Tab o
52. Meeting Templates on page 195 Chapter 14 All Meetings on page 209 Chapter 15 My Meetings on page 253 Chapter 16 Address Book on page 295 Chapter 17 My Profile on page 305 VMS Organization Meeting Organizer options Chapter 1 Introducing the VMS on page 3 Chapter 11 Meeting Scheduling on page 157 Chapter 13 Meeting Templates on page 195 Chapter 15 My Meetings on page 253 Chapter 16 Address Book on page 295 Chapter 17 My Profile on page 305 VMS Organization Regular User options Chapter 15 My Meetings on page 253 Chapter 17 My Profile on page 305 The RADVISION Video Management System VMS documentation set is available as printed books and also on the Utilities and Documentation CD supplied with the product The CD includes manuals available in PDF format and Online Helps You require Adobe Acrobat Reader version 4 0 or later to open the PDF files You can download Acrobat Reader free of charge from www adobe com The current version of the VMS is 4 0 Following is a list of released versions and the new features introduced in each version VMS version 4 0 includes the following new features Support for full screen web user interface m Single sign on Active Directory Integrated Authentication users accessing VMS web pages are authenticated transparently using domain account password credentials m User name and password may be optionally recalled when logging in About This Manual xvii VMS Features
53. Organization Management section select the Inactive tab The inactive organization table displays Company Organization Since ads radvision com sd 2004 06 17 19 34 glory radvision com 88372355 2004 05 18 15 29 iplanet kk k 2004 06 17 22 33 ma v 12323 2004 06 17 23 28 michal radvision com 333333 2004 05 31 14 27 peng 12 3424 2004 06 30 01 30 a j 2004 06 17 20 05 radvision radvision com 45678 2004 05 23 09 38 til 2 1 2004 06 17 22 37 yang k k 2004 06 17 22 51 Figure 3 4 Organization Management Inactive Tab Organizational Login ID Type the full or partial organizational login ID of the organization for which you are searching Company Type the full or partial company name for which you are searching Search Click to perform an organization search Organizational Login ID Displays the name of the organization This name is used as part of the login credentials for users belonging to this organization Company Displays the company name of the organization if applicable Organization Management 33 Inactive Tab VIEWING AN INACTIVE ORGANIZATION PROFILE DELETING ACTIVATING AN INACTIVE ORGANIZATION Telephone Displays the main contact telephone number for the organization Organization Since Displays the date on which the organization was added to the VMS Click the entry you wish to view in the Organizational Login ID col
54. Organization Settings 153 Look and Feel Tab Display Select the required option from the drop down list to display the Meeting Room column or the E mail column in the Attendee Settings tab of the Meeting Scheduling section Note E mail display is relevant only in places where a desktop is used and not when meeting rooms are used Show My Profile When checked the My Profile icon appears in the sidebar on the left side of the user interlace for all organization users Checked by default Show All When selected the My Info tab and the My Preferences tab display in the My Profile section for all organization users Selected by default Don tshow My Info tab When selected the My Info tab does not display in the My Profile section for all organization users Don t Show My Preferences tab When selected the My Preferences tab does not display in the My Profile section for all organization users Enable Personal Address Book When checked non VMS users can be added to your private address book Checked by default m Maxrecords per user Type the maximum number of records allowed per user The maximum supported value and the default value is 500 m Max groups per user Type the maximum number of groups allowed per user The maximum supported value and the default value is 50 Play a sound upon scheduling failure When checked a sound is heard when scheduling fails A sound file must be in WAV format
55. Resource Management Gateway Tab 128 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual SEARCHING FOR A GATEWAY VIEWING GATEWAY INFORMATION ADDING A GATEWAY Gateway Tab Name Type the full or partial name of the gateway for which you are searching Search Click to perform a gateway search Name Displays the name of the gateway Registered To Displays the name and zone prefix of the gatekeeper SIP server to which this gateway registers Location Displays the Device Island in which the gateway is located Status Displays whether a gateway is online or offline To ensure correct dialing and capacity management gateway settings configured in the VMS must be consistent with the actual gateway configuration RADVISION recommends Maintaining IVR and DID number information in the VMS whenever there are changes in the gateway Maintaining capacity information to ensure that there are always available gateway ports for scheduled and ad hoc calls Click Add The New Gateway dialog box displays Type the relevant details and click Save Resource Management 129 Gateway Tab eS Hame low p Gateway Model RADVISION VialP GW P25M Location Beising Registered To IP Address 192 168 227 242 Working Mode International Access Code 00 g Country Code 86 X Allow Out of Area Calls Dome
56. String 44 55 66 IP ISDN SIP ISDN gt Dial String String IP ISDN SIP IP ISDN SIP lt Completed Conference Data gt lt Completed Conference Data gt Contains actual conference data collected during the course and at the conclusion of the conference Attribute Name Type Example CDR XML Tags and Attributes 447 CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Conference Status gt Contains information on the result of the conference whether it was canceled beforehand and whether it started successfully or not Attribute Name Type Example value CANCELLED BY USER CANCELLED BY VCS FAILED TO START STARTED lt Conference Status value STARTED gt lt Reason Failed gt Describes the reason a conference failed to start Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Reason Failed value N A gt lt Actual Start Time gt Contains the actual versus scheduled start time of the conference Attribute Name Type Example value yyyy mm ddThh mm ssZ lt Actual Start Time value 2003 03 29T 11 35 49Z gt lt Actual End Time gt Contains the actual versus scheduled end time of the conference Attribute Name Type Example value yyyy mm ddThh mm ssZ lt Actual End Time value 2003 03 29T11 47 43Z gt 448 iVideo Management System VMS
57. Tab ADDING A GROUP Click Add The Add Group dialog box displays Available Contacts Selected Contacts Charlie Brown Charlie Brown Layne Ainsworth Layne Ainsworth Cost Code Figure 12 4 Add Group Dialog Box Group Name Type the name of the group Select users and click the arrow pointing right to include these users in the group then click OK Select users and click the button to include these users in the group then click OK Cost Code Type the cost code assigned to this group The cost code must be a maximum of 20 characters long This field is disabled if the Enable Cost Code option in the Default User Settings tab of the Organization Settings section is unchecked Note Fach group has only one cost code However you may assign more than one cost code to an individual user since users may belong to multiple groups 192 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Groups Tab MobDIFYING DELETING In the Group Name column of the Groups tab click the entry you wish to GROUPS modify The Modify Group dialog box displays a To modify a group In the Modify Group dialog box modify which users are included in the specified group then click OK To delete a group Inthe Group Name column of the Groups tab select the checkbox next to the entry you wish to delete then click Delete User Management 193 WHO SHOULD READ THIS CHAPTER BASICS MEETING TEMPLATES T
58. Tab Company Type the name of the company in which the user works Department Type the name of the department in which the user works E mail Type the e mail address that this user will use to receive meeting announcements Branch Type the name of the branch in which the user works SIP URI Type the SIP URI for this user Telephone 0 Type the telephone number for this user Telephone Mobile Type the mobile telephone number for this user Groups Displays the groups to which this user belongs Select Groups Click to view and select existing groups You can also add users to groups For more information about groups see Groups Tab on page 191 Meeting Types Displays the meeting type scheduled for the meeting Select Meeting Types Click to view available meeting types and to provide access for this user to the specified meeting types User Management 189 Users Tab MOobDIFYING DELETING A USER PROFILE or Default Time Zone Select the correct time zone for this user The All Meeting and My Meetings sections list local meeting times for each user Default Terminal Displays the default terminal associated with this user Select Terminal Click to view and select currently available terminals You can also add users to terminals For more information about terminals see Terminals Tab on page 135 OK Click to save the specified user profile and to send notification to the user e ma
59. The Advanced Invitation tab enables you to invite multiple participants into a meeting at the same time Each invite entry box may also contain multiple participant numbers using separators This greatly extends the number of participants you can invite at the same time You can also select a lower bandwidth rate with which to connect individual participants Advanced settings allow you to drag and drop participant images into preferred positions in the layout of each meeting view supported in the meeting and to specify the layout which invited participants see when joining a meeting The following sub tabs are available in the Advanced Invitation tab m User m Terminal All Meetings 223 In meeting Control Participant List N f Statistics IEEE Al Groups Vv Terminal kbps Charlie Brown default Layne Ainsworth Patrick Will default Lewis Wong default Greg Brown default default default default default default default default default default F ml E i o E Fal F al o E default User Terminal Figure 14 8 In meeting Control Advanced Invitation Tab USER The User sub tab includes the following options Users in Groups Select required users and click the button to
60. Time K Disconnection Time K Reason for Disconnection K Dial in Out save ciose Figure B 18 Actual Information Tab Meeting Status Saves meeting status information in the CDR This is a required field and cannot be deselected Reason Failed Check to record the reason for meeting failures to the CDR Actual Start Time Check to record the actual rather than the scheduled start time of a meeting in the CDR VMS Configuration Tool 385 VMS System Configuration Actual End Time Check to record the actual rather than the scheduled end time of a meeting in the CDR TERMINALS REGISTERED TO VMS Terminal ID Check to record participating terminal IDs in the CDR Alias Check to record participating terminal aliases in the CDR ISDN IP SIP Check to record participating terminal ISDN IP SIP status information in the CDR Dial String Check to record participating terminal dial strings in the CDR CONNECTION INFORMATION Total Connection Time Check to record a single participating terminal total actual connection time in the CDR Connection Records Check to record a single participating terminal actual connection record the number of times a terminal connects and disconnects in the CDR Connection Time Check to record a single participating terminal actual time of initial connection in the CDR Disconnection Time Check to record a single participating terminal actual
61. VMS Outlook Client perform the following Shut down Microsoft Outlook and all other applications running on your computer Ifrunning Outlook 2000 install Microsoft Office 2000 Service Pack 3 The service pack updates Outlook and enables modification of recurring meetings with the VMS Outlook Client Ensure that the Outlook Scheduling option is selected in the My Info tab of the VMS My Profile section of the VMS user interface Access your user profile via the VMS web interface using the VMS credentials received from your system administrator Note The user ID e mail address and password settings that you configure in the My Profile section of the VMS must be identical to the settings configured in the Outlook server Using an external directory server removes the need for this synchronization 314 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Installing the VMS Outlook Client To install the VMS Outlook Client on your computer 1 Run the VMS_outlook_addon_setup msi file The VMS Outlook Integration Setup dialog box displays ig Video Management System Outlook Integration Welcome to the Video Management T System Outlook Integration Setup Wizard The installer will guide you through the steps required to install Video Management System Outlook Integration on your computer Click Next to continue WARNING This computer program is protected by copyright law and international treaties Unauthorized d
62. a different area code but the same country code Always Dial Area Code Check to always dial the area code To access an outside line for local calls dial Type the access code for an outside line for local calls To access an outside line for long distance calls dial Type the access code for an outside line for long distance calls Telephone Number Type the local telephone number you want to assign to the specified port Capacity Type the total gateway capacity allocated for this telephone number in Kbps Note When more than one zone is present in the network gateway meeting types must be configured as local meeting types with the gatekeeper SIP server in order for the VMS to dial correctly 132 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual ADDING DELETING A DID RANGE ADDING DELETING A SERVICE MEETING TYPE Gateway Tab Card Type Select the card type for the selected port Available only when an Accord gateway is specified in the Gateway Model field Module Type Select the module type for the selected port Available only when an Accord gateway is specified in the Gateway Model field Add DID Range Click to add a new DID range to the gateway Available only when DID is selected in the Working Mode field Lower Boundary Type the lower limit in this DID range Available only when DID is selected in the Working Mode field Upper Boundary Type the upper limit in this DID range
63. attendees or select All Groups for a complete list of users belonging to this organization Select required users and click the button to add these users to the list of invited participants Available Participants Displays all the participants that are available for a meeting Selected Participants Displays all the participants that you have selected to be invited to a meeting Meeting Scheduling 163 Invite Tab First Name Type the first name of the participant you wish to invite to the meeting Last Name Type the last name of the participant you wish to invite to the meeting E mail Type the e mail address of the participant you wish to invite to the meeting Terminal type and dial string Select whether your terminal is a PSTN or Mobile terminal an IP SIP terminal or an IP H 323 terminal and type the terminal dialing string H 323 alias or SIP URD Bandwidth Select the required bandwidth rate from the drop down list Save to my address book Check to save the specified participant to the Address Book section For more information see the Address Book chapter Add Click to add the specified participant to the meeting 164 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual ATTENDEES SETTINGS TAB Attendees Settings Tab In the Meeting Scheduling section click the Attendees Settings tab Meeting N f vie D gt Attendee avaitabiity ff Advanced Terminal
64. attendees control privileges If no attendees are granted control privileges the Administrator and the Meeting Operator may perform in meeting control Attendee Displays the names of all attendees Terminal Displays the user default terminal If a user does not have a default terminal assigned the word Select displays Click to assign a terminal or to change an existing terminal assignment for this meeting only The Select Terminal dialog box displays For more information see Modifying a Terminal Number on page 287 284 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Upcoming Tab PSTN ISDN Check if a Dual IP ISDN terminal is to be used as an ISDN connection for this meeting Enabled only when the specified terminal is defined as a Dual IP ISDN terminal Dial in Specify which terminals can dial in to the meeting Meeting Room If your terminal is a mobile unit its location may change To change location for this meeting only select a different meeting room for this terminal from the drop down list E mail Address Displays the attendee e mail address View Select from up to four available layouts for each participant depending on which service is meeting type for this meeting Layout Click the icon to change the current layout display The Select Layout dialog box displays the available layouts depending on which service is selected for this meeting Select the required layout The Atten
65. be exceeded the extra terminals in the meeting you are scheduling are recorded in the CDR Limit MCU Use to n Concurrent Calls Check to define the maximum number of concurrent MCU calls that the VMS can schedule for this organization During resource allocation the VMS will check to see if a new scheduled meeting will exceed the defined limit Refuse When checked if the meeting you are scheduling causes the number of allowed concurrent calls to be exceeded users receive a warning message and are returned to the scheduling interface When unchecked if the meeting you are scheduling causes the number of allowed concurrent calls to be exceeded the extra terminals in the meeting you are scheduling are recorded in the CDR Meeting Type Groups Click Select Groups to display the Select Meeting Type Groups dialog box Use the arrows to select the required meeting types for the specified organization All users belonging to an organization will have access to the meeting types of that organization by default For more information on meeting type groups see Meeting Type Groups Tab on page 105 USER PROVISIONING Organizations can provision video meeting users via the VMS or via an external directory server For information on viewing user information via a directory server see the Provisioning Users via a Directory Server appendix Via VMS Select Via VMS to set organization user personal information via the VMS web interface and to
66. continue working with the system Once the user database is created users will log in to the VMS with their directory server login ID and password Note When using iPlanet or Sun ONE Directory Server to provision the VMS it is possible that identical user login IDs may exist in different organization units ou When this is the case search base information must be provided as part of the login For example uid dsmith ou groups or uid dsmith ou people 186 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual ADDING A USER PROFILE Users Tab Click Add The User Profile dialog box displays User ID ig Password Confirm User Type Meeting Organizer Y Outlook Scheduling First Name Last Name Company Rv1 Department E mail Branch SIP URI Telephone 0 Tel Mobile Groups Select Groups Meeting Types 110 Select Meeting Types die Time GMT 00 00 Greenwich Mean Time Etc Greenwich vi Default Terminal Select Terminal Figure 12 2 User ID User Profile Dialog Box Type a login ID according to organization protocol Password Type a password for the user Confirm Confirm the user password User Management 187 Users Tab User Type Set default privileges for all new users User types include Organization Administrator Can
67. dial in calls Checked by default Meeting ID Length Type the number of digits to be used in meeting ID strings Minimum Terminals allowed in a Scheduled Meeting Set the minimum number of terminals that must be selected to create a valid meeting Maximum Terminals allowed in a Scheduled Meeting Set the maximum number of terminals that can be added to a meeting Minimum Terminals allowed in an Ad Hoc Meeting Set the minimum number of terminals that must be selected to create a valid meeting VMS Configuration Tool 355 VMS System Configuration Maximum Terminals allowed in an Ad Hoc Meeting Set the maximum number of terminals that can be added to a meeting Maximum Length of Meeting Extension Set the maximum amount of time by which any meeting may be extended and select the unit of time Launch Meetings Set the length of time before the scheduled start time of a meeting that you wish to launch the meeting Meeting Auto Extend Length Set the length of time by which you can automatically extend a meeting currently in progress when working with a Sony PCS endpoint When the VMS is configured to send an alert before the end of a meeting users of Sony PCS endpoints can automatically extend the meeting When the alert reaches the Sony endpoint the user can press the Help button on the Sony PCS terminal remote control for 5 seconds to extend the meeting by the length of time configured in the Meeting Auto Extend
68. dialog box popped up by IE to start the installation straightforward Once the installation is complete return to the previous page which should allow you to run the application Figure B 2 VMS Configuration Tool Launch Java Download Web Page 2 Click the download link as shown in Figure B 2 The Java Runtime Environment is installed on your computer and the Java download web page Figure B 2 displays again 3 Click the previous page link The VMS Configuration Tool launch page Figure B 3 displays VMS Configuration Tool 345 Launching the VMS Configuration Tool LAUNCHING THE The VMS Configuration Tool can be accessed from any client machine with the VMS Java Web Start application installed CONFIGURATION TOOL G To access via the browser 1 Go to http vms_serverhost port vms config The VMS Configuration Tool launch page displays VMS Welcome to Video Management System Configuration Tool Launch Page Ee Launch VMS Configuration Tool Figure B 3 VMS Configuration Tool Launch Page 2 Click the Launch VMS Configuration Tool link On launching the tool will check for any updated files to download to the client machine The Warning Security screen displays 346 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Launching the VMS Configuration Tool Warning Security Do you want to trust the signed installer distributed by RADVISION VIDEO MANAGEMENT SYST
69. displays fi Topology R Gatekeeper SIP Server gt IP Address Location RADVISION MCU 3 0 172 26 18 11 Offline RADVISION MCU 3 0 172 33 20 10 Online RADVISION MCU 3 0 172 33 20 11 Online Figure 4 7 Device Management MCU Tab Name Type the full or partial name of the MCU for which you are searching Search Click to perform an MCU search Device Management 47 MCU Tab VIEWING MCU INFORMATION ADDING AN MCU Name Displays the name of the MCU Model Displays the MCU model IP Address Displays the IP address of the MCU Location Displays the Device Island in which the MCU is located Status Displays the status of the MCU Online or Offline Note All MCUs are listed as Online by default For information about changing the status of an MCU see Taking an MCU Offline on page 54 Click Add The New MCU dialog box displays Type the relevant details and click OK The New MCU dialog box contains the following tabs m Basic Tab m Advanced Tab for RADVISION MCU v2 x and Cisco MCU VOX m Advanced Tab for RADVISION MCU v3 x and Cisco MCU v3 X m Advanced Tab for Accord MCU Note The Advanced tab varies according to the MCU model in use 48 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual BASIC TAB MCU Tab Name _ _ a Login Hame L aaa Login Password e Padres 7 SIP Only Model Raovisionmcu vax Registered To E
70. distance calls Online Select to bring the terminal online 140 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual MOobDIFYING DELETING A TERMINAL ee ASSIGNING A USER TO A TERMINAL Terminals Tab Offline Select to take the terminal offline Type a date or check the Permanently checkbox Then click OK In the Name column of the Terminals tab click the entry you wish to modify or delete The Modify Terminal dialog box displays To modify a terminal In the Modify Terminal dialog box modify the relevant terminal details and then click OK To delete a terminal In the Modify Terminal dialog box click Delete Assigning users to a terminal allows the VMS to automatically schedule the terminal each time that user is invited to a video meeting For more information on meeting scheduling see the Meeting Scheduling chapter If users have been provisioned one or several users can be assigned to a terminal via the Modify Terminal dialog box in the Terminals tab of the Resource Management section Each user can also be assigned to a terminal via the User Profile dialog box in the User Management section For more information on user profile settings see Adding a User Profile on page 187 From the Add Terminal dialog box Figure 9 15 on page 136 click Default Users to display the Select Users dialog box for assigning a user to the new terminal Resource Management 141 Terminals Tab All Groups v EEEE
71. duration Attribute Name Type Example value Integer Minutes lt Duration value 30 Minutes gt lt VCS Server TimeZone gt Contains VCS server s time zone information Attribute Name Type Example value GMT XX XX lt VCS Server TimeZone value GMT 08 00 gt lt Auto Extend gt Determines whether Auto Extend was selected when the conference was scheduled Attribute Name Type Example value Boolean lt Auto Extend value false gt lt Advanced Information gt lt Advanced Information gt Contains advanced conference scheduling information Attribute Name Type Example lt Extra IP Ports Reserved gt Contains the number of additional IP ports that were reserved for the conference at the time it was scheduled 414 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Extra IP Ports Reserved gt Attribute Name Type Example value Integer lt Extra IP Ports Reserved value 2 gt lt Extra ISDN Ports Reserved gt Contains the number of additional ISDN ports that were reserved for the conference at the time it was scheduled Attribute Name Type Example value Integer lt Extra ISDN Ports Reserved value 1 gt lt Priority gt Displays the priority option selected when the conference was schedule
72. either a date to enter in Offline Until or check the Permanently checkbox Then click OK 62 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual WHO SHOULD READ THIS CHAPTER BASICS DEVICE MONITORING This chapter is relevant to VMS Pro Service Provider Administrators only The Device Monitoring section displays usage information for all MCUs and gatekeepers configured in the VMS The Device Monitoring section contains the following tabs m Performance Monitor Tab m Statistics Tab Device Monitoring 63 Performance Monitor Tab PERFORMANCE In the Device Monitoring section click the Performance Monitor tab The MONITOR TAB Performance Monitor tab lists historical usage and failure information for each device during a designated time period The default time interval is 1 hour For more information on configuring the time graduation see Device Monitoring Interval on page 352 I RADVISION Device Monitoring 2004 10 25 14 40 Device Name Model Total Meetings Failed Meetings Failed Meetings Total Connections Failed Connections Failed Connections RADVISION MCU V2 X 100 RADVISION MCU 3 0 RADVISION MCU 3 0 RADVISION MCU 3 0 Other GK Model 2000 RADVISION ECS 500 My Profile Figure 5 1 Device Monitoring Performance Monitor Tab Device Name Displays the alias name of the MCU or gatekeeper Model Displays the device model Total Meetings Displays the to
73. either network resources or required resources are unavailable an Unable to Schedule message will display with a reason for the scheduling failure No notifications will be sent Note Clicking Save and Close will not update the VMS server with the new meeting information Click Send Update to ensure the VMS server contains the correct meeting information VMS Outlook Client 341 Additional VMS Outlook Client Functions DELETING AN AUDIO VIDEO ENABLED APPOINTMENT MODIFYING OR DELETING A RECURRING AUDIO VIDEO APPOINTMENT The following appointment modifications are not supported by the VMS If any of the following modifications are required the appointment must be deleted and rescheduled Removing the recurrence from a scheduled meeting m Adding a recurrence to a scheduled non recurring meeting m Changing the recurrence pattern of a scheduled meeting for example from daily to weekly Appointments created with the VMS Outlook Client may be deleted in the same manner as other Outlook appointments To delete an audio video enabled appointment In your Outlook calendar select the appointment you wish to delete and click Delete If you created the appointment VMS will cancel the video meeting and notify attendees For all other participants deleting an appointment is the same as declining an appointment and a response must be sent to update VMS as well as the Meeting Organizer Note Only one appoin
74. embedded MCU Modet Login Name eon Login Password ISDH Capacity Has Embedded MCU International Access Code Domestic Long Distance Prefix To access an outside line for local p _ To access an outside line for long distance calls dial E calls diak online offline up to date Permanently Figure 9 16 Add Terminal Dialog Box Advanced Tab Resource Management 139 Terminals Tab Model Select the required endpoint model from the drop down list Login Name Type the login name for the new terminal Login Password Type the login password for the new terminal ISDN Capacity Select the bandwidth capacity of the gateway model to which the terminal is registered Has Embedded MCU Select this option if the license for the Sony endpoint model you have chosen supports an internal MCU Note When there are only embedded MCUs in the system the only meeting types available are built in Continuous Presence and Voice Activated options For more information see Active Meeting Types Tab on page 90 International Access Code Type the international dialing access code Domestic Long Distance Prefix Type the prefix for domestic calls to a different area To access an outside line for local calls dial Type the access code for an outside line for local calls To access an outside line for long distance calls dial Type the access code for an outside line for long
75. extra ISDN ports reserved Number of dial in IP terminals Number of dial out IP terminals Number of dial in ISDN terminals Number of dial out ISDN terminals Gateway s used In the Subject column of the Upcoming tab click the subject of the meeting you wish to modify The Meeting Detail screen displays The Meeting Detail screen includes the following tabs Meeting Tab Invite Tab Attendees Settings Tab Attendee Availability Tab Advanced Tab In the All Meetings section click the Meeting tab Note VMS Light supports ad hoc meetings only 234 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Upcoming Tab Sf invite Attendees Settings ff Attendee Availabilty Advanced Subject Bill To Host Al Participants Description Meeting Type Please select S Start Time Now E puration 0 minutes Figure 14 12 All Meetings Meeting Tab Subject Type a meeting topic or title that will appear in all notifications Bill To Select Host All Participants or Organizer If the Host and Organizer are the same person the Organizer option does not display Note An option selected in the Bill To field becomes the default setting in the Meeting Templates and Meeting Scheduling sections RADVISION recommends that you set the default setting in the Default Meeting Settings tab in the Organization Settings section For more information see Default
76. fo Fae Organization Settings Enable Outlook Scheduling 7 Allow Product Branding Limit Gateway Use to Concurrent Calls ff Over Limit Refuse Limit MCU Use to Concurrent Calls ff Over Limit Refuse Meeting Type Groups Je Select Groups User Provisioning via vms Ove Directory Server Type tory S URL M Login ft Password A G LDAP Server Domain Technical Contact 1D LDAP Search Base Via External Server Figure 3 2 Organization Profile General Tab NEW ORGANIZATION Organizational Login ID Type an organization login name The organization login ID is the name typed by users of that organization to access the VMS web user interface Company Name Type the organization company name The value of this field is descriptive only Address Type organization address information including city state province country and postal code Telephone Type the organization telephone number This number will appear in the Active and Inactive tabs 24 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Active Tab Fax Type the organization fax number ORGANIZATION SETTINGS Enable Outlook Scheduling Check to allow organization users to schedule meetings via the VMS Outlook Client Note VMS Light does not support Outlook scheduling Allow Product Branding When checked the Branding tab displays in the Organization Settings section for the specified organization The
77. for meetings Picture Format Check to record in the CDR incoming and outgoing picture format settings for meetings Max T 120 Ports Reserved Check to record in the CDR the maximum number of T 120 ports reserved for scheduled meetings Max Submeetings Check to record in the CDR the maximum number of sub meetings that are part of this meeting type 370 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual ATTENDEES TAB VMS System Configuration The Attendees tab allows the system administrator to select which attendee data to include in the CDR Video Management System Configuration Tool System Configuration COR Configuration COR Production Meeting Atendees Terminals Network Devices Resources Scheduling Data Actual Information Attendee Information Organizer K User ID V Email i7 Organization Billing Phone st User ID Email i Organization Billing Phone Login 1D 1 First Name Last Name Organization 1D 1 Company Name Organization Profile Type Controller YJ Initial Controller NRK gin 1D 1 First Name Last Name Organization ID 1 Company Name Organization Profile Type Controller 1 Initial Controller Attendees Registered to v User 1D v Email v Controller Login 1D y First Name Last Name Organization 1D v Company Name Organization Billing Phone Initial Controller lt SSN NRN N
78. gt Contains the total length of the participating terminal s connection to the conference Attribute Name Type Example value String Integer s seconds lt Total Connection Time value 600s gt lt List of Connection Records gt lt List of Connection Records gt Contains a record of each time the participating terminal connected and disconnected from the conference Attribute Name Type Example 450 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Connection gt Contains connection records for a specific terminal Attribute Name Type Example ConnectionTime yyyy mm ddThh mm ssZ Dialin Dialout Dial in Dial out Disconnection Time yyyy mm ddThh mm ssZ Over GW port limit Boolean Over MCU port limit Boolean Reason Disconnection VCS Disconnect Abnormal disconnect lt Connection ConnectionTime 2003 03 29T11 35 51Z Dialin Dialout Dial out Disconnection Time 2003 03 29T 11 43 45Z Over GW port limit false Over MCU port limit true Reason Disconnection VCS Disconnect gt lt Actual External Terminals gt lt Actual External Terminals gt Contains a list of external terminals that actually participated in the conference Attribute Name Type Example lt Actual External Terminal gt lt A
79. iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Room gt Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Room value N A gt lt Gatekeeper gt Contains an external erminal s gatekeeper information Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Gatekeeper value N A gt lt Zone Prefix gt Contains an external erminal s zone prefix Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Zone Prefix value N A gt lt Attendees Terminals Association gt lt Attendees Terminals Association gt Contains a list of attendees and terminal associations allowing administrators to know which users used which terminals for an individual conference Attribute Name Type Example lt Association gt Associates an attendee with his her terminal login ID email address and terminal dial string Attribute Name Type Example CDR XML Tags and Attributes 437 CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Association gt Dial String String Email String LoginlId String lt Association Dial String 812518 Email Mjones testco com LoginId Mjones gt lt Network Devices gt lt Network Devices gt Contains information about network devices scheduled for use in a conference during re
80. in meeting control see In meeting Control on page 258 Note Ifthe first status indicator in the Status column is red indicating that the meeting was not created successfully a warning message will display When you click OK the VMS will display meeting details To cancel a meeting click Delete Start Time Displays the date and time the meeting will start Click to sort by start time Duration Displays the meeting length in minutes Click to sort by duration Host Displays the name of the person who is specified as the host of the meeting Click to sort by host Status Displays three status indications representing from left to right Creation Status Participant Status and Termination Status Creation Status Green if a meeting was created successfully red if a meeting was not created successfully If red click to view the error message and click Retry to resend meeting information to the MCU My Meetings 255 Current Tab Participant Status Empty if there is a problem with meeting creation green if all participants are successfully connected to the meeting red if a participating terminal has terminated abnormally Note Abnormal disconnections can be caused by network problems Connections terminated from an endpoint or via any other controlling application also register in the VMS as abnormal disconnections The Participant Status indication will not display red if a terminal has disconnecte
81. is a problem with meeting creation green if all participants are successfully connected to the meeting red if a participating terminal has terminated abnormally Note Abnormal disconnections can be caused by network problems Connections terminated from an endpoint or via any other controlling application also register in the VMS as abnormal disconnections The Participant Status indication will not display red if a terminal has disconnected normally through the VMS in meeting control interface see In meeting Control on page 214 If red click to view the error message From this window administrators can select the following options oO Control Panel to access the in meeting control interface Cancel to return to the Current tab For more information on taking control of an in session meeting see In meeting Control on page 214 Termination Status Empty if meetings are in progress red if there is a termination error If red click to view the error message From this window administrators can select the following options Oo Retry to resend the termination signal to the MCU The All Meetings section will immediately refresh and display the updated status for the specified meeting Remove to clear the meeting from the Current tab and send it to the History tab Cancel to return to the Current tab without making any changes The meeting will remain in the Current display area 212 iVideo Management Sys
82. list of all VCS registered terminals scheduled for the conference Attribute Name Type Example lt Terminal Registered to VCS gt lt Terminal Registered to VCS gt Contains information about a single VCS registered terminal scheduled for the conference Attribute Name Type Example lt VCS Terminal Id gt Contains a terminal s internal VCS ID string Attribute Name Type Example value String lt VCS Terminal Id value 0001 PARTY 10007 gt 432 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Alias gt Contains a terminal s internal VCS name or alias Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Alias value T1 gt lt Dial String gt Contains a terminal s dial string information Note If this is an ISDN phone number the format is CountryCode AreaCode PhoneNumber Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Dial String value 812518 gt lt IP ISDN SIP gt Specifies what type of terminal this is Attribute Name Type Example value IP ISDN SIP lt IP ISDN SIP value IP gt lt Dial in Dial out gt Contains a terminal s dialing mode Attribute Name Type Example value Dial in Dial out lt Dial in Dial out value Dial out gt CDR XML Tags and Attributes 433 CDR XML Tags A
83. lt ls Controller gt lt Organizer gt lt Organizer gt lt VCS User ld gt lt Login ld gt lt First Name gt lt Last Name gt lt Email gt lt VCS Customer Id gt lt Company Name gt lt Customer Profile Type gt lt Customer Billing Phone gt lt ls Controller gt lt Attendees Registered to VCS gt lt Attendees Registered to VCS gt lt Attendee Registered to VCS gt lt Attendee Registered to VCS gt lt VCS User Id gt lt Login Id gt lt First Name gt lt Last Name gt lt Email gt lt VCS Customer Id gt lt Company Name gt lt Is Controller gt lt External Attendees gt lt External Attendees gt lt External Attendee gt lt External Attendee gt lt Email gt 406 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual CDR XML Tag Index lt First Name gt lt Last Name gt lt Terminals Registered to VCS gt lt Terminals Registered to VCS gt lt Terminal Registered to VCS gt lt Terminal Registered to VCS gt lt VCS Terminal Id gt lt Alias gt lt Dial String gt lt IP ISDN SIP gt lt Dial in Dial out gt lt MCU gt lt Gateway gt lt Room gt lt Gatekeeper gt lt Zone Prefix gt lt External Terminals gt lt External Termi
84. meeting select the Outlook Scheduling tab Meeting room or terminal availability may also be shown depending on your local Outlook Exchange environment End Time Type the required meeting termination time This will appear in all notifications VMS Outlook Client 323 Scheduling Audio Video Meetings RICH MEDIA TAB Recurrence Click to schedule a daily weekly or monthly video meeting Note The VMS does not support the scheduling of yearly appointments Select the Rich Media tab to reserve audio video meeting resources via the VMS for this appointment The Rich Media tab includes the following sections m Attendees Settings m Attendees Settings Non Video Conference m Advanced m Advanced Non Video Conference Note The Rich Media tab remains empty until the This is an online rich media meeting option is checked Hi Untitled Appointment File Edit view Insert Format Tools Actions Help i Save and Close O B Recurrence Invite attendees y x e v 7 Appointment Rich Media Scheduling This is an online rich media meeting Figure A 8 Rich Media Tab Empty 324 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Scheduling Audio Video Meetings Wi untitled Appointment Ble Edt yew Insert Format Tools Actions Help Type a question for help E save and close O Recurrence Invite Attendees 1 X 9
85. multiple MCUs for bandwidth optimization an additional port is required on each MCU For example a meeting spanning two MCUs in which three participating endpoints are on the first MCU and four participants on the second MCU requires nine ports 7 endpoints 2 MCUs Ifthe meeting ID entered for an endpoint initiated meeting matches the ID of another in session meeting created through the VMS the terminals will join that meeting if there are reserved ports available Ifthe meeting ID entered for an endpoint initiated meeting matches the ID of an upcoming meeting scheduled through the VMS the endpoint initiated meeting will be rejected 46 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual RESERVED ISDN PORTS MCU TAB SEARCHING FOR AN MCU MCU Tab Ifthe meeting ID entered for an endpoint initiated meeting matches the ID of a past meeting scheduled through the VMS the endpoint initiated meeting will be created successfully When an endpoint initiated meeting is created the in meeting control panel see In meeting Control on page 214 displays no reserved ISDN ports because gateway resources are not reserved when an endpoint initiated meeting is created ISDN terminals may still be added to the meeting as long as there are resources available You can add ISDN terminals either by dialing in to the meeting or via the in meeting control panel In the Device Management section click the MCU tab The MCU table
86. organization unit as shown in Figure C 4 Provisioning Users via a Directory Server 393 Viewing iPlanet Directory Server User Information 394 Property Editor People a 3 J xj targetattr userpassword telep 2j View targetattr cn sn uid targetti C Show Attribute Names aci targetattr cn sn uid targetti Show Attribute Description targetattr cn sn uid targettill IV Show only Attributes with Values targetattr cn sn uid targetfi ih ME createtimestamp 20021112051652Z creatorsname cn directory manager ou people dncomp dc radvision de com entrydn ou people dc radvision de com entryid 4 modifiersname cn directory manager F Naming Attribute ou modifytimestamp 20021112051652Z M dn Gu People de radvision dc com Cancel Help Figure C 4 iPlanet Directory Server Property Editor Screen Note If your users are stored in a sub level directory it is possible that the organization unit ou has multiple entries e g ou resources ou people Copy the entry exactly as shown from the distinguished name dn to the domain name dc For Example If the properties displayed are dn ou resources ou people dc radvision dc com the correct entry for organization unit is ou resources ou people iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual PROVISIONING AN iPLANET SUN ONE DIRECTORY SERVER
87. phone number of the terminal in the appropriate fields available only when ISDN H320 or Dual H320 and H323 are selected in the Terminal Type field Resource Management 137 Terminals Tab Country Code Type the international access code of the ISDN terminal available only when ISDN H320 or Dual H320 and H323 are selected in the Terminal Type field Selection of a Gateway for reducing PSTN charges is based on the values configured in this field and in the Area Code field Area Code Type the local area code of the ISDN terminal available only when ISDN H320 or Dual H320 and H323 are selected in the Terminal Type field Warning If the first digit of the local area code is 0 do not type the 0 Number Type the ISDN phone number of the terminal without any dashes or spaces available only when ISDN H320 or Dual H320 and H323 are selected in the Terminal Type field Location Select from the drop down list the Device Island that is nearest to the terminal IP Bandwidth Type the maximum speed of the terminal connection to the network used for video meetings available only when IP H323 IP SIP or Dual H320 and H323 are selected in the Terminal Type field This figure is used to confirm terminal capacity for meeting participation and for rate matching services The VMS prevents calls at bandwidths greater than that indicated in this field ISDN Bandwidth Type the maximum speed of the ISDN terminal co
88. receive by default before the meeting is terminated n minutes after all terminals have left The meeting will terminate after the length of time configured here has passed since all terminals have left the meeting n minutes after the host s terminal has left The meeting will terminate after the length of time configured here has passed since the host terminal has left the meeting even if other terminals are still in the meeting The term host refers to the party requesting the meeting Hosts are also frequently the party to whom the cost of the meeting will be billed 178 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Advanced Tab Auto Extend The meeting will continue until terminated manually from the in meeting control panel see In meeting Control on page 214 or until all terminals have left the session Block Dial in Check to prevent dial in terminals that are not scheduled for this meeting from connecting to the meeting Admit unresolved PSTNIISDN calls When checked enables PSTN ISDN terminals for which source information is not available to dial into a VMS scheduled meeting Unresolved terminals are allowed into the meeting if there are resources available if extra PSTN ISDN ports have been reserved or if an ISDN terminal has been deleted from the ongoing meeting When unchecked unresolved PSTN ISDN terminals will be rejected during authorization for dial in calls Checked by de
89. right Time Zone Name Displays the name of the specified time zone Time Difference from GMT Displays the number of hours before or after GMT 358 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual VMS System Configuration Daylight Saving Displays the number of minutes the clock is set forward or back at the designated start and end times DST Start Time Set the date and time at which daylight saving begins DST End Time Set the date and time at which daylight saving ends Add a New Time Zone Click to display the The New Time Zone dialog box For more information see Adding a New Time Zone on page 361 Reset Click to remove a time zone After you add a time zone but before you click Save in the Customized Settings tab not Save in the New Time Zone dialog box clicking Reset enables you to remove the time zone You cannot remove a time zone after you have clicked Save in the Customized Settings tab BRANDING CUSTOMIZED Enables you to select the product and vendor logo you wish to display in the VMS Note You can also change the product logo via the Branding tab in the Organization Settings section The Branding tab is available in VMS Pro only For more information see Branding Tab on page 155 Product logo file name Type the name of the file holding the required product logo or navigate to the file using the Browse button Browse Click to navigate to the file holding the requir
90. set default values for users in the Default User Settings tab of the Organization Settings section RADVISION recommends that you make all meeting types available to new users for meeting scheduling Note During the organization account creation process the VMS registers only the first user the technical contact who is generally the administrator who performed the installation The technical contact is automatically assigned the Organization Administrator user type allowing the technical contact to log in and provision the rest of the users You cannot delete the technical contact via the VMS and you should not delete the technical contact from the directory server User Management 183 Users Tab USERS TAB SEARCHING FOR A USER In the User Management section click the Users tab The Users table displays When you log into the VMS for the first time you will be the only user listed in the table because you are the only user provisioned during installation You are automatically assigned the Organization Administrator user type which allows you to provision other users and devices When using a directory server to provision the VMS user database for the first time click Update to import users according to the parameters entered when you installed the VMS Note The Users table may be empty until you click Update I RADVISION User Management All Groups Y Name User Type Department Branch T
91. simultaneously CHAIR CONTROL Chair control of a meeting allows O Control of participant connections media connections and additional information per participant o Management of the meeting video layouts and voice activated video switched positions o Drag and drop participant names from the Participant List into the preferred sub frame of the meeting layout PARTICIPANT LIST TAB The Participant List tab enables you to view meeting participant details such as media connection types and view the layouts available in the meeting You may also select to view participants as a list or according to cascaded connections Users with chair control can invite participants modify participant media connections manually reposition participant images in the layout change the meeting view layouts and specify the position of the voice activated image in the meeting view Chair controllers can also create sub conferences and view extended participant details 218 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual In meeting Control Statistics Number Sub conf Main 1 4 Main M i No answer Rejected by remote Unreachable destination B ew B 222 22 B N A Disconnected Figure 14 6 In meeting Control Participant List Tab Status Displays the connection status for each meeting participant Disconnected participants remain in the Participant List for the duration of th
92. source information is not available to dial into a VMS scheduled meeting Unresolved terminals are allowed into the meeting if there are resources available if extra PSTN ISDN ports have been reserved or if an ISDN terminal has been deleted from the ongoing meeting Meeting Templates 205 Creating a Meeting Template When unchecked unresolved PSTN ISDN terminals will be rejected during authorization for dial in calls Checked by default Start only when host joins Check to prevent a meeting starting until the host has joined Overwrite terminal display name Check to override the terminal display name When checked the terminal name overwrites the H 323 station name displayed as text overlay in the video image The terminal name appears in both the VMS and Outlook displays Unchecked by default Note The Overwrite terminal display name feature is supported by RADVISION MCU 3 6 and later only Prioritize Determines which value should be selected by default when meeting are scheduled and or meeting templates are created Bandwidth causes the VMS to allocate resources to conserve bandwidth In some cases this may cause a meeting to be cascaded to conserve bandwidth even though a single MCU is available which can host the meeting m Delay causes the VMS to allocate resources to ensure the best quality meeting Required Select the resources that are required by default to confirm this meeting For example if
93. specified in the Gateway Model field Device Management 57 Gateway Tab Maximum Number of Ports Type the maximum number of ports available on this gateway Available only when an Accord gateway is specified in the Gateway Model field IP Address Type the IP address es for all of the gateways using this phone number Working Mode Select the gateway working mode DID mode is available only if the gateway is registered to a RADVISION ECS If not IVR is selected by default Note Unless the gatekeeper to which this gateway is registered has been configured as an authentication server meetings scheduled using DID numbers will not initiate correctly on the MCU For more information see Adding a Gatekeeper SIP Server on page 40 International Access Code Type the international dialing access code Country Code Type the country code of the gateway telephone numbers The VMS appends the prefix when dialing out from this gateway to a terminal in a different country Allow Out of Area Calls When checked the gateway accepts incoming calls to the VMS from endpoints which have a different area code from the gateway area code When unchecked only endpoints which have the same area code as the gateway can reach the VMS via the gateway Checked by default Note If you request reserved ports for a gateway when the Allow Out of Area Calls option is unchecked ensure that the specified gateway has enough resources for t
94. store the information in the VMS database 26 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Active Tab Via Directory Server Type Select Via Directory Server Type to create and provision users and to maintain user information via the organization local directory server Select the organization directory server type from the drop down list in the Directory Server Type field Note Ifyou select the Active Directory Server option and the Active Directory Server goes offline during regular operation no access to the VMS is available to your organization or to the administrator of your organization URL Type the URL of the directory server host machine using either the IP address or the FQDN Fully Qualified Domain Name For example a URL using the FQDN appears in the format dapserver abc com 389 Login Type the directory server administrator login ID Password Type the directory server administrator password LDAP Server Domain Type the FQDN for the directory server Technical Contact ID Type the user ID of the designated contact person for this organization This information is used to create the first Organization Administrator user within the VMS This user will be able to log in after installation is complete and set up the rest of the users and resources Organization Management 27 Active Tab LDAP Search Base Type the root of the Directory Information Tree in which the VMS begins a sear
95. tab VIDEO LAYOUT AND The Video Layout and Display area allows meeting controllers to DISPLAY AREA spontaneously control and adjust all aspects of meeting video When first accessed this area displays the video layout as selected during meeting scheduling From this view the Meeting Organizer can do the following m View which terminals are set for which video frames in Continuous Presence mode m View a list of scheduled attendees per terminal by placing the mouse over a video frame frames set to auto switch will not display names m Rearrange the video layout per terminal by clicking and dragging terminal names from the Control Panel terminal list to the desired frame m Set voice activated sub frames 270 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual In meeting Control Partiicipant 4 IP 1 ISDN Parties Reserved Max Number Alias Bandwidth Defaut v Pre Position Figure 15 9 In meeting Control Video Layout and Display Area My Meetings 271 In meeting Control Video Output Schemes When enabled displays up to four available video layouts The VMS can produce up to four different video outputs per meeting to cater for participants with different video support capabilities or different viewing purposes Multiple meeting views are configured per service with settings that specify video layout layout switching and participant image switching behavior picture resolution bandwidth sett
96. the icon to change the current layout display The Select Layout dialog box displays the available layouts depending on which meeting type is selected for this meeting Select the required layout The Attendees Settings section updates immediately 326 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Scheduling Audio Video Meetings Change Layout Drag and drop the icon into the required position in the video layout as shown at Figure A 10 When you release the icon after positioning the terminal name displays in the video layout position as shown at Figure A 11 On joining a meeting the participant views the video from the configured position Figure A 10 Icon Positioned in Video Layout Display w i Figure A 11 Icon Released in Video Layout Display Initial Controller Select an initial controller for this meeting from the drop down list Host Select a host for this meeting The term host refers to the party requesting the meeting Hosts are also frequently the party to whom the cost of the meeting will be billed Organizer Displays the organizer of the meeting VMS Outlook Client 327 Scheduling Audio Video Meetings SCHEDULING ACCESSORIES SCHEDULING ACCESSORIES FOR A RECURRING MEETING The Accessories option enables you to view and modify current accessories settings The options available in the user interface vary according to whether you are m Schedu
97. the meeting subject Click to sort by subject Start Time Displays the date and time the meeting will start Click to sort by start time Duration Displays the meeting length in minutes Click to sort by duration Host Displays the name of the person who is specified as the host of the meeting Click to sort by host 232 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual SEARCHING FOR A MEETING REFRESHING THE PAGE VIEW CREATING REPORTS Upcoming Tab Subject Type the full or partial subject of the meeting for which you are searching Search Click to perform a meeting search Click the icon to update the page view The Upcoming tab does not automatically refresh if new meetings are scheduled From Click the calendar to choose a date To Click the calendar to choose a date Generate Reports Click to generate a report in x s format about all upcoming meetings scheduled between the selected dates Save and view with Microsoft Excel The report contains the following information about each meeting Master meeting ID Slave meeting ID VMS meeting ID Subject Meeting type audio video Reference code Start time including date and time zone information Duration Meeting rooms Organizer name Service prefix Services All Meetings 233 Upcoming Tab MODIFYING MEETINGS MEETING TAB MCU name s Total number of terminals Number of extra IP ports reserved Number of
98. those meetings 30 days from the time the recurrence was scheduled the VMS will allocate the meeting to occur within the following 30 days This cycle continues until all instances within the series have been scheduled VMS Configuration Tool 357 VMS System Configuration CUSTOMIZED SETTINGS Click the Customized Settings tab This tab displays any non standard or new TAB time zones that have been added to the time zone selection box Once added a time zone may not be modified or deleted Video Management System Configuration Tool System Configuration COR Configuration General Settings Scheduling Settings Customized Settings IMfirst Settings Customized Time Zone s Custom Time Zones Selected Time Zone Time Zone Name Time Difference from GMT Daylight Saving DST Start Time DST End Time Add a New Time Zone Branding Customized Product logo file name eee Vendor logo file name Browse URL hep fe C Reset to Defaut URL http www radvision co C Reset to Default The file must be in GIF format and the image height must be 46 pixels and the maximum width is 250 pixels Figure B 9 Customized Settings Tab CUSTOM TIME ZONE S Displays a list of time zones that have been added in addition to the VMS standard time zone set If no time zones have been added the list displayed will be empty Click on any time zone to display its profile to the
99. top left corner of the VMS user interface Note The Branding tab is available in VMS Pro only The Branding tab displays for an organization only when a Service Provider Administrator selects the Allow Product Branding option in the General tab of the Organization Management section for that organization see Allow Product Branding on page 25 You can also change corporate and product logos via the VMS Configuration Tool For more information see Branding Customized on page 359 Organization Settings 155 Branding Tab Default User Settings ff Default Meeting Settings ff Look and Feel 2 S Product Logo L The file must be in GIF format and the image height must be 45 pixels and the maximum length width is 250 pixels Figure 10 4 Organization Settings Branding Tab URL Type the URL at which the required logo is located The new URL should be located on the VMS server and indexed by an organization identifier The new URL replaces the default product link for the organization Logo Displays the product logo currently in use Change Click to navigate to the GIF file in which the required product logo is located The new GIF file should be located on the VMS server and indexed by an organization identifier The new logo replaces the default logo for the organization and appears in all organization screens Note Files containing logos must be in GIF format The logo image must be 45 pixels hig
100. will be used to decide when a meeting should be terminated At scheduled time The meeting will terminate at the time defined in the meeting scheduling process n minutes after all terminals have left The meeting will terminate after the length of time configured here has passed since all terminals have left the meeting n minutes after the host s terminal has left The meeting will terminate after the length of time configured here has passed since the host terminal has left the meeting even if other terminals are still in the meeting The term host refers to the party requesting the meeting Hosts are also frequently the party to whom the cost of the meeting will be billed Auto Extend The meeting will continue until terminated manually from the in meeting control panel see In meeting Control on page 214 or until all terminals have left the session Block Dial in Check to prevent dial in terminals from connecting to a meeting scheduled by the VMS by default Organization Settings 149 Default Meeting Settings Tab Admit Unresolved ISDN Calls When checked enables ISDN terminals for which source information is not available to dial into a VMS scheduled meeting Unresolved terminals are allowed into the meeting if there are resources available if extra ISDN ports have been reserved or if an ISDN terminal has been deleted from the ongoing meeting When unchecked unresolved ISDN terminals will be rejec
101. you select All Rooms the VMS will not allow a meeting to be scheduled unless all rooms are available at that time When None is selected the VMS confirms the network resources and advises the VMS of any conflicts among attendees rooms or terminals 206 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Creating a Meeting Template Time Zone Select the required time zone for this meeting Note The Time Zone option setting applies to the specified meeting only and does not change your user profile Meeting Templates 207 WHO SHOULD READ THIS CHAPTER BASICS ALL MEETINGS This chapter is relevant to m VMS Pro Organization Administrators VMS Organization Administrators VMS Organization Meeting Operators The All Meetings section lists all video meetings currently in progress for the entire organization The All Meetings section contains the following tabs Current Tab In meeting Control m Upcoming Tab m History Tab All Meetings 209 Current Tab CURRENT TAB REFRESHING THE PAGE VIEW SEARCHING FOR A MEETING In the All Meetings section click the Current tab The Current tab lists all video meetings currently in progress for the specified user or organization A EE RADVISIOI All Meetings Subject Start Time Duration Host Status MCU Figure 14 1 All Meetings Current Tab Click the Refresh icon to update the page view This page automatically refreshes
102. 08 gt lt Alias gt Contains the MCU s name in the VCS Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Alias value MCU 82 gt lt Model gt Contains model information for an individual MCU scheduled for use for this conference Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Model value RADVISION MCU 3 0 gt lt Master Slave gt Specifies whether this MCU is master or slave if the conference is scheduled to be cascaded CDR XML Tags and Attributes 441 CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Master Slave gt Attribute Name Type Example value Boolean lt Master Slave value false gt lt Zone Prefix gt Specifies the MCU s zone prefix Attribute Name Type Example value Integer lt Zone Prefix value 58 gt lt Gatekeeper gt Specifies the gatekeeper to which the MCU registers Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Gatekeeper value 0001 GK 10001 gt lt Service Prefix gt Specifies the MCU s service prefix Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Service Prefix value 80 gt lt List of Assigned Terminals gt lt List of Assigned Terminals gt Contains a list of terminals assigned to the MCU for this conference Attribute Name Type
103. 12 10 30 minutes 110 3 3 Conference00010 Rv1 2004 10 24 16 30 30 minutes 110 Figure 6 3 Meeting Monitoring History Tab Organization Type the organization name or partial organization name for the meeting for which you are searching Search Click to perform a meeting search Subject Displays the subject of the meeting as typed by the Meeting Organizer during scheduling Organization Displays the name of the organization which scheduled this meeting Click to sort by organization 76 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual CREATING REPORTS History Tab Start Time Displays the date and time the meeting will start Click to sort by start time Duration Displays the meeting length in minutes Click to sort by duration Meeting Types Displays the meeting type scheduled for the meeting Click to sort by meeting type Terminals Displays the number of terminals scheduled for the meeting Click to sort by number of terminals From Click the calendar to choose a date To Click the calendar to choose a date Generate Reports Click to generate a report in xls format about all upcoming meetings scheduled between the selected dates Save and view with Microsoft Excel The report contains the following information about each meeting Organization Name Main Phone Main Contact Contact Phone Master meeting ID Slave meeting ID if cascaded VMS meeting ID Subj
104. 230 274 invite participants 230 274 output scheme settings 228 272 participant alias 231 275 participant display name 231 275 participant pre position 231 275 reserved maximum terminals 230 274 terminal type 231 275 video output schemes 228 272 invite 225 269 L layout 166 200 203 225 242 269 285 326 logging CDR 363 logging in 16 MCU adding 48 command delay 353 concurrent call capacity 26 Conference Control interface 55 128 offline 54 127 service prefixes 50 123 SNMP community 51 124 supported models 35 109 T 120 data collaboration 51 101 103 124 terminal association via VMS Configuration Tool 381 transcoding 51 124 via VMS Configuration Tool 380 VPS 51 work with SIP server 49 122 meeting ID conflicts 46 119 Meeting Operator 147 188 Meeting Organizer 147 188 exclude from meeting 308 meeting room location 166 175 203 242 285 terminal association via VMS Configuration Tool 378 via VMS Configuration Tool 378 meeting templates 195 alert before termination 205 billing contact 198 block dial in 205 default per user 308 default terminal 202 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual invite participants 199 layout 200 203 load 158 meeting room 203 meeting type 198 overwrite terminal display name 206 participant bandwidth 201 participant meeting control 202 password 204 reserved participants 204 save 158 save participant to address book 201 start when hos
105. 25 profile 23 32 technical contact 27 29 user types 147 Organization Administrator 147 188 Outlook Attendee Settings tab 325 billing contact 336 block dial in 338 Index 469 enable fora user 188 306 enable for an organization 25 installation 314 start meeting when host joins 338 system requirements 314 unresolved calls 338 overwrite terminal display name 150 179 206 247 290 P Participant List table 232 275 participants add to meeting template 199 bandwidth 164 201 240 283 inviting 164 239 282 meeting control 165 202 241 284 participant terminal association via VMS Configuration Tool 378 reserved 149 178 204 246 289 save to address book 164 201 240 283 VMS Configuration Tool 374 RADIUS 366 recurring meetings 160 162 236 279 Regular User 147 188 reserved participants 149 reserved ports 47 120 via VMS Configuration Tool 378 S scheduling meetings add participant to address book 164 block dial in 179 default terminal 165 duration 160 inviting participants 164 inviting terminals 164 layout 166 meeting room 166 175 meeting type 160 overwrite terminal display name 179 participant bandwidth 164 participant meeting control 165 password 177 recurrence 160 162 reference code 177 reserved participants 178 resources via VMS Configuration Tool 383 start time 160 start when host joins 179 terminal dial in 166 terminal type 166 terminate 178 time zone 180 181 unresolved
106. 25Z gt lt Total IP Bandwidth gt Contains the total amount of IP bandwidth scheduled for the conference in Kbps Attribute Name Type Example value Integer lt Total IP Bandwidth value 768 gt 416 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Total ISDN Bandwidth gt Contains the total amount of ISDN bandwidth scheduled for the conference in Kbps Attribute Name Type Example value Integer lt Total ISDN Bandwidth value 192 gt lt Total MCU Connections Number gt Contains the total number of MCU connections scheduled for the conference of terminals extra ports and cascading MCUs Attribute Name Type Example value Integer lt Total MCU Connections Number value 5 gt lt Total GW Connections Number gt Contains the total number of gateway connections scheduled for the conference of terminals and reserved ISDN ports Attribute Name Type Example value Integer lt Total GW Connections Number value 5 gt CDR XML Tags and Attributes 417 CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Resources gt lt Resources gt Contains a list of resources committed required for the conference Attribute Name Type Example lt Conference Service gt lt Conference Service gt
107. 3 2011 be Model Location Registered To online Offline upto date a Permanently Figure 9 11 Modify MCU Dialog Box To modify an MCU In the Modify MCU dialog box modify the relevant MCU details and then click OK 126 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual TAKING AN MCU OFFLINE MCU Tab To delete an MCU In the Modify MCU dialog box click Delete Note All data other than name and online offline status information is read only until the MCU is taken offline permanently Once taken offline permanently all data fields are available for modification and the MCU can be deleted Taking an MCU offline means that the VMS will not schedule meetings for that MCU You can specify whether an MCU is offline up to a specific date or offline permanently When an MCU goes offline all currently in progress meetings are terminated The VMS attempts to reschedule the upcoming meetings planned for this MCU on other MCUs with the same services and enough available resources If no such replacement MCUs are available upcoming meetings will be lost No lost meetings are restored when the MCU comes back online again The VMS attempts to reschedule all meetings scheduled to this MCU from the time the MCU goes offline to the date specified in the Offline up to date field of the Modify MCU dialog box If the MCU is set to be offline permanently the VMS attempts to reschedule all future meetings
108. 39 CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt SIP Domain gt Contains the gatekeeper s SIP domain Attribute Name Type Example value String lt SIP Domain value N A gt lt GK Device Association gt lt GK Device Association gt Contains a list of Gatekeeper and device associations including all devices terminals MCUs gateways registered to the gatekeeper Attribute Name Type Example lt Association gt Associates an individual gatekeeper with devices registered to that gatekeeper Attribute Name Type Example Alias String lt Association Alias 2509 E 164 2509 device Address N A device Type Terminal gt E 164 String device Address String N A or XXX XXX XXX XXX device Type String e g MCU Gateway Terminal lt MCUs gt lt MCUs gt Lists all MCUs reserved for use during the conference Attribute Name Type Example 440 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt MCU Information gt lt MCU Information gt Contains information about an individual MCU reserved for use during the conference Attribute Name Type Example lt VCS ID gt Contains the MCU s internal VCS ID Attribute Name Type Example value String lt VCS ID value 0001 MCU 100
109. 66 m Total BW In Out Total bandwidth sent and received by the participant Data IP IP address of the participant data sharing terminal m VFU Req In Out Total number of video Fast Update requests sent and received by the participant Video BW In Out Total video bandwidth sent and received by the participant m Video Packets In Out Total number of video packets sent and received by the participant Video Bytes In Out Total number of bytes of video sent and received by the participant m Video Out Addr IP address and port to which video is sent to the participant m Fps In Out Frame rate of video sent and received by the participant m Pic size In Out Picture size of video sent and received by the participant Video Jitter In current min max Accumulated video packets received from the participant Includes the current value and average values for the minimum and maximum number of packets received from the participant Audio Statistics Select to include the following information Audio BW In Out Total audio bandwidth sent and received by the participant Audio Intra Request Counter In Out Total Audio Fast Update requests sent and received by the participant Audio Packets In Out Total number of audio packets sent and received by the participant Audio Bytes In Out Total number of audio bytes sent and received by the participant Audio Out addr IP address and port to which audio is sent
110. 7 user ID 306 user types 5 306 Meeting Operator 147 188 Meeting Organizer 147 188 exclude from meeting 308 Organization Administrator 147 188 Regular User 147 188 v Video Processing Server VPS 51 VMS Configuration Tool billing contact 369 branding 359 CDR 363 display 352 e mail server settings 351 external terminals 377 387 external users 375 gatekeeper SIP Proxy information 379 gatekeeper SIP proxy device association 380 gateway 381 IMfirst settings 363 IVR message index 351 MCU 380 MCU command delay 353 meeting room 378 meeting settings 354 meeting types 369 participant terminal association 378 participants 374 passwords 353 RADIUS 366 recurring meeting settings 357 reserved ports 378 resource allocation 352 resource scheduling 383 terminal gateway association 382 terminal MCU association 381 terminal room association 378 terminals 376 386 time zones 358 troubleshooting 463 unresolved calls 355 VMS service 15 X xls reports 32 65 67 74 77 233 277 XML CDR 363 364 CDR file naming 365 Index 471
111. 9 work with gateway 57 130 Gateway adding 56 129 bandwidth capacity 59 132 concurrent call capacity 25 DID 58 60 131 133 offline 62 135 port capacity 58 131 terminal association via VMS Configuration Tool 382 via VMS Configuration Tool 381 work with gatekeeper 57 130 work with SIP server 57 130 groups add to meeting template 199 peruser 189 192 307 IMfirst 363 In meeting control accessories 216 260 Index 467 Advanced Invitation tab 223 267 layout 225 269 lock image 225 269 terminals 225 269 users 224 268 block entry 215 259 chair control 218 262 change participant view 215 260 delete participant 215 259 extend meeting duration 216 260 join data collaboration 215 259 mute enable audio 215 259 Participant List tab 218 262 connection status 219 263 data collaboration 220 265 enable disable video 220 264 loudspeaker 220 264 mute enable audio 220 264 sub conference 220 264 video display 220 265 view location 220 reconnect all 215 259 start meeting 216 260 Statistics tab 221 265 audio statistics 222 266 audio troubleshooting 223 267 extended participant information 221 265 video statistics 221 265 video troubleshooting 223 267 sub conference 216 260 take release control 216 260 terminate meeting 215 259 Video Layout and Display area 226 270 active speaker 229 273 auto switch start 228 272 change layout 230 274 display participant name 229 273 dynamic layout
112. AN ACCESSORY DELETING AN ACCESSORY Portable Indicates whether or not the accessory can be shared among meeting rooms Description Displays a description of the accessory Click Add The Add Accessory dialog box displays Type the relevant details and click OK Accessory Name Description C Portable Figure 7 6 Add Accessory Dialog Box Click the name of the accessory in the Accessories tab The Modify Accessory dialog box displays Type the relevant details and click OK In the Accessories tab check the checkbox to the left of the accessory name and click Delete 84 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Catering CATERING The Catering tab allows the Organization Administrator to set a list of caterers and the catering options that will be available to all meeting rooms within the organization Meeting Rooms Accessories chmel Bs Name Email Cost Codes C Bobby s catering Service tihanheng radvision com 39845 9736 Whiteboard Figure 7 7 Room Management Catering Tab Name Displays the name of the caterer Email Displays the e mail address of the caterer Cost Codes Displays the cost codes assigned to the caterer Room Management 85 Catering ADDING A CATERER Click Add The Add Caterer dialog box displays Type the relevant details and click OK 123 I gt Add Item Delete Item
113. Accord MCUs accept multiple audio and video input cards there are no preconfigured Accord MCU models in the VMS Modules Modules Modules Ports Modules Figure 9 10 Advanced Tab for Accord MCUs Audio 12 Type the number of Audio 12 modules in your Accord MCU Each Audio 24 module should be treated as two Audio 12 modules Data 12 Type the number of Data 12 modules in your Accord MCU Each Data 24 module should be treated as two Data 12 modules Resource Management 125 MCU Tab MOobDIFYING DELETING AN MCU IP 12 Type the number of IP 12 modules in your Accord MCU Each IP 24 module should be treated as two IP 12 modules MUX If your MUX modules are configured at 384 Kbps a single MUX module will have 16 ports If your MUX modules are configured at 786 Kbps a single MUX module will have 8 ports Type the appropriate number Video 6 Type the number of Video 6 modules in your Accord MCU A Video 12 Transcoding CP module should be treated as two Video 6 modules Note Accord MCUs may also contain integrated Gateway cards These gateway resources must be configured within the Gateway Tab in the Device Management section of the VMS In the MCU Name column of the MCU tab click the entry you wish to modify The Modify MCU dialog box displays f Advanced Name MCU2011 id Login Name Login Password IP Address 1723
114. Administrator Reference Manual describes how to install configure and monitor the RADVISION VMS Table 1 Navigating This Manual For information about Read VMS Pro Service Provider Administrator options Chapter 1 Introducing the VMS on page 3 Chapter 2 Getting Started on page 15 Chapter 3 Organization Management on page 21 Chapter 4 Device Management on page 35 Chapter 5 Device Monitoring on page 63 Chapter 6 Meeting Monitoring on page 69 Chapter 8 Meeting Types on page 89 Chapter 17 My Profile on page 305 Appendix A VMS Outlook Client on page 313 Appendix B VMS Configuration Tool on page 343 Appendix C Provisioning Users via a Directory Server on page 389 Appendix D CDR XML Tags and Attributes on page 403 Appendix E Troubleshooting on page 455 About This Manual xv How To Use This Manual Table 1 Navigating This Manual Continued For information about Read VMS Pro Organization Administrator options Chapter 1 Introducing the VMS on page 3 Chapter 2 Getting Started on page 15 Chapter 7 Room Management on page 79 Chapter 9 Resource Management on page 109 Chapter 10 Organization Settings on page 143 Chapter 11 Meeting Scheduling on page 157 Chapter 12 User Management on page 183 Chapter 13 Meeting Templates on page 195 Chapter 14 All Meetings on page 209 Chapter 15 My Meetings on page 253 Chapter 16 Address Book on page 295 Chapter 17 My Profile on page 305 Appen
115. Administrator Reference Manual 15 15 16 16 17 18 19 21 21 22 22 23 23 32 32 32 33 33 33 34 34 35 35 36 37 38 Modifying Deleting a Device Island Gatekeeper SIP Server Tab Searching for a Gatekeeper SIP Server Viewing Gatekeeper SIP Server Information Adding a Gatekeeper SIP Server Modifying Deleting a Gatekeeper SIP Server Defining a SIP Environment Endpoint initiated Meetings MCU Tab Searching for an MCU Viewing MCU Information Adding an MCU Modifying Deleting an MCU Taking an MCU Offline Updating a RADVISION or Cisco MCU v3 x Scheduling Directly From an MCU Gateway Tab Searching for a Gateway Viewing Gateway Information Adding a Gateway Modifying Deleting a Gateway Taking a Gateway Offline Device Monitoring Who Should Read This Chapter Basics Performance Monitor Tab Creating Reports Statistics Tab Creating Reports Meeting Monitoring Who Should Read This Chapter Basics Current Tab 38 39 39 39 40 43 44 45 47 47 48 48 53 54 55 55 55 56 56 56 61 62 63 63 64 65 66 67 69 69 70 Contents v Searching for a Meeting Viewing Meeting Information Upcoming Tab Searching for a Meeting Viewing Meeting Information Creating Reports Deleting Meetings History Tab Searching for a Meeting Viewing Meeting Information Creating Reports 7 Room Management Who Should Read This Chapter Basics Meeting Rooms Adding a Meeting Room Modifying a Meeting Roo
116. All meeting type selections in user profiles are overwritten to reflect new default values When unchecked only the profiles of users added after the Update Meeting Types for All Users Now option is checked are updated automatically when changes in the availability of meeting types are saved The profiles of users created before the Update Meeting Types for All Users Now option is checked are not automatically updated Outlook Scheduling Check to allow all new users to schedule meetings using the VMS Outlook Client Note VMS Light does not support Outlook scheduling Update for All Users Now When checked the profiles of all existing meeting participants and of all participants added after the Update for All Users Now option is checked are updated automatically when a meeting has been updated When unchecked only participants added after the Update for All Users Now option is checked are updated automatically when a meeting has been updated Meeting participants added before the Update for All Users Now option is checked are not updated Default Time Zone Select the default time zone for all new users Update for All Users Now When checked the profiles of all existing meeting participants and of all participants added after the Update for All Users Now option is checked are updated automatically when the default time zone has been updated When unchecked only participants added after the Update for All Users Now opti
117. Beet Brisktets 12 99 Whiteboard Figure 7 8 Add Caterer Dialog Box Name Type the name of the caterer Email Type the caterer e mail address Telephone Type the caterer telephone number Available Cost Codes Displays the cost codes which are available for the caterer Use the right pointing arrow to associate a cost code with the caterer Accepted Cost Codes Displays the cost codes which are already associated with the caterer Use the left pointing arrow to remove a cost code from the list Add Item Click to add a new item available from this caterer 86 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual MODIFYING A CATERER DELETING A CATERER Catering Delete Item Click to delete an item that is no longer available from this caterer Item Name Displays the names of items available from this caterer Click to display the Modify Caterer Item dialog box for modifying item details Price Displays the prices of items available from this caterer Reference Displays a reference for the specified item Description Displays a description of the specified item Click the name of the caterer in the Catering tab The Modify Caterer dialog box displays Type the relevant details and click OK In the Catering tab check the checkbox to the left of the caterer name and click Delete Room Management 87 WHO SHOULD READ THIS CHAPTER BASICS WORKING WITH MEET
118. CS X Figure 4 8 New MCU Basic Tab Name Type the name of the MCU Login Name Type the login name configured in the MCU to gain access to the MCU interface Login Password Type the login password configured in the MCU to gain access to the MCU interface IP Address Type the IP address of the MCU Note Ifthe VMS and MCU are located on different networks your security policy must allow SNMP and XML connections between the VMS and the MCU SIP Only Check if your MCU is only registered to a SIP server and not registered to any H 323 gatekeeper Available for RADVISION MCU version 3 x and Cisco MCU version 3 x only Model Select the relevant MCU model from the drop down list Device Management 49 MCU Tab ADVANCED TAB FOR RADVISION MCU v2 x AND Cisco MCU v2 x Location Select the Device Island in which the MCU is located Registered To Select from the drop down list the gatekeeper to which this MCU registers A complete list of zone prefixes configured within the VMS is also displayed after the gatekeeper name Note Ifthe specified gatekeeper is configured to strip prefixes MCU service prefixes must not begin with the same digits as the gatekeeper prefix VPS RM Cards 1 120 Enabled XCoder Figure 4 9 New MCU Advanced Tab for RADVISION MCU v2 x and Cisco MCU v2 x Port Type the port through which the VMS communicates with the MCU Check you
119. CS only Type the authorization port configured on your RADVISION ECS Note Authorization fields are available only when a RADVISION ECS version 3 6 0 5 and later is specified in the Model field Configure authorization fields only when gateways on your network are set to work in DID mode Device Management 41 Gatekeeper SIP Server Tab Dialing Plan Information m Hierarchical Check if neighbors to this gatekeeper have a parent child relationship instead of a flat peer relationship in your dialing plan When checked the Parent Zone option will also be enabled Note The Hierarchical checkbox remains unchecked for a root gatekeeper The root gatekeeper of a hierarchical tree structure has no parent but may have peer neighbors m Stripping Check if the gatekeeper is configured to strip zone prefixes Note Multi gatekeeper dialing plan support is available for RADVISION Gatekeepers only Note When checked registered endpoint E 164 numbers and MCU Gateway service prefixes must not begin with the same digits as the gatekeeper prefix Parent Zone Select the gatekeeper parent zone from the drop down list Select none if the gatekeeper is at the top of the hierarchy Available only when Hierarchical is checked in the Dialing Plan Information field Add Zone Prefix Click to add a prefix for each zone configured on the gatekeeper Delete Zone Prefix Check the prefix to be deleted and click Delete
120. Check to record room names in the CDR TERMINAL ROOM ASSOCIATION Dial String Check to associate a terminal dial string with its room information in the CDR IP ISDN SIP Check to associate a terminal IP ISDN SIP state with a room in the CDR 378 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual NETWORK DEVICES VMS System Configuration Alias Check to associate a terminal alias with its room in the CDR The Network Devices allows the system administrator to select which network device information to include in the CDR Network devices include gatekeepers MCUs and gateways Video Management System Configuration Tool System Configuration COR Configuration CDR Production gt sheing Data Meeting Atendees Terminals Network Devices Resources Actual Information Gatekeeper Proxy Information K Gatekeeper ID K Name K Model K IP Address K Zone Prefix K SIP Domain Gatekeeper Device Association K Device Address H E184 K Aias K Device Type MCU Information v mcu 10 Aias i Model V Master Slave Zone Prefix v Gatekeeper 1 Service Prefix erminal MCU Association Dial String K IPASDNISIP Gateway Information i Gateway ID Phone Number K Service Prefix Service Bandwidth in Kbps Country Code 1 Area Code Zone Prefix Terminal Gateway Association K ISDN Phone Number V Aias
121. Contact Information area is also sent to this address when requests for additional accessories are made Room Name San Jose Conf Room 1 Room Location 3rd Floor Near Sales Dept Administrator Email jian radvision com ian radvision com Contact Information Available Fixed Accessories Room Fixed Accessories Blackboard Blackboard Overhead Projector a Figure 7 3 Modify Meeting Room Dialog Box Click the name of the required meeting room in the Meeting Rooms tab The Modify Meeting Room dialog box displays Click Delete The Delete Meeting Room dialog box displays 82 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Accessories This Meeting Room is assigned to the following terminals 23345 345345 dual11 1001 111 222 333 isdn11 86 10 88372355 Are you sure that you want to delete this meeting room Cancel Figure 7 4 Delete Meeting Room Dialog Box Click OK to delete the meeting room ACCESSORIES The Accessories tab allows the Organization Administrator to define the accessories available to all meeting rooms within the organization Fearan x a Accessory Name Portable Description projector X488 Whiteboard Figure 7 5 Room Management Accessories Tab Accessory Name Displays the name of the accessory Click to modify details Room Management 83 Accessories ADDING AN ACCESSORY MODIFYING
122. DR for every scheduled meeting This information is required by the VMS system and cannot be deselected Meeting ID Saves the internal VMS meeting ID to the CDR for every scheduled meeting This information is required by the VMS system and cannot be deselected Subject Check to save subject lines typed by VMS users when scheduling meetings whether using the VMS web interface or the VMS Outlook Client Note VMS Light does not support Outlook scheduling Reference Code Check to save reference codes entered when scheduling meetings Description Check to save meeting descriptions typed by users when meetings are created Multi Point Point to Point Check to record in the CDR whether a scheduled meeting is multipoint or point to point Scheduled Ad Hoc IMfirst Check to record in the CDR whether a meeting is VMS scheduled VMS ad hoc when the difference between the scheduled start time and the actual start time is 10 minutes or less endpoint initiated ad hoc or initiated via IMfirst Start Time Saves meeting start times to the CDR This information is required by the VMS system and cannot be deselected 368 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual VMS System Configuration Duration Saves meeting durations to the CDR This information is required by the VMS system and cannot be deselected Server TimeZone Saves VMS server time zone meeting settings to the CDR This information i
123. EETING TYPE VIEWING MEETING TYPE INFORMATION Name Type the full or partial name of the meeting type for which you are searching Search Click to perform a meeting type search Name Displays the name of the meeting type Click the column heading to sort by name Meeting type names are displayed in bold black characters bold red characters or followed by an asterisk m Ifthe meeting type name is bolded red and followed by an asterisk The meeting type is an MCU v3 meeting type that was downloaded from an MCU but no longer exists on network MCUs This meeting type is not currently available to users for meeting scheduling Ifthe meeting type name is bolded black and followed by an asterisk The meeting type is an MCU v3 meeting type that has been successfully downloaded from an MCU and possibly uploaded to other MCUs and is available to users Ifthe meeting type name is followed by an asterisk The meeting type is an MCU v3 meeting type Ifthe meeting type name is bolded red The meeting type is an MCU v2 meeting type that has been created via the VMS but has not been uploaded to any MCU This meeting type is not currently available on the MCU or to any users A bolded red meeting type name also indicates that the MCU v2 meeting type has been downloaded from an MCU to the VMS and then modified in the VMS In such cases the VMS deletes the original meeting type from the MCU Description Displa
124. EM Publisher authenticity can not be verified A The security certificate was issued by a company that is not trusted 1 The security certificate has not expired and is still valid Figure B 4 VMS Configuration Tool Warning Security Screen 3 Click Yes to display the login screen VMS Configuration Tool Login ID Password Figure B 5 VMS Configuration Tool Login Screen Type the appropriate login ID and password 5 To retrieve a forgotten password click on the green arrow in the VMS Configuration Tool login screen type the appropriate login ID and press Send Figure B 6 The password will be sent to the appropriate e mail address for that login ID VMS Configuration Tool 347 Launching the VMS Configuration Tool VMS Configuration Tool Login ID Password Send Admin Password for Login ID Send Figure B 6 VMS Configuration Tool Password Reminder 6 Type the administrator security credentials set during installation The Configuration Tool displays er To set up access via a shortcut 1 The second time the tool is opened from a client machine you will be asked if you would like to place a shortcut on the desktop and or in the start menu 2 To create shortcuts leave one or both boxes checked and click YES 348 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Uninstalling the VMS Configuration Tool UNINSTA
125. Gatekeeper SIP Server Tab AUTHORIZATION MODE MEETING ID CONFLICTS To enable Authorization Mode check the Authorization option in the Modes Enabled field in the New or Modify Gatekeeper SIP Server dialog box In Authorization Mode only terminals which are predefined on the VMS can initiate calls When a predefined terminal initiates a call to a non predefined terminal the VMS treats the non predefined terminal as an external endpoint You can initiate a call in Authorization Mode via the VMS web interface or by dialing from a predefined terminal However Authorization Mode does not support the RADVISION MCU web interface The VMS does not allow you to extend an endpoint initiated call when any one of the participating endpoints is invited to a meeting within 30 minutes of the scheduled end of the call Note The 30 minute period is the default setting for the Duration of Endpoint Initiated Calls field in the VMS Configuration Tool utility You can modify this value For more information see Duration of Endpoint Initiated Calls on page 355 This section describes how the VMS behaves when a meeting ID for an endpoint initiated meeting entered manually by the user conflicts with a meeting ID already in use by the VMS Note The term port refers to a VMS connection to an endpoint For example a meeting with five participating endpoints uses five ports A call via a gateway to an MCU uses one port Where a meeting spans
126. IFYING DELETING In the Name column of the Gatekeeper SIP Server tab click the entry you A GATEKEEPER SIP wish to modify The Modify Gatekeeper SIP Server dialog box displays SERVER Name i Model RADVISION ECS Login Name admi Login Password IP Address r Protocol Modes Enabled Point to Point Authorization Authorization Login admin is Authorization Password Authorization Port 1022 Dialing Plan Information Hierarchical Stripping Parent Zone Add Zone Prefix Delete Zone Prefix 58 Delete Figure 9 5 Modify Gatekeeper SIP Server Dialog Box e To modify a gatekeeper SIP server Modify the relevant gatekeeper SIP server details and then click OK Unchecking the Point to Point option causes all future point to point meetings scheduled on this gatekeeper SIP server to be rescheduled There is no guarantee that point to point meetings can be rescheduled successfully Unchecking the Authorization option causes the VMS to be unable to check endpoint initiated meetings for resource conflicts or support Direct Inward Dialing DID 116 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Gatekeeper SIP Server Tab To delete a gatekeeper SIP server Click Delete e DEFINING A SIP ENVIRONMENT Se 1 2 3 4 If there are any meetings scheduled within two hours of the time of deletion utilizing this gatekeeper SIP server the VMS wil
127. ING TYPES MEETING TYPES This chapter is relevant to VMS Pro Service Provider Administrators m VMS Organization Administrators Meeting types allow an administrator to set and name the types of meetings that will be offered to organizations In this way users have access to the full range of meeting features you wish to provide while minimizing training and support Multipoint meeting type features are based on MCU service features For detailed information about the services your MCU supports see the relevant MCU manufacturer manuals The VMS supports RADVISION and Cisco version 3 x MCUs This software introduces many new meeting type elements as well as complex internal validation logic for meeting type definition This section provides a brief overview of how to deploy meeting types across your network RADVISION recommends that you create all meeting types services on a specific RADVISION or Cisco MCU version 3 x and then download these meeting types to the VMS You should then upload these meeting types to all other MCUs This method enables administrators to better maintain consistency in meeting type definition across the network For more information see Downloading MCU v3 Meeting Types from the MCU on page 93 and Uploading Meeting Types on page 96 Meeting Types 89 Active Meeting Types Tab ACTIVE MEETING TYPES TAB NON VIDEO CONFERENCE MEETING TYPE POINT TO POINT MEETING TYPE SONY ENDPOINT MEETING TYPE
128. INSTALLATION AND ADMINISTRATION SECURITY ADVANCED FEATURES When a meeting is in session additional participants can be invited beyond the reserved capacity based on system resource availability Active Directory security groups can be used for managing user roles A new VMS Light package enabling the initiation of ad hoc calls only with no support for scheduling A unified installation for VMS Pro VMS and VMS Light allows you to o Upgrade from VMS version 3 1 to VMS version 4 0 without losing configuration settings o Upgrade VMS and VMS Light packages to VMS Pro o Install an VMS Pro version for evaluation and then downgrade to the previous VMS package Standard RADVISION licensing enables the VMS for 30 days immediately after installation with no need for a specific license You may obtain a permanent license from the RADVISION web site by following the link in the VMS Help About menu or by contacting RADVISION Customer Support The VMS Server can run on the Windows 2003 server platform The Outlook integration plug in supports Outlook 2003 and includes an MSI based installation Support for branding enables an administrator to customize the product logo and vendor logo in the VMS web user interface When provisioning users with ADS user SIP URIs are read automatically Users can specify the billing entity when scheduling a conference Passwords are encrypted throughout the system Waiting Room capabili
129. LLING THE This section describes how you uninstall the VMS Configuration Tool when VMS working with either Java Runtime Environment JRE 1 4 x or 1 5 5 0 CONFIGURATION TOOL To uninstall the VMS Configuration Tool when working with JRE 1 4 x 1 From the Start menu go to Programs Java Web Start 2 Launch Java Web Start and select View Download Application to list the downloaded applications 3 Select VMS Configuration Tool in the list and then select Application Remove Application from the menu bar to remove the VMS Configuration Tool from the system To uninstall the VMS Configuration Tool when working with JRE 1 5 5 0 1 From the Start menu go to Settings Control Panel Add or Remove Programs 2 Select VMS Configuration Tool and click Change Remove to remove the VMS Configuration Tool from the system VMS Configuration Tool 349 VMS System Configuration VMS SYSTEM VMS system configuration consists of the following tabs CONFIGURATION m System Configuration Tab CDR Configuration Tab SYSTEM The System Configuration tab contains the following sub tabs CONFIGURATION TAB General Settings Tab Scheduling Settings Tab Customized Settings Tab m IMfirst Settings Tab GENERAL SETTINGS TAB Click the General Settings tab This tab allows the system administrator to configure basic system settings for the VMS server Values displayed are values currently in effect Video Management System Configur
130. Length field The default value is 10 minutes Allowable Scheduling Interval After From set the minimum time before a meeting start time the meeting must be scheduled After To set the maximum time before the meeting start time that the meeting may be scheduled For example if set From 1 hour To 30 days a meeting must be scheduled at least an hour before its start time and can not be scheduled more than 30 days in advance These settings do not apply to ad hoc meetings Allowable Duration for a Scheduled Meeting Set the minimum and maximum length of scheduled meetings For example setting from 10 minutes to 2 hours means that the VMS will not validate any meeting shorter than 10 minutes or longer than 2 hours 356 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual VMS System Configuration Allowable Duration for an Ad Hoc Meeting Set the minimum and maximum length of ad hoc meetings For example setting from 10 minutes to 2 hours means that the VMS will not validate any meeting shorter than 10 minutes or longer than 2 hours RECURRING MEETING SCHEDULING SETTINGS Schedule Recurring Meetings Type a value in days to set the time interval for which the VMS allocates meeting resources when a recurring meeting is scheduled For example when set to 30 days the VMS allocates all meeting instances within a 30 day period at the time a recurring meeting is scheduled and sends an e mail detailing information for
131. MEETING SETTINGS Authorize Endpoint Initiated Calls Check to allow the VMS to authorize and perform resource allocation and management of calls initiated by an endpoint in the same way that it does for ad hoc calls initiated from the VMS This option is selected by default but may be deselected to improve performance For more information see Endpoint initiated Meetings on page 45 354 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual VMS System Configuration Duration of Endpoint Initiated Calls Type the duration of calls initiated by endpoints This value is used by the VMS for resource allocation and meeting creation and is set to 30 minutes by default Authorize MCU Calls Check to allow the VMS to authorize MCU to endpoint calls according to the scheduled meeting in the VMS Doing so ensures that the gateway chosen is the one allocated for the call within the VMS This option is selected by default but can be deselected for all IP or single gateway networks to improve performance Admit Unresolved PSTNIISDN Calls When checked enables PSTN ISDN terminals for which source information is not available to dial into a VMS scheduled meeting Unresolved terminals are allowed into the meeting if there are resources available if extra PSTN ISDN ports have been reserved or if a PSTN ISDN terminal has been deleted from the ongoing meeting When unchecked unresolved ISDN terminals will be rejected during authorization for
132. MS Administrator Reference Manual MEETING TYPE GROUPS TAB SEARCHING FOR A GROUP Meeting Type Groups Tab In the Meeting Types section click the Meeting Type Groups tab Meeting type groups allow a VMS Pro Service Provider Administrator to create packages of meeting types for organizations Organizations may only access the meeting types within their own group When you log in to the VMS for the first time the list will contain only the default group containing all meeting types From this tab you may add modify and delete meeting type groups Note The Meeting Type Groups tab is available in VMS Pro only Active Meeting Types f Inactive Meeting Types Meeting Types All active and uploaded MP Meeting Types 110 111 114 115 117 119 60 71 Figure 8 9 Meeting Types Meeting Type Groups Tab Group Name Type the full or partial name of the meeting type group for which you are searching Meeting Type Type the full or partial name of the meeting type for which you are searching Search Click to perform a meeting type group search Meeting Types 105 Meeting Type Groups Tab VIEWING MEETING TYPE INFORMATION ADDING A MEETING TYPE GROUP Group Name Displays the name of the meeting type group Group Description Displays a description of the meeting type group Meeting Types Displays a list of all meeting types within the group Click Add The Meeting Type Group Detail dia
133. MS System Context Managing Network Devices Network Topology The Video Management System VMS is a simple to use web based application for managing and monitoring visual communication in multi site organization deployments The VMS can be deployed on your network to provide scheduling monitoring and management of capacity resources and network devices for video audio and data meetings Introducing the VMS 3 VMS Applications VMS APPLICATIONS VMS PRO SERVICE PROVIDER ADMINISTRATOR The following VMS applications are available m VMS Pro VMS VMS Light evaluation version only Each VMS Pro system can maintain several organizations each of which has its own administrator in charge of the users and terminals of that organization VMS Pro enables you to log in as one of the following administrators m Service Provider Administrator Organization Administrator Service Provider Administrators are appointed by the Service Provider to manage the entire Service Provider network and the organizations contained within the network The Service Provider Administrator allocates a local Organization Administrator account to each organization to manage the specified organization Service Provider level administrators have permission to perform the following tasks Create organizations Configure the backbone Define the corporate domain Define the resources available for an organization Define Organization
134. MS interface 372 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual VMS System Configuration Login ID Saves host login IDs to the CDR This information is required by the VMS system and cannot be deselected First Name Check to record host first names in the CDR Last Name Check to record host last names in the CDR E mail Check to record host e mail addresses in the CDR Organization ID Check to record organization IDs in the CDR Company Name Check to record host company names in the CDR Organization Profile Type For future use Organization Billing Phone Check to record host organization billing phone numbers in the CDR Checked by default Controller Check to record in the CDR whether a meeting host is also the controller of a specified meeting Initial Controller Check to record in the CDR whether a meeting host is also the initial controller of a specified meeting Checked by default VMS Configuration Tool 373 VMS System Configuration ATTENDEES REGISTERED TO VMS User ID Check to record attendee user IDs in the CDR from the Organization Management section of the VMS user interface Login ID Check to record attendee login IDs in the CDR First Name Check to record attendee first names in the CDR Last Name Check to record attendee last names in the CDR E mail Check to record attendee e mail addresses in the CDR Organization ID Check to record att
135. N recommends that you take your network topology into account before using this option 10 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual PORT USAGE IN CASCADED MEETINGS LIMITATIONS ON CASCADING Meeting Scheduling Algorithm Unspecified At a site with more than three users and an MCU the VMS will invite the three users to a local meeting and cascade that meeting with local meetings created on MCUs at other sites The cost of cascading a meeting in terms of the drain on port resources can be summarized as follows Every master MCU uses one port per slave in a cascaded meeting Every slave MCU uses one additional port per cascaded meeting Note the following cascading related known issues The service representing the required meeting must be available on all participating MCUs VMS meeting control features may not function correctly in manually cascaded meetings RADVISION recommends that you do not work with clustered MCUs multiple MP units on a single MCU Clustered MCU configurations have no control over load balancing and can represent a single point of failure Contact RADVISION Customer Support for further information Introducing the VMS 11 WHAT S IN THIS CHAPTER STARTING AND RESTARTING THE VMS a GETTING STARTED This chapter describes the procedure for starting restarting the VMS and for logging in to the VMS according to your role This chapter inc
136. Name Type Example lt 203 Conference ID gt Contains the number used to identify the conference within the VCS application Attribute Name Type Example value Integer lt VCS Conference ID value 1307 gt lt Master Conference ID gt Contains the ID used to identify the conference on the master MCU Attribute Name Type Example value Zone Number Service Prefix ID Physical Conference ID lt Master Conference ID value 58 80 3458 gt CDR XML Tags and Attributes 411 CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Slave Conference ID List gt lt Slave Conference ID List gt Contains a list of conference IDs on slave MCUs Attribute Name Type Example lt Slave Conference ID gt Contains the conference ID for a single slave MCU Attribute Name Type Example value Zone Number Service Prefix ID Physical Conference ID lt Slave Conference ID value 175 80 4417 gt lt Subject gt Contains the conference s subject as it was entered when the conference was scheduled Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Subject value Quarter 3 Results Discussion gt lt Reference Code gt Contains any internal department billing client or account numbers used to track resource use within a company if entered during conference sc
137. OF AN AUDIO VIDEO ENABLED APPOINTMENT WITH CATERING SERVICES WITH ACCESSORIES RESPONDING TO AN AUDIO VIDEO ENABLED APPOINTMENT This section describes how you perform the following functions via the VMS Outlook Client m Notification of an Audio Video Enabled Appointment Responding to an Audio Video Enabled Appointment Modifying an Audio Video Enabled Appointment m Deleting an Audio Video Enabled Appointment Modifying or Deleting a Recurring Audio Video Appointment All invitees to an appointment created with the VMS Outlook Client receive an e mail notification listing the meeting details the invited participants to the meeting and a request for confirmation of participation Note The format in which VMS sends e mail notifications depends on the type of meeting creator If the meeting creator is a web user the e mail notification is in HTML format If the meeting creator is an Outlook user the e mail notification is in VCAL format If an appointment is created with a catering service an e mail notification is sent to each caterer catering a meeting room If a caterer caters more than one meeting room per meeting that caterer will receive multiple e mail notifications If an appointment is created with accessories an e mail notification is sent to the meeting room administrator with a request fir the specified portable accessories Portable accessories can be shared between meeting rooms Until an invitee
138. P Server tab The Gatekeeper SIP Server table displays f Topology Gateway IP Address Microsoft LCS 1000 172 27 37 86 i 3 RADVISION ECS 500 172 27 98 98 Figure 4 4 Device Management Gatekeeper SIP Server Tab Name Type the full or partial name of the gatekeeper SIP server for which you are searching Search Click to perform a gatekeeper SIP server search Name Displays the name of the gatekeeper SIP server Model Displays the gatekeeper SIP server model IP Address Displays the gatekeeper SIP server IP address Device Management 39 Gatekeeper SIP Server Tab ADDING A GATEKEEPER SIP SERVER Click Add The New Gatekeeper SIP Server dialog box displays Type the relevant details and click OK Name Model Login Name Login Password IP Address Protocol Modes Enabled Point to Point Authorization Dialing Plan Information 7 Hierarchical Z Stripping Parent Zone Add Zone Prefix Figure 4 5 New Gatekeeper SIP Server Dialog Box Name Type the name of the gatekeeper SIP server Model Select the relevant gatekeeper SIP server model from the drop down list Login Name For RADVISION ECS only Type the login name configured in the ECS to gain access to the ECS interface Login Password For RADVISION ECS only Type the login password configured in the ECS to gain access to the ECS interface IP Address Type the IP add
139. RADVISION ECS Note Authorization fields are available only when a RADVISION ECS version 3 6 0 5 and later is specified in the Model field Configure authorization fields only when gateways on your network are set to work in DID mode Dialing Plan Information Hierarchical Check if neighbors to this gatekeeper have a parent child relationship instead of a flat peer relationship in your dialing plan When checked the Parent Zone option will also be enabled Note The Hierarchical checkbox remains unchecked for a root gatekeeper The root gatekeeper of a hierarchical tree structure has no parent but may have peer neighbors Stripping Check if the gatekeeper is configured to strip zone prefixes Note Multi gatekeeper dialing plan support is available for RADVISION Gatekeepers only Note When checked registered endpoint E 164 numbers and MCU Gateway service prefixes must not begin with the same digits as the gatekeeper prefix Parent Zone Select the gatekeeper parent zone from the drop down list Select none if the gatekeeper is at the top of the hierarchy Available only when Hierarchical is checked in the Dialing Plan Information field Resource Management 115 Gatekeeper SIP Server Tab Add Zone Prefix Click to add a prefix for each zone configured on the gatekeeper Delete Zone Prefix Check the prefix to be deleted and click Delete Zone Prefix to delete the specified prefix MOoD
140. S Modify meeting types in the same way by updating the service parameters in a specific MCU uploading the service to the VMS and then downloading to all other MCUs Note The meaning of the terms service and meeting type in the context of the VMS are identical The Meeting Types section contains the following tabs m Active Meeting Types Tab m Inactive Meeting Types Tab Meeting Type Groups Tab In the Meeting Types section click the Active Meeting Types tab From this tab you may add deactivate and upload meeting types The first entry in the Active Meeting Types tab is always the Non Video Conference meeting type Use the Non Video Conference meeting type to schedule a non video meeting using one or more meeting rooms without terminals and network devices The Non Video Conference meeting type is not configurable and cannot be deleted A Point to Point meeting type is also available to enable simple scheduling of point to point calls The Point to Point meeting type is not configurable and cannot be deleted To schedule a point to point meeting ensure that only two terminals are selected The number of terminals selected is displayed in the Attendees Settings tab of the Meeting Scheduling section When you select a Sony endpoint and schedule a conference with the embedded Sony MCU the only meeting types available are built in Continuous Presence and Voice Activated options as shown in Figure 8 2 Note Wh
141. S see the Device Management chapter and the the Resource Management chapter The MCU allows you to combine two or more local meetings resulting in a larger meeting with many more participants This is called cascading Cascading creates a distributed environment that helps reduce the drain on network resources In addition the processing resources required by the MCU are distributed between participating MCUs Costly telephone or ISDN line usage can be further reduced with the mediation of a gateway The VMS supports meeting cascading via the Prioritize field The Prioritize field appears in the following locations in the VMS user interface In the Default Meeting Settings tab of the Organization Settings section m Inthe Advanced tab of the Meeting Templates section Inthe Advanced tab of the Meeting Scheduling section m Inthe VMS Outlook Client The Prioritize field offers the following options Bandwidth The VMS will allocate resources to conserve bandwidth For example at a site with two users and an MCU the VMS will create a local meeting In some cases this may cause a meeting to be cascaded to conserve bandwidth even though a single MCU is available which can host the meeting Delay The VMS will allocate resources to ensure the best quality meeting The VMS will invite all users directly to a main MCU whatever the location Note Since selecting Delay is very expensive in terms of bandwidth RADVISIO
142. SETTINGS DEFAULT USER SETTINGS TAB Administrators should note that there is a clear order of priority when creating organization settings m For users O Changes made to individual user profiles will override default settings o Default user settings created by an Organization Administrator override organization wide settings created by a Service Provider Administrator m For meetings o Per meeting settings made during scheduling override meeting template settings o Meeting template settings override default meeting settings Oo Default meeting settings created by an Organization Administrator override organization wide settings created by a Service Provider Administrator Click the Default User Settings tab to display the Default User Settings screen Type the relevant details and click OK The Default User Settings tab allows the Organization Administrator to set default settings that will be applied to all new users created within the organization either by new user creation or by updating users via an external directory server Organization Administrators can apply changes in available services to all existing users Note Values applied in the Default User Settings tab are also displayed when a meeting is created in the Meeting Scheduling section or through the VMS Outlook Client Remember VMS Light does not support Outlook scheduling 144 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual
143. SYSTEM Provisioning an iPlanet Sun ONE Directory Server System In the Active tab of the Organization Management section click the Add button The Organization Profile dialog box displays with the General tab selected New Organization Organizational Login ID Company tame Address 1 Address 2 City State Province Country Postal Code Telephone Fax Organization Settings Enable Outlook Scheduling Z Allow Product Branding C Limit Gateway Use to Concurrent Calls if Over Limit Refuse o Limit MCU Use to Concurrent Calls if Over Limit Refuse Meeting Type Groups User Provisioning via vms O via Directory Server Type URL Login Password LDAP Server Domain Technical Contact ID LDAP Search Base Via External Server Figure C 5 Organization Profile General Tab Configure the User Provisions section as follows Via Directory Server Type Select iPlanet Sun Directory Server from the drop down list URL Type the URL of the directory server host machine using either the IP address or the FQDN Fully Qualified Domain Name For example a URL using the FQDN appears in the format dapserver abc com 389 or 192 168 227 8 389 Login Type the Distinguished Name for any user who has permission to browse the directory For example uid administrator ou p
144. TOPOLOGY TAB In the Device Management section click the Topology tab The Topology table displays For information about network topology see Network Topology on page 9 VMS IE RADVISION Device Management GatekeeperSP Server Figure 4 1 Device Management Topology Tab Bandwidth allocation and distance configuration are as shown in Figure 4 2 36 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual VIEWING TOPOLOGY INFORMATION Topology Tab London m pA Den 1 New York York i Bo Figure 4 2 Device Management Topology Tab Cloud Topology The Topology tab displays distance and bandwidth information for all Device Islands within your video network Locate the required Device Islands in the top row and the far left column of the table The table cell at which the two Device Islands meet contains their distance and bandwidth information Distance Indicates the distance between the specified Device Islands relative to all other configured islands on the organization LAN This setting is used to find and allocate the best available resources based on the minimal delay Bandwidth Indicates the bandwidth connection in Kbps between the specified Device Islands This setting is used to perform bandwidth control during resource allocation Note Type a value in both the Distance
145. Total Reservations fields 204 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Creating a Meeting Template Terminate Meetings Select which parameters will be used to decide when a meeting should be terminated At scheduled time The meeting will terminate at the time defined in the meeting scheduling process n minutes after all terminals have left The meeting will terminate after the length of time configured here has passed since all terminals have left the meeting n minutes after the host s terminal has left The meeting will terminate after the length of time configured here has passed since the host terminal has left the meeting even if other terminals are still in the meeting The term host refers to the party requesting the meeting Hosts are also frequently the party to whom the cost of the meeting will be billed Auto Extend The meeting will continue until terminated manually from the in meeting control panel see In meeting Control on page 214 or until all terminals have left the session Block Dial in Check to prevent dial in terminals from connecting to a meeting scheduled by the VMS by default Duration Type a default meeting duration in minutes Alert n minutes before terminate Type the number of minutes warning a terminal should receive by default before a meeting is terminated Admit unresolved PSTNIISDN calls When checked enables PSTN ISDN terminals for which
146. VMS Pro Service Provider Administrators only It is important to understand the distinction between a VMS user and a VMS organization Users are at the base of the VMS user pyramid Users use the VMS on a day to day basis scheduling meetings and inviting attendees An organization on the other hand can be a company an organization or an individual that has registered with a Service Provider for video meeting services An organization controls a discrete set of endpoints and a user group The VMS organization controls privileges for its users This chapter describes the procedures for creating and modifying VMS organizations The Organization Management section contains the following tabs m Active Tab m Inactive Tab Organization Management 21 Active Tab ACTIVE TAB In the Organization Management section select the Active tab The active organization table displays E RADVISION Organization Management Organizational Login ID Company Telephone Organization Since ADS1 ADS1 1111 2004 10 24 19 02 Ww nv 2004 10 19 15 04 F gt My Profile Figure 3 1 Organization Management Active Tab SEARCHING FOR AN Organization Login ID ORGANIZATION P Type the full or partial organizational login ID of the organization for which you are searching Company Type the full or partial company name for which you are searching Search Click to perform an organization search
147. VMS meeting ID m Subject 292 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual VIEWING MEETING DETAILS History Tab Meeting type audio video Reference code Start time including date and time zone information Duration Meeting rooms Organizer name Service prefix Services MCU name s Total number of terminals Number of extra IP ports reserved Number of extra ISDN ports reserved Number of dial in IP terminals Number of dial out IP terminals Number of dial in ISDN terminals Number of dial out ISDN terminals Gateway s used In the Subject column of the History tab click the entry you wish to view The Meeting Detail screen displays The Meeting Detail screen includes the following tabs Meeting Tab m Invite Tab m Attendees Settings Tab m Advanced Tab Each of the tabs displays the settings configured for all past meetings as described in the Meeting Tab Invite Tab Attendees Settings Tab and Advanced Tab sections of the Upcoming tab For more information see Modifying Meetings on page 278 My Meetings 293 WHO SHOULD READ THIS CHAPTER BASICS ADDRESS BOOK This chapter is relevant to m VMS Pro Organization Administrators m VMS Organization Administrators m VMS Organization Meeting Operators VMS Organization Meeting Organizers The Address Book section displays all your personal and public contacts including all video meetings currently in progress as well as records of upcoming a
148. Video Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual NOTICE 2005 RADVISION Ltd All intellectual property rights in this publication are owned by RADVISION Ltd and are protected by United States copyright laws other applicable copyright laws and international treaty provisions RADVISION Ltd retains all rights not expressly granted This publication is RADVISION confidential No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form whatsoever or used to make any derivative work without prior written approval by RADVISION Ltd No representation of warranties for fitness for any purpose other than what is specifically mentioned in this guide is made either by RADVISION Ltd or its agents RADVISION Ltd reserves the right to revise this publication and make changes without obligation to notify any person of such revisions or changes RADVISION Ltd may make improvements or changes in the product s and or the program s described in this documentation at any time If there is any software on removable media described in this publication it is furnished under a license agreement included with the product as a separate document If you are unable to locate a copy please contact RADVISION Ltd and a copy will be provided to you Unless otherwise indicated RADVISION registered trademarks are registered in the United States and other territories All registered trademarks recognized For further information contact RADVISION or y
149. Zone Prefix to delete the specified prefix 42 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Gatekeeper SIP Server Tab MOoDIFYING DELETING In the Name column of the Gatekeeper SIP Server tab click the entry you A GATEKEEPER SIP wish to modify The Modify Gatekeeper SIP Server dialog box displays SERVER Name Login Name IP Address Modes Enabled Authorization Login Authorization Port Dialing Plan Information Parent Zone 1022 ecs asmin 192 168 1 58 V Point to Point min ig D Hierarchical Figure 4 6 ee Add Zone Prefix Delete Zone Prefix D ss Model Login Password Protocol Authorization Stripping Authorization Password RADVISION ECS x Modify Gatekeeper SIP Server Dialog Box To modify a gatekeeper SIP server Modify the relevant gatekeeper SIP server details and then click OK Unchecking the Point to Point option causes all future point to point meetings scheduled on this gatekeeper SIP server to be rescheduled There is no guarantee that point to point meetings can be rescheduled successfully Unchecking the Authorization option causes the VMS to be unable to check endpoint initiated meetings for resource conflicts or support Direct Inward Dialing DID Device Management 43 Gatekeeper SIP Server Tab a To delete a gatekeeper SIP server Click Delete If there are any meetings schedu
150. ab TECHNICAL CONTACT When the organization account is created the technical contact will automatically be assigned as an Organization Administrator First Name Type the first name of the organization technical contact Last Name Type the family name of the organization technical contact The VMS creates an administrator account using the last name followed by admin For example with last name smith the VMS creates the administrator account smithadmin The default password for the administrator account is 1111 You can modify the default password in the Organization administrator default Password field of the General Settings tab of the VMS Configuration Tool For more information see Organization administrator default Password on page 353 RADVISION recommends that you modify the VMS Organization Administrator default password and reset the password for this account Organization Management 29 Active Tab Same as Organization Address Check to automatically copy address information from the General tab Figure 3 2 on page 24 Address Type address information for the technical contact including city state province country and postal code Telephone Type the office telephone number for the organization technical contact Fax Type the fax number for the organization technical contact E mail Type the e mail address of the organization technical contact An e mail will be sent to this addr
151. ad log No change to in use meeting types is allowed For more information on deactivating a meeting type and reassigning meeting types see Deactivating a Meeting Type on page 103 m The VMS will check for conflicts between new meeting types or not in use meeting types and MCUs by prefix When conflicts are found the administrator can choose the desired definition in the download log screen Prefixes that conflict because they are a subset or contain a subset of another prefix for example 12 and 123 will not be downloaded Administrators wishing to download these meeting types must change the prefix on the MCU and download again Meeting Types 93 Active Meeting Types Tab m Ifthe MCU is registered to a non stripping ECS the MCU service prefix must begin with the ECS prefix Note To increase the number of T 120 ports per service modify the number of T 120 ports allocated to the relevant service in the MCU In the Active Meeting Types tab click Download to display the Download Meeting Types Services dialog box Download Meeting Types Services New Meeting Types Services The following New Meeting Types Services have been successfully downloaded Please provide a unique name for each meeting type service After naming meeting types services may be uploaded to other MCUs on the network if desired Service Prefix MCUs Name 80 Meu go at mcu fa e 82 MCUt a2 83 Mcut 33 881 MCU 881
152. ad of an Add button When utilizing your corporate directory server click Update to add or delete users according to the latest directory server changes Any new users added will have only the information available from the directory server listed They are assigned a user type based on the settings in the configuration file for the specified directory server For information on defining user types for users defined in an external directory server and then imported to the VMS see Mapping External LDAP Users to VMS User Types on page 398 User Management 185 Users Tab If no role is specified in the directory server configuration file users added from a directory server are assigned a user type according to your selection in the Default User Settings tab of the Organization Settings section The default setting is Meeting Organizer Note The User Type settings configured in the Default User Settings tab of the Organization Settings section do not apply to users retrieved from an external directory server Warning Problems may occur in meeting scheduling and creation if users are deleted from the directory server without executing an update in the VMS For this reason it is important to update the VMS whenever users are deleted from the directory server currently in use Note When retrieving user information from directory server databases the VMS performs the importing process in the background enabling administrators to
153. al Terminals V Name Zone Prefix r Room IPASDN SIP K Dial String Dial In Out Gatekeeper v Gateway y MCU raj a Attendee Terminal Association v7 Dial String V Email Extra Ports Reserved Extra IP Ports Reserved Extra ISDN Ports Reser Room Information Y Terminal 10 7 Name Terminal Room Association Dial String H IPSONesIP H Aias Figure B 15 Scheduling Data Terminals Tab VMS Configuration Tool 375 VMS System Configuration TERMINALS REGISTERED TO VMS Terminal ID Check to record terminal IDs in the CDR Alias Check to record terminal aliases in the CDR IP ISDN SIP Check to record terminal types IP ISDN SIP in the CDR Dial String Check to record terminal dial strings in the CDR Dial In Out Check to record terminal dialing modes dial in or dial out in the CDR Zone Prefix Check to record terminal zone prefixes in the CDR Gatekeeper Check to record terminal gatekeeper information in the CDR Gateway Check to record terminal gateway information in the CDR MCU Check to record terminal MCU information in the CDR Room Check to record terminal room information in the CDR 376 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual VMS System Configuration EXTERNAL TERMINALS Name Check to record the names of participating external terminals
154. ample Call Log 2005 06 22 01 xml 364 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual VMS System Configuration Minimum connection required to produce CDR Type the minimum length of time a terminal connection must be in place before an entry for that terminal is created in the Actual Information section of the CDR For example if the value in this field is 10 seconds and a terminal is connected to a meeting for less than 10 seconds the Total Connection Time for that terminal will be zero in the CDR If the terminal is connected to a meeting for 10 seconds or more the CDR will record the actual connection time File prefix name Type your preferred name for the CDR file without a file extension The xml file extension will be added by the VMS when it saves the CDR to the VMS directory Note A typical VMS installation will create a directory called VMS in your computer Program Files directory For example C Program Files VMS If a VMS administrator enables the application to create CDR files the CDR files will be stored in a default sub directory called cdrdata For example C Program Files VMS cdrdata cdrfilename xml One file per meeting Check to instruct the VMS to create one CDR file per meeting CDR files will be labeled by date with a sequential identifier added For example cdr 2005 06 22 01 xml would contain CDR information for a single meeting on June 22 2005 Information for the next meeting s
155. ancel C Brevious _ Figure A 3 Confirm Installation Screen VMS Outlook Client 317 Installing the VMS Outlook Client 4 Click Next The installation status screen displays ie Video Management System Outlook Integration Installing Video Management System Outlook Integration Video Management System Outlook Integration is being installed Cancel Figure A 4 Installation Status Screen When installation is complete the Installation Complete screen displays 318 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Installing the VMS Outlook Client i Video Management System Outlook Integration Installation Complete Figure A 5 Installation Complete Screen 5 Click Close to exit VMS Outlook Client 319 Configuring VMS Properties CONFIGURING VMS PROPERTIES e To configure VMS properties 1 Start Microsoft Outlook 2 Inthe Tools menu select Options and then click the Meetings tab to finish setting up your Outlook scheduling client for VMS Options 121 x Preferences Mail Setup Mail Format Spelling l Security l Other Right to Left Delegates VIEW Meetings Vv Make the YMS schedule form the default scheduling form for all new P meetings Version 4 0 0 111 VMS Web Site l i e 392 168 225 123 8080 icm User ID Ep re Password Organization a RADVISION Figure A 6 Meetings Tab 3 Check the Make the VMS schedule f
156. and Bandwidth fields or leave both fields empty If left empty the two Device Islands are not physically connected Device Management 37 Topology Tab ADDING A DEVICE Click Add to display a new field and group boxes in the Topology tab as shown ISLAND in Figure 4 3 Type the Device Island name in the field on the left Place a check in the checkbox between the newly created Device Island and existing Device Islands Type the distance and bandwidth information and click OK N Gatekeeper SIP Server Gateway Figure 4 3 Device Management Topology Tab with New Fields MobDIFYING DELETING A DEVICE ISLAND er To modify a Device Island Modify the relevant Device Island details directly in the parameter fields in the Topology tab and then click OK e To delete a Device Island 1 Click the x to the left of the appropriate Device Island name in the left column If there are devices currently assigned to the specified Device Island the Reassign Device Island dialog box displays for reassigning those devices to another island 2 Select the required Device Island and click Reassign 38 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual GATEKEEPER SIP SERVER TAB SEARCHING FOR A GATEKEEPER SIP SERVER VIEWING GATEKEEPER SIP SERVER INFORMATION Gatekeeper SIP Server Tab In the Device Management section click the Gatekeeper SI
157. and of maximum size 100 KB Change Click to navigate to a required WAV file 154 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual BRANDING TAB Branding Tab Play Click the icon to play the specified WAV file containing the required sound Use Full Screen Display When checked only a window frame with no menu or title bar displays in your browser When unchecked the regular browser view displays Checked by default Note Click OK to activate a change to the Use Full Screen Display setting Your screen display will change the next time you log in When a VMS Organization Administrator checks this option and then clicks OK full screen display mode becomes the default setting for all organization users who have not yet selected a preference via the Use Full Screen Display option in the My Profile section The full screen display is automatically activated the next time that organization users log in When a VMS Organization Administrator unchecks this option and then clicks OK the regular browser display mode becomes the default setting for all organization users who have not yet selected a preference via the Use Full Screen Display option in the My Profile section The regular browser display is automatically activated the next time that organization users log in OK Click to activate the settings configured in the Look and Feel tab The Branding tab enables you to change the product logo that displays in the
158. and you should not delete the technical contact from the directory server 398 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual a 1 Mapping External LDAP Users to VMS User Types To define user roles for users defined in an external LDAP directory server In the external directory server configure a new group Microsoft Active Directory Server 2000 and 2003 or a new role iPlanet Sun ONE Directory Server 5 0 representing a specific user type Add all the required users of the specified user type to the new group role Note A user ina directory server will be synchronized to the VMS database if and only if the user has an e mail address and the user has a given name or surname In the relevant XML configuration file see VMS and VMS Light XML Configuration and VMS Pro XML Configuration on page 398 create a mapping between the new groups roles configured in the external directory server and the user types supported in the VMS Note Inthe XML files the Role type parameter represents the VMS user type and the Group name parameter represents the name of the group or role defined in the external directory server Warning You must not change any of the VMS user type parameter values You may however configure any value for external directory server group or role names When users are imported from the relevant external directory server the VMS allocates user roles according to the mapping
159. any meeting type on that MCU with the same prefix will be deleted If the VMS detects an invalid prefix during the upload no action is taken Note RADVISION recommends that you select all meeting types for upload in the Active Meeting Types tab then click Upload to display the MCU Selection dialog box 96 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Active Meeting Types Tab Upload the following meeting types services 11 Available MCUs Selected MCUs MCU2011 MCU2010 Figure 8 5 MCU Selection Dialog Box Upload the following meeting types services Displays the meeting types to be uploaded to the specified MCU Available MCUs RADVISION recommends that you select all MCUs OK Click to upload the selected meeting types Following the upload process the Upload Log displays failed uploads and deletions and any available reasons for such Meeting Types 97 Active Meeting Types Tab MODIFYING A MEETING TYPE MCU v3 MEETING TYPES MCU v2 MEETING TYPES ADDING AN MCU v2 MEETING TYPE AUDIO VIDEO MEETING TYPES MCU v3 meeting types can be modified only on an MCU and then downloaded again to the VMS For MCU v3 meeting types all fields except Name are read only All meeting type elements captured from the MCU of origin are displayed Warning System Administrators must not modify MCU v3 meeting types that are currently in use for scheduled meetings Ensu
160. art Preferences ProductLoc Command Enabled http iiava s C Program m httpvlocalh iv http 192 16 C ADocume lv Figure E 4 Java Web Start Preferences Java Tab The entries marked with a red box are JRE platforms that have been invalidated 6 Select the invalidated entries and click Remove The selected entries are deleted 7 Click OK exit the Java Web Start Application Manager console and launch the VMS Configuration Tool as described at Figure B 3 on page 346 466 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual INDEX A ad hoc meetings 45 118 address book add contact 297 add group 302 move contact to Private tab 301 save participantto 164 201 240 283 Authorization Mode 41 46 114 119 billing contact 30 149 235 279 336 369 block dial in 149 179 205 246 289 338 branding enable for an organization 25 156 productlogo 25 156 via VMS Configuration Tool 359 Cc CDR 363 enable 364 file naming 365 device islands 9 38 48 50 56 57 111 121 123 129 136 138 dialing plan 42 115 298 directory server LDAP search base 28 user provisioning 26 185 user provisioning via VMS Configuration Tool 375 display see also layout full screen 309 F full screen display 309 G Gatekeeper adding 40 113 device association via VMS Configuration Tool 380 supported models 35 109 via VMS Configuration Tool 37
161. art only when host joins C overwrite Terminal Display Name Prioritize Unspecified w Required None v Defautt for Invited Users Control Rights he Figure 10 2 Organization Settings Default Meeting Settings Tab Meeting Types Select a default meeting type for all new meeting templates and meetings Note RADVISION recommends that Administrators select a default meeting type that is available to all users Note The meaning of the terms service and meeting type in the context of the VMS are identical Duration Type a default meeting duration in minutes 148 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Default Meeting Settings Tab Bill To Select Host All Participants or Organizer If the Host and Organizer are the same person the Organizer option does not display Note The option selected in the Bill To field becomes the default setting in the Meeting Templates and Meeting Scheduling sections RADVISION recommends that you set the default setting in the Default Meeting Settings tab in the Organization Settings section For more information see Default Meeting Settings Tab on page 148 Additional Reservations Determine how many additional IP and ISDN participant reservations should be made by default when scheduling a meeting Type the required values in the IP Participants and ISDN Participants fields Terminate Meeting Select which parameters
162. assword Organization Remember User ID and Password Network Management Login Video Management System Figure 2 3 VMS Organization Administrator Login Screen 18 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual As A VMS USER Logging In VMS Organization Administrators have access to the following sections of the VMS web user interface Room Management m Resource Management Meeting Types Organization Settings Meeting Scheduling User Management Meeting Templates All Meetings My Meetings Address Book My Profile Note For more information on defining users and user types as an Organization Administrator see User Management on page 111 Go to the VMS user login address provided in your user setup notification e mail Log in using the credentials provided in the e mail User ID Password Organization Remember User ID and Password Network Management Login Video Management System Figure 2 4 VMS User Login Screen Getting Started 19 Logging In VMS users can have access to the following sections of the VMS web user interface depending on their user type definitions Meeting Scheduling Meeting Templates m My Meetings m Address Book m My Profile 20 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual WHO SHOULD READ THIS CHAPTER BASICS ORGANIZATION MANAGEMENT This chapter is relevant to
163. ation refer to your MCU documentation Note MCU service prefixes must not begin with the same digits as the gatekeeper prefix for gatekeepers which are configured to strip prefixes Name Create a name to describe the meeting type Non technical descriptive names may be used according to your user habits Table 8 1 contains examples of possible naming schemes in two different organizations Table 8 1 Sample Meeting Type Naming Schemes Configuration Company A Name College B Name 768 Kbps with a 4 screen Executive Meetings Advance Biology layout and T 120 Laboratory Link 384 Kbps voice activated Marketing Presentation Lecture with T 120 128 Kbps 4 screen layout Team Collaboration Desktop Groupwork with T 120 Description Type a description of the meeting type features for reference 100 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Active Meeting Types Tab Max Video Layout Displays the maximum allowed video layout for the specified meeting The default setting is for a single participant Click Change to display available video layouts Select the required video layout and click OK Note The RADVISION MCU allows up to 4 participants to be shown in Continuous Presence unless one or more Video Processing Server VPS cards are present in the MCU Initial Video Layout Displays the video layout selected in the Max Video Layout field The default setting is for a single participant
164. ation Tool System Configuration COR Configuration General Settings Scheduling Settings Customized Settings IMfirst Settings Settings Email Server Settings Host Port Login 1D Password IVR message index Message index for Dial in endpoints Message index for Dial out endpoints 30 Resource Allocation Low Usage Threshold Max Reservation Threshold Display Settings Number of table rows per page Passwords managment C Display password in user profile i7 Modify password in user profile Command Delay Delay between two commands from iS to MCU 100 ms RADMSION Cisco MCUs only Save Close Figure B 7 General Settings Tab 350 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual VMS System Configuration E MAIL SERVER SETTINGS This section allows configuration of settings for the e mail server used to send the VMS e mail notifications for meeting reservations and updates as well as user maintenance Host Type the mail server address using either IP address or domain name Port Type the mail server communications port Login ID Type the security principal if necessary for sending an e mail Password Type the security principal if necessary for sending an e mail IVR MESSAGE INDEX This section enables you to configure the VMS to play an IVR billing announcement every time a user joins a meeting
165. ay appear warning that a program is trying to access e mail addresses you have stored in Outlook may appear To cancel the security message refer to the relevant Microsoft documentation or contact RADVISION Customer Support at www radvision com Click Yes to continue 322 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Scheduling Audio Video Meetings Subject Type the meeting topic or title This will appear in all notifications Location Type the meeting location This will appear in all notifications Start Time Type the required meeting start time This will appear in all notifications Note You can create ad hoc meetings by scheduling a meeting to begin immediately by setting the Start Time field to the current time or within 10 minutes of the current time Press Send in the Rich Media tab to initiate an ad hoc meeting If you schedule a meeting to start within ten minutes of the current time you will receive the following message You have scheduled a meeting to begin within 10 minutes of the current time Would you like to begin the meeting now Clicking Yes prompts the following message No MCU resources will be reserved for these terminals If you need to add more participants or require MCU functionality click Cancel Otherwise click OK Clicking Yes creates an immediate ad hoc point to point audio video meeting Note To preview attendee availability for the time of the
166. b E Mail Displays the contact e mail address Click to order entries by e mail address Group Displays the name of the group to which the contact belongs Add to Private In the Name column select the checkbox next to the contact you wish to add to the Private tab then click Add to Private The contact is added to the Private tab but also remains in the Public tab In the Address Book section click the My Groups tab The My Groups tab lists all your group contacts Private ON Public me RB Pine O Figure 16 4 Address Book My Groups Tab Name Type the full or partial name of the group for which you are searching Click to order entries by name Search Click to perform a group search Address Book 301 My Groups Tab ADDING A GROUP MOobDIFYING DELETING GROUPS or Status Bar The lower status bar displays the current number of entries in the Private tab and the maximum number of records allowed per user as defined in the Max groups per user field in the Look and Feel tab of the Organization Settings section For more information see Enable Personal Address Book on page 154 Click Add The Add Group dialog box displays Available Contacts Selected Contacts Figure 16 5 Add Group Dialog Box Group Name Type the name of the group then click OK Select required contacts and click the button to include these contacts in the group then click OK T
167. by him herself or by other organization users m Check schedules Introducing the VMS 5 VMS Applications m Receive and respond to meeting notices Modify profiles The VMS web interface includes the following sections for Organization Administrators Room Management m Resource Management m Meeting Types Organization Settings Meeting Scheduling m User Management Meeting Templates m All Meetings m My Meetings m Address Book m My Profile MEETING OPERATOR VMS Organization Meeting Operators have permission to perform the following tasks Monitor all meetings within the organization Schedule meetings and modify and delete meetings scheduled by him herself or by other organization users m Check schedules Receive and respond to meeting notices Modify profiles The VMS web interface includes the following sections for Organization Meeting Operators Meeting Scheduling Meeting Templates All Meetings My Meetings Address Book My Profile 6 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual MEETING ORGANIZER REGULAR USER VMS LIGHT VMS SYSTEM CONTEXT VMS System Context VMS Organization Meeting Organizers have permission to perform the following tasks Schedule meetings Modify and delete meetings scheduled by him herself m Check schedules m Receive and respond to meeting notices Modify his her own profile The VMS web interface includes the following sect
168. calls 179 services see also meeting types add to gateway 60 133 conflicts 95 groups 105 new 94 SIP server adding 40 113 device association via VMS Configuration Tool 380 SIP environment 44 117 supported models 35 109 via VMS Configuration Tool 379 work with gateway 57 130 work with MCU 49 122 Statistics tab 232 275 sub conference 217 261 T e collaboration 51 100 101 103 taking conference control 232 275 terminals 136 assign users 141 default per user 165 190 202 241 284 308 dialin 166 203 242 285 external terminals via VMS Configuration Tool 377 387 gateway association via VMS Configuration Tool 382 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual MCU association via VMS Configuration Tool 381 overwrite terminal display name 150 per meeting 74 per user via VMS Configuration Tool 378 room association via VMS Configuration Tool 378 type 164 166 203 240 242 283 285 type per meeting template 201 via VMS Configuration Tool 376 386 time zone 30 146 180 181 190 207 248 291 307 358 U unresolved calls 150 179 205 247 290 338 355 user 21 adding 187 default control rights 151 default meeting template 308 default settings 144 default terminal 190 308 groups 189 192 307 meeting type 189 meeting types 307 Outlook 188 306 password 306 per terminal 141 provisioning via directory server 26 185 provisioning via VMS Configuration Tool 375 time zone 190 30
169. cation Select the required option from the drop down list to locate the Reference Code field in either the Meeting tab or the Advanced tab of the Meeting Scheduling section or to hide the option Description Location Select the required option from the drop down list to locate the Description Location field in either the Meeting tab or the Advanced tab of the Meeting Scheduling section Password Location Select the required option from the drop down list to locate the Password Location field in either the Meeting tab or the Advanced tab of the Meeting Scheduling section or to hide the option Bill To Location Select the required option from the drop down list to locate the Bill To field in either the Meeting tab or the Advanced tab of the Meeting Scheduling section or to hide the option Layout Select the required option from the drop down list to display or hide the default meeting layout in the Invite tab within the Attendees Settings tab of the Meeting Scheduling section You can drag and drop and view up to four views in every MCU Each view can have a different layout within the MCU and can range from single CP to 16 CP When you dial into the MCU the MCU will automatically provide the correct layout according to the bandwidth you have chosen PSTNI ISDN Column Select the required option from the drop down list to display or hide the PSTN ISDN column in the Attendee Settings tab of the Meeting Scheduling section
170. ce Manual In meeting Control Video Display Indicates that the meeting video connection to the participant is enabled oy Data Collaboration Indicates that the participant supports T 120 data sharing STATISTICS TAB The Statistics tab provides a comprehensive set of statistical information about bandwidth usage and audio video packet behavior Statistics frequently update automatically and enable you to monitor meeting performance Participant List D f Advanced Invitation Participant List IP Address Type Connect Time Video In Out Audio In Out Data VFU Req In Out Video Out of Order Packe 172 27 37 55 Terminal 14 12 12 H261 H261 G711A G711A None 0 0 172 27 37 41 Terminal 14 6 44 H261 H261 G711A G7114 None 0 0 None Terminal 14 6 45 NWA NIA N A 0m0 Figure 15 7 In meeting Control Statistics Tab Participant Extended Information Select to include the following information m IP Address Participant endpoint IP address Type Participant endpoint type Description Participant description n Connect Time Time at which the participant connected to the meeting Video In Out Video formats the participant is sending and receiving m Audio In Out Audio codecs the participants is sending and receiving Data lIndicates whether the participant is participating in data sharing Video Statistics Select to include the following information My Meetings 265 In meeting Control 2
171. ced and to perform Least Cost Routing over the network An endpoint is also associated with its nearest Device Island when the endpoint is configured in the VMS This information is used by the VMS to determine the best MCU and gateway resources to reserve for any call Note The VMS does not perform Least Cost Routing when there is not enough bandwidth available for the required gateway In general a Device Island should be created for each location containing network devices such as an MCU endpoint or terminal The VMS monitors the bandwidth limitations and distance between each of the Device Islands The Bandwidth field represents the connection bandwidth in Kbps between any two Device Islands that can be used for video meetings This is defined by the narrowest section of bandwidth usually one of the outgoing connections from the LAN The Distance field is a weight factor that describes relative network delay between two Device Islands The larger the distance the larger the round trip delay caused by the network between two Device Islands The distance Introducing the VMS 9 Meeting Scheduling Algorithm MEETING SCHEDULING ALGORITHM SCHEDULING ALGORITHM OPTIONS should be an attribute proportional to the network delay One logical way to model delay is to ping the connection between the two LANs and use the average delay results Note For additional detail on the process of creating a network profile in the VM
172. ch for a user Do not include domain components such as dc abc dc com You can type multiple search bases by separating search bases with a semicolon For example ou VMS cn Users Note Once you have created the organization account you cannot change the user provisioning type OK Click to save the specified organization profile The Contact tab displays Reset Click to deactivate the members of this organization The organization details are maintained but the members of this organization are inactive and cannot use this system Cancel Click to return to the previous page without saving the specified organization profile 28 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual CONTACT TAB Active Tab Technical Contact First Name LE Last Name Rv Same As Customer Address Address 1 Rv a Address 2 E City RV State Province Country N Postal Code Telephone nun Fax E mail RV gadomcom sd Tel Mobile Default Time Zone GMT 00 00 Greenwich Mean Time Etc Greenwich m Billing Contact First Name Last Name RV n Billing Address Same as above Address 1 RV r Address 2 City RV a State Province Country Postal Code Telephone 1111 Fax E mail RV gadom com Tel Mobile O Aa Figure 3 3 Organization Profile Contact T
173. check schedules receive and respond to meeting notices modify profiles monitor all meetings within the organization and manage all resources and users Meeting Operator Can check schedules receive and respond to meeting notices modify profiles monitor all meetings within the organization schedule meetings and modify and delete meetings scheduled by other organization users Meeting Organizer Can check schedules receive and respond to meeting notices modify profiles schedule meetings and modify and delete meetings scheduled by him herself Regular User Can check schedules receive and respond to meeting notices and modify his her own profile Note All user settings can be modified by any Organization Administrator in the User Profile dialog box if the VMS database is used for user storage When synchronized with the directory server only the settings stored in the VMS can be modified Password e mail telephone and time zone settings may be changed by users in the My Profile section unless those settings are stored in the directory server Outlook Scheduling Check to define a user as an Outlook user and to indicate that the user can schedule meetings via the VMS Outlook Client Note VMS Light does not support Outlook scheduling First Name Type the first name of the user Last Name Type the family name of the user 188 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Users
174. cheduled that day would be saved in a file labeled cdr 2005 06 22 02 xml VMS Configuration Tool 365 VMS System Configuration One file every day Check to instruct the VMS to create one CDR file every day This file will contain CDR information for every scheduled meeting for that 24 hour period The name of a CDR file created using this option will contain the date on which the file is created and a sequential suffix For example cdr 2005 06 22 01 xml Note The sequential suffix also increments when you switch between the One file per meeting and the One file every day fields For example when you select the One file per meeting option the name of the first file created will include the suffix 01 If you then select the One file every day option the name of the file created will include the suffix 02 The next meeting on the same day will generate a file with a name including a 03 suffix and so on Use RADIUS server Check to enable the VMS to work with a RADIUS server IP Address Type the IP address of the required RADIUS server Port Type the number of the port required for connecting to the RADIUS server Shared secret Type a shred secret password or key The shared secret between the VMS and the RADIUS server forms the basis of the security process Only the VMS and the RADIUS server know the shared secret 366 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual VMS System Configura
175. ck the box in front of the meeting type name and click the Deactivate button Users will no longer have access to this meeting type when scheduling a meeting To avoid affecting any in session or upcoming meeting scheduled with this meeting type the relevant meeting type will move to the Inactive Meeting Types tab Meeting Types 103 Inactive Meeting Types Tab INACTIVE MEETING TYPES TAB DELETING A MEETING TYPE In the Meeting Types section click the Inactive Meeting Types tab to view a list of inactive meeting types From this tab you may view inactive meeting type details or delete obsolete meeting types Active Meeting Types f Meeting Type Groups Service Prefix Figure 8 8 Meeting Types Inactive Meeting Types Tab Name Displays the name of the specified meeting type Description Displays the description of the specified meeting group Prefix Displays the meeting type prefix for multipoint services In Use Displays Yes if the meeting type is being used by any in session or upcoming meetings Displays No if there are no meetings scheduled or in progress using this meeting type If the In Use setting indicates that the specified meeting type is not being used by any upcoming or in session meetings select one or more meeting types from the Inactive Meeting Types tab and click Clear Obsolete to delete these meeting types from the VMS and the MCU s 104 iVideo Management System V
176. con directly to the right of the calendar icon Duration Type the meeting length in minutes This field will already contain the default meeting duration set by the System Administrator in the Default User Settings tab in the Organization Settings section For more information see Default User Settings Tab on page 144 Recurrence If a meeting is held on a daily or weekly basis click to display recurrence settings For more information see Configuring Recurrence Settings on page 281 Note VMS Light supports ad hoc meetings only In VMS Light the Start Time field is always set to Now and cannot be changed The Recurrence option is unavailable in all forms of the VMS if the Start Time field is set to Now My Meetings 279 Upcoming Tab Cancel Click to cancel the modified meeting settings Delete Click to delete the specified meeting unavailable to Regular Users Next Click to display the Invite tab For more information see Invite Tab on page 282 Finish Click to create the meeting All resources attendees terminals rooms and network resources will be checked for availability m Ifnetwork resources are available and all required resources are available the meeting will be scheduled automatically and notifications sent to all participants Note The format in which VMS sends e mail notifications depends on the type of meeting creator If the meeting creator is a web user the e mail notification is
177. creens 4 Figure 6 2 Meeting Monitoring Upcoming Tab Organization Type the organization name or partial organization name for the meeting for which you are searching Search Click to perform a meeting search Meeting Monitoring 73 Upcoming Tab VIEWING MEETING INFORMATION CREATING REPORTS Subject Displays the subject of the meeting as typed by the Meeting Organizer during scheduling Organization Displays the name of the organization which scheduled this meeting Click to sort by organization Start Time Displays the date and time the meeting will start Click to sort by start time Duration Displays the meeting length in minutes Click to sort by duration Meeting Types Displays the meeting types scheduled for the meeting Terminals Displays the number of terminals scheduled for the meeting Click to sort by number of terminals From Click the calendar to choose a date To Click the calendar to choose a date 74 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Upcoming Tab Generate Reports Click to generate a report in x s format about all upcoming meetings scheduled between the selected dates Save and view with Microsoft Excel The report contains the following information about each meeting Organization Name Main Phone Main Contact Contact Phone Master meeting ID Slave meeting ID if cascaded VMS meeting ID Subject Meeting ty
178. ctive Meeting Types Tab Prefix 61005 Name 61005 Description CP7_A Max Video Layout HH Initial Video Layout H Bit Rate K ss E symmetrie Z Force CP Symmetric Rate Matching to V Enable T 120 Frame Rate 15 Ii Picture Format Video Format Audio XCoding Priority 1st G 711 2nd G 722 j Figure 8 6 Meeting Type Detail Multipoint Audio Video Meeting Audio Video Select to create a meeting type for multipoint audio video meetings Audio only Select to create a meeting type for multipoint audio only meetings For more information on creating audio only meetings see Audio only Meeting Types on page 102 Meeting Types 99 Active Meeting Types Tab Prefix Type a unique numerical prefix for this meeting type This prefix is appended to the meeting ID The number of digits in the meeting type prefix will therefore affect the number of digits needed to dial in to a meeting Warning Meeting type prefixes must be unique A meeting type prefix cannot conflict with other prefixes already present in the VMS or on network MCUs In addition a meeting type prefix cannot contain another meeting type prefix For example once a meeting type prefix 123 is defined there can be no meeting types 1 or 12 Similarly once a meeting type 1 is created there can be no meeting types 12 or 123 For more inform
179. ctual External Terminal gt Contains information on an individual external terminal that actually participated in the conference Attribute Name Type Example lt Alias gt Contains the participating external terminal s alias Attribute Name Type Example CDR XML Tags and Attributes 451 CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Alias gt value EXTRA Number ISDN Phone Number or IP E 164 Number lt Alias value EXTRA 44 44 44 gt lt IP ISDN SIP gt Contains the participating external terminal s type Attribute Name Type Example value IP ISDN SIP lt IP ISDN SIP value N A gt lt Dial String gt Contains the participating external terminal s dial string Note If it is an ISDN phone number the format is CountryCode AreaCode PhoneNumber Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Dial String value 645555444444 gt lt Total Connection Time gt Contains the total length of the participating external terminal s connection to the conference Attribute Name Type Example value String Integer s seconds lt Total Connection Time value 0s gt lt List of Connection Records gt lt List of Connection Records gt Contains a record of each time the participating external terminal connected and disconnected from the conf
180. d Attribute Name Type Example value Unspecified Bandwidth Delay lt Priority value Bandwidth gt lt DateTime Scheduled gt Contains the date and time that the conference was scheduled via the VCS Attribute Name Type Example value yyyy mm ddThh mm ssZ lt DateTime Scheduled value 2003 03 29T11 35 47Z gt lt DateTime Cancelled gt If conference is cancelled before its scheduled start time this tag contains the date and time of cancellation Attribute Name Type Example value yyyy mm ddThh mm ssZ lt DateTime Cancelled value N A gt CDR XML Tags and Attributes 415 CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Conference Lifecycle Summary gt lt Conference Lifecycle Summary gt Contains lifecycle information for a single instance of a schedule conference including basic stats captured when the conference was scheduled as well as records of any modifications prior to the conference Attribute Name Type Example lt Resources Scheduled gt lt Resources Scheduled gt Contains a list of resources scheduled when the conference was created or modified Attribute Name Type Example lt DateTime Modified gt Contains the date and time a modification was made to the scheduled conference Attribute Name Type Example value yyyy mm ddThh mm ssZ lt DateTime Modified value 2003 03 30T 10 20
181. d abnormally 6 O OOJO My Meetings 257 In meeting Control IN MEETING CONTROL In meeting control is accessible to Meeting Organizers designated meeting controllers Organization Administrators and VMS Pro Service Provider Administrators To access in meeting controls for any meeting except meetings using the Non Video Conference meeting type click the Subject of that meeting or click the link in the meeting e mail notification In meeting control contains the following sections General Meeting Display and Control Area Displays general meeting information and controls Control Panel Tabs Display a list of terminals involved in a meeting and general status information Video Layout and Display Area Displays current video layout and allows a meeting controller to adjust video and display related settings while a meeting is in progress Note When accessing the in meeting control panel controllers must first click the Take Control button see Take Release Control on page 260 to enable control panel functionality Only one person may have control at any given time during the meeting Meeting 838178 asdf Participant Lis CALO Humber Sub conf 8 4 P fi OO fma 9 gt fair 9 oma General Meeting Control Panel Video Layout and Display and Controls Display aap eg ee a 3IP O ISDH Parties Reserved Max
182. d normally through the VMS in meeting control interface see In meeting Control on page 258 If red click to view the error message From this window administrators can select the following options Oo Control Panel to access the in meeting control interface Cancel to return to the Current tab For more information on taking control of an in session meeting see In meeting Control on page 258 Termination Status Empty if meetings are in progress red if there is a termination error If red click to view the error message From this window administrators can select the following options Oo Retry to resend the termination signal to the MCU The My Meetings section will immediately refresh and display the updated status for the specified meeting Remove to clear the meeting from the Current tab and send it to the History tab Cancel to return to the Current tab without making any changes The meeting will remain in the Current display area 256 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Current Tab Table 15 1 displays the possible combinations of status indications Table 15 1 Possible Status Indication Combinations Meeting Result Creation Icon Participant Icon Termination Icon Failed to create meeting successfully Created meeting successfully in session activity normal Created meeting successfully abnormal in session activity Meeting terminate
183. d the total ISDN bandwidth scheduled for the entire lifecycle of individual meetings measured in Kbps in the CDR Total MCU Connections Check to record the total number of MCU connections scheduled for the entire lifecycle of individual meetings in the CDR Total GW Connections Check to record the total number of gateway connections scheduled for the entire lifecycle of individual meetings in the CDR 384 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual VMS System Configuration ACTUAL INFORMATION The Actual Information tab allows the system administrator to select which TAB types of actual rather than scheduled information about a meeting will be recorded in the CDR Items shown in light gray are required by the VMS system and cannot be deselected Video Management System Configuration Tool System Configuration CDR Configuration CDR Production Scheduling Data Actual Information y Meeting Sta 7 Reason Failed K Actual Start Time EEE Actual End Time Terminals Registered to VMS K Terminal 10 k Aias 1 IPASDN SIP 17 Dial String Connection Information 1 Total Connection Time Connection Records v Connection Time K Disconnection Time Reason for Disconnection 7 Dail In Out External Terminals 7 Aias H IPISONISIP Dial String Connection Information K Total Connection Time K Connection Records Connection
184. dees Settings tab updates immediately Change Layout Drag and drop the icon into the required position in the video layout as shown at Figure 15 16 on page 286 When you release the icon after positioning the terminal name displays in the video layout position as shown at Figure 15 17 on page 286 On joining a meeting the participant views the video from the configured position My Meetings 285 Upcoming Tab Figure 15 16 Icon Positioned in Video Layout Display 2008 2C Figure 15 17 Icon Released in Video Layout Display Initial Controller Select an initial controller for this meeting from the drop down list Host Select a host for this meeting The term host refers to the party requesting the meeting Hosts are also frequently the party to whom the cost of the meeting will be billed 286 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual MODIFYING A TERMINAL NUMBER ATTENDEE AVAILABILITY TAB Upcoming Tab Click an IP ISDN number to modify a participant terminal number for this meeting only The Select Terminal dialog box displays Select Terminal Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 X Select Terminal Select FromList Specify Terminal None 200245 200245 200244 200244 200243 200243 200242 200242 200241 200241 200240 200240 200239 200239 200238 200238 200237 200237 200236 200236 200235 200235 200234 200234 200233 200233 fok Ca
185. dify future conferences from the My Administrator conferences can Conferences tab schedules a future be modified conference Inthe from the My All Conferences Conferences tab tab you cannot only modify the conference 8 A scheduled There is a Verify that your client PC time zone and conference difference time amp date settings are identical to the launches an hour between the VMS server machine settings including after or an hour VMS server Daylight savings settings before the time and the scheduled time client PC time It is probably the Daylight savings settings 11 A scheduled Possible MCU Make the same conference from the conference doesn t problem MCU GUI and verify that it launches and that all terminals join it If the conference does not launch it is probably an MCU problem If the conference launches it is probably a VMS problem Use the escalation process to Customer Support Troubleshooting 459 Miscellaneous No Scenario Analysis Solution 12 After schedulinga The islands are Ensure that the islands in which your conference witha notconnectedto terminals are residing are connected in few terminals from each other in the the VMS topology and that the distance different islands a VMS the and bandwidth settings are configured VMS error checkbox near between those islands message appears the island is not requesting that you enabled and the contact the System se
186. ding an MCU Modifying Deleting an MCU 90 92 92 93 96 98 98 103 104 104 105 105 106 106 107 107 109 109 110 111 111 112 112 112 113 113 116 117 118 120 120 121 121 126 Contents vii Taking an MCU Offline 127 Updating a RADVISION MCU version 3 x 128 Scheduling Directly From an MCU 128 Gateway Tab 128 Searching for a Gateway 129 Viewing Gateway Information 129 Adding a Gateway 129 Modifying Deleting a Gateway 134 Taking a Gateway Offline 135 Terminals Tab 135 Searching for a Terminal 135 Viewing Terminal Information 136 Adding a Terminal 136 Modifying Deleting a Terminal 141 Assigning a User to a Terminal 141 10 Organization Settings Who Should Read This Chapter 143 Basics 143 About Organization Settings 144 Default User Settings Tab 144 Default Meeting Settings Tab 148 Look and Feel Tab 152 Branding Tab 155 11 Meeting Scheduling Who Should Read This Chapter 157 Basics 157 Toolbar 158 Meeting Tab 159 Configuring Recurrence Settings 162 Invite Tab 163 Searching for a Participant 163 Viewing Participant Information 163 viii iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual 12 13 Attendees Settings Tab Scheduling Accessories Scheduling Catering Services Modifying a Terminal Number Attendees Settings Tab Non Video Conference Attendee Availability Tab Advanced Tab Advanced Tab Non Video Conference User Management Who Should Read This Chapter Basics Users Tab
187. display on all other terminals at your defined interval Overrides any existing set video display options Note Terminal participant information is displayed in the Video Layout and Display area when this option is enabled Display Participant Name in a Frame Click to display the name of an endpoint or participant in a specific position within the video layout frame Note Visible only with MVP support and when text overlay is configured in the meeting type The VMS supports text overlay on participant images Text overlay clearly identifies each participant or endpoint by displaying the participant or endpoint name in the video image The active speaker image is highlighted by a border around the image frame Active Speaker Set the voice activated frame by dragging the icon into the required position within the video layout frame Available only for views with a sub frame configured My Meetings 273 In meeting Control Dynamic Layout Dynamic Layout seamlessly switches the meeting video image between a wide range of layouts to correspond with the number of participants in attendance at any given time during the meeting The video image switches to a layout with frames equal to the number of participant images up to a maximum of 16 The layout changes accordingly as participants join or leave a meeting Dynamic Layout conserves bandwidth eliminates the display of empty frames in the video image and makes o
188. dix A VMS Outlook Client on page 313 Appendix B VMS Configuration Tool on page 343 Appendix C Provisioning Users via a Directory Server on page 389 Appendix D CDR XML Tags and Attributes on page 403 Appendix E Troubleshooting on page 455 VMS Organization Administrator options Chapter 1 Introducing the VMS on page 3 Chapter 2 Getting Started on page 15 Chapter 7 Room Management on page 79 Chapter 8 Meeting Types on page 89 Chapter 9 Resource Management on page 109 Chapter 10 Organization Settings on page 143 Chapter 11 Meeting Scheduling on page 157 Chapter 12 User Management on page 183 Chapter 13 Meeting Templates on page 195 Chapter 14 All Meetings on page 209 Chapter 15 My Meetings on page 253 Chapter 16 Address Book on page 295 Chapter 17 My Profile on page 305 Appendix A VMS Outlook Client on page 313 Appendix B VMS Configuration Tool on page 343 Appendix C Provisioning Users via a Directory Server on page 389 Appendix D CDR XML Tags and Attributes on page 403 Appendix E Troubleshooting on page 455 xvi iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual RELATED DOCUMENTATION VMS FEATURES VERSION 4 0 LOOK AND FEEL USER EXPERIENCE Table 1 Related Documentation Navigating This Manual Continued For information about Read VMS Organization Meeting Operator options Chapter 1 Introducing the VMS on page 3 Chapter 11 Meeting Scheduling on page 157 Chapter 13
189. e meeting enabling you to reconnect participants simply by clicking on the participant status icon Connected Click to disconnect the participant Connecting 5 Click to connect the participant Disconnected Endpoint offline Note Rearrange the list of participants according to status by clicking the icon in the title of the Status column Name Displays the name of the meeting participant Number Displays the endpoint number of the meeting participant All Meetings 219 In meeting Control MEDIA TYPES lt j Sub conference Displayed in the Participants List when sub conferences are running in the meeting Displays a drop down list from which to divert highlighted participants in the current meeting to a new or currently running private audio meeting Note Up to three sub conferences can be created per meeting Sub conference participants will not be shown in the video layout Location in View Indicates the meeting view displayed to the current participant When a meeting is configured with more than one view you may modify the view for the participant by selecting from the available options in the drop down list Views which the participant endpoint is unable to support cannot be selected The media type icons indicate participant capabilities The icons are enabled for users with administrator or chair control access for controlling the media type status for the selected participant M
190. e 9 6 Resource Management MCU Tab Name Type the full or partial name of the MCU for which you are searching Search Click to perform an MCU search 120 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual VIEWING MCU INFORMATION ADDING AN MCU MCU Tab Name Displays the name of the MCU Model Displays the MCU model IP Address Displays the IP address of the MCU Location Displays the Device Island in which the MCU is located Status Displays the status of the MCU online or offline Note All MCUs are listed as Online by default For information about changing the status of an MCU see Taking an MCU Offline on page 127 Click Add The New MCU dialog box displays Type the relevant details and click OK The New MCU dialog box contains the following tabs m Basic Tab m Advanced Tab for RADVISION MCU v2 x and Cisco MCU V2 m Advanced Tab for RADVISION MCU v3 x and Cisco MCU v3 x m Advanced Tab for Accord MCU Note The Advanced tab varies according to the MCU model in use Resource Management 121 MCU Tab BASIC TAB Advanced Hame _ Logintame OS Login Password E Padares S r SIP Only Modet RaDvisioN mcu vax gt Registered To ECS x Figure 9 7 New MCU Basic Tab Name Type the name of the MCU Login Name Type the login name configured in the MCU to gain access to the MCU interface Login Password Type the lo
191. e Monitoring 65 Statistics Tab STATISTICS TAB In the Device Monitoring section click the Statistics tab The Statistics tab lists usage and failure information by time interval for each device during a designated time period For example the usage per hour over a 15 day period Performance Monitor Device Name Model Start Time End Time Meetings Peak Connections Failed Meetings Failed Connections a RADVISION MCU Y2 X 100 10 25 04 2 46 PM 10 25 04 3 46 PM MCU2011 RADVISION MCU 3 0 10 25 04 2 46 PM 10 25 04 3 46 PM MCU2010 RADVISION MCU 3 0 10 25 04 2 46 PM 10 25 04 3 46 PM MCU11 RADVISION MCU 3 0 10 25 04 2 46 PM 10 25 04 3 46 PM MXM Other GK Model 2000 10 25 04 2 46 PM 10 25 04 3 46 PM ECS110 RADVISION ECS 500 10 25 04 2 46 PM 10 25 04 3 46 PM Figure 5 2 Device Monitoring Statistics Tab Device Name Displays the name of the MCU or gatekeeper Model Displays the device model Start Time Displays the beginning of the time interval End Time Displays the end of the time interval Meetings Displays the total number of multipoint meetings hosted on the MCU during the designated time interval Totals include only ad hoc and scheduled meetings created via the VMS Gatekeeper information is not displayed 66 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual CREATING REPORTS Statistics Tab Peak Connections Displays the peak number of endpoint conn
192. e manufacturer MCU manual to ensure that MCU settings are correctly configured to enable meeting passwords Additional Reservations Determine how many additional IP and ISDN participant reservations should be made by default when scheduling a meeting Type the required values in the IP Participants PSTN ISDN Participants and Total Reservations fields Terminate Meeting Select which parameters will be used to decide when a meeting should be terminated At scheduled time The meeting will terminate at the time defined in the meeting scheduling process n minutes after all terminals have left Determines the length of time in minutes after all terminals have left the meeting that the meeting will terminate n minutes after the host s terminal has left Determines the length of time in minutes after the host terminal has left the meeting that the meeting will terminate even if other terminals are still in the meeting Auto Extend tThe meeting will continue until terminated manually from the in meeting control pane or until all terminals have left the session VMS Outlook Client 337 Scheduling Audio Video Meetings Block Dial in Check to prevent dial in terminals from connecting to this meeting Admit unresolved dial in Endpoints When checked enables PSTN ISDN terminals for which source information is not available to dial into a VMS scheduled meeting Unresolved terminals are allowed into the meeting i
193. e your user profile In the All Meetings section click the History tab The History tab displays all past video meetings for the entire organization Current N f upcoming a Er Ej Report Type Detaut n Cost Codes any Caterers any Subject Start Time Duration Peanut Consulting 2002 05 30 8 55 60 minutes 6 Peanut Consulting 2002 06 06 16 00 30 minutes 20 VisionNex 2002 06 08 13 00 40 minutes 4 Figure 14 21 All Meetings History Tab Subject Displays the meeting subject Click to sort by subject 248 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual SEARCHING FOR A MEETING CREATING REPORTS History Tab Start Time Displays the date and time the meeting started Click to sort by start time Duration Displays the meeting length in minutes Click to sort by duration Host Displays the name of the person who is specified as the host of the meeting Click to sort by host Subject Type the full or partial subject of the meeting for which you are searching Search Click to perform a meeting search From Click the calendar to choose a date To Click the calendar to choose a date Report Type To include cost code and meeting room accessories information in a generated report select Cost Code Report from the drop down list and select the required entries in the Cost Code and Caterer lists You can now gen
194. ecessary Note Checking this option enables the Cost Code field in the Add or Modify Group dialog box accessed from the Groups tab of the Organization Settings section and in the Caterer Selection tab accessed from the Catering Service option in the Meeting Scheduling section Currency Symbol If a symbol is provided all catering service prices and total amounts will use this currency Organization Settings 147 Default Meeting Settings Tab DEFAULT MEETING The Default Meeting Settings tab allows the Organization Administrator to set SETTINGS TAB default values for all new meeting templates created by organization users Click the Default Meeting Settings tab The Default Meeting Settings tab displays Type the relevant details and click OK Note Values applied in the Default Meeting Settings tab are also displayed when a meeting is created in the Meeting Scheduling section or through the VMS Outlook Client Default User Settings f Look and Feel Meeting Type Please Select bs Duration lo minutes Bill To Host Al Participants Organizer Additional Reservations Terminate Meeting IP Participants o j At Scheduled Time ISDN Participants o minutes after all terminals have left 0 minutes after the host s terminal has left Auto Extend C Block Dial in X Admit Unresolved ISDH Calls Alert 0 minutes before terminate St
195. eck to record MCU gatekeeper information in the CDR Service Prefix Check to record MCU service prefixes in the CDR TERMINAL MCU ASSOCIATION Dial String Check to associate a terminal dial string with its MCU in the CDR ISDN IP Check to associate a terminal IP ISDN state with an MCU in the CDR Alias Check to associate a terminal alias with its MCU in the CDR GATEWAY INFORMATION Gateway ID Check to record gateway IDs in the CDR Phone Number Check to record gateway phone numbers in the CDR VMS Configuration Tool 381 VMS System Configuration Service Prefix Check to record gateway service prefixes in the CDR Service Bandwidth in Kbps Check to record gateway service bandwidth information in the CDR Country Code Check to record gateway country codes in the CDR Area Code Check to record gateway area codes in the CDR Zone Prefix Check to record gateway zone prefixes in the CDR TERMINAL GATEWAY ASSOCIATION ISDN Phone Number Check to associate a terminal ISDN phone number with its gateway in the CDR Alias Check to associate a terminal alias with its gateway in the CDR 382 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual RESOURCES TAB VMS System Configuration The Resources tab allows the system administrator to select which resources information to include in the CDR Video Management System Configuration Tool System Configuration CDR Configuration CDR P
196. ect Meeting type point to point or multipoint audio video Reference code Start time including date and time zone information Meeting Monitoring 77 History Tab Duration Meeting room Organizer name Service prefix Service template MCU name s Terminals Number of extra IP ports reserved Number of extra ISDN ports reserved Dial in IP terminals Dial out IP terminals Dial in ISDN terminals Dial out ISDN terminals Gateway s used 78 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual WHO SHOULD READ THIS CHAPTER BASICS ROOM MANAGEMENT This chapter is relevant to m VMS Pro Organization Administrators VMS Organization Administrators The Room Management section allows an Organization Administrator to create settings that will apply for all meeting rooms unless overridden The Room Management section contains the following tabs m Meeting Rooms m Accessories Catering Room Management 79 Meeting Rooms MEETING ROOMS The Meeting Rooms tab allows the Organization Administrator to set default settings that will be applied to all meeting rooms within the organization VMS Im RADVISION Meeting Rooms San Jose Conf Room 1 None 3rd Floor Near Sales Dept San Jose Cont Room 2 0108232312 San Jose 2 2nd Floor Near Sales Dept 0105101231 Engineer 21rd Floor Near Sales Dept Marketing Figure 7 1 Room Management Meeting Rooms Tab Name Displays the na
197. ections for MCU or gatekeeper during the designated time interval Figures include only ad hoc and scheduled meetings created via the VMS Gatekeeper information is not displayed Failed Meetings Displays the total number of meetings that were unable to start on the MCU during the designated time interval Totals include only ad hoc and scheduled meetings created via the VMS Gatekeeper information is not displayed Failed Connections Displays the number of endpoints involved in meetings that were unable to connect with the MCU during the designated time interval Totals include only ad hoc and scheduled meetings created via the VMS Gatekeeper information is not displayed From Click the calendar to choose a date To Click the calendar to choose a date Display Click to generate a table in the browser window displaying total usage information for that time period Generate Reports Click to generate a report in x s format containing the same information displayed in the browser window Device Monitoring 67 WHO SHOULD READ THIS CHAPTER BASICS MEETING MONITORING This chapter is relevant to VMS Pro Service Provider Administrators only The Meeting Monitoring section lists all video meetings currently in progress as well as records of upcoming and past meetings for all organizations The Meeting Monitoring section contains the following tabs Current Tab Upcoming Tab History Tab Meeting Monitoring 69
198. ed Gateway cards These gateway resources must be configured within the Gateway Tab in the Device Management section of the VMS In the MCU Name column of the MCU tab click the entry you wish to modify The Modify MCU dialog box displays f f advanced D Hame Mcu2011 Login Name i 7 7 Login Password i IP Address i Model Location Registered To online O offline up to date Permanently Figure 4 12 Modify MCU Dialog Box Device Management 53 MCU Tab TAKING AN MCU OFFLINE To modify an MCU In the Modify MCU dialog box modify the relevant MCU details and then click OK To delete an MCU In the Modify MCU dialog box select the Offline radio button and the Permanently checkbox then click OK Note All data other than name and online offline status information is read only until the MCU is taken offline permanently Once taken offline permanently all data fields are available for modification and the MCU can be deleted Taking an MCU offline means that the VMS will not schedule meetings for that MCU You can specify whether an MCU is offline up to a specific date or offline permanently When an MCU goes offline all currently in progress meetings are terminated The VMS attempts to reschedule the upcoming meetings planned for this MCU on other MCUs with the same services and enough available resources If no such replacement MCUs are available upcomi
199. ed product logo VMS Configuration Tool 359 VMS System Configuration URL Type the URL of the required product logo Reset to Default Click to restore the system default product logo Enabled only if the license allows product logo branding Vendor logo file name Available only to VMS Pro Service Provider Administrators Type the name of the file holding the required vendor logo or navigate to the file using the Browse button Browse Click to navigate to the file holding the required vendor logo URL Type the URL of the required vendor logo Reset to Default Click to restore the system default vendor logo Enabled only if the license allows vendor logo branding 360 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual ADDING A NEW TIME ZONE VMS System Configuration In the Customized Settings tab click Add a New Time Zone The New Time Zone dialog box displays VMS Configuration Tool Time Zone Name Time Difference from GMT 400 w Hour s oo x Minute s _ Observes Daylight Saving Daylight Saving Minute s DST Start Time DST End Time Figure B 10 New Time Zone Dialog Box Time Zone Name Type the name of the new time zone Time Difference from GMT Select the number of hours and minutes before or after GMT Observes Daylight Saving Check to enable Daylight Saving settings DST Start Time Set the date and time which daylig
200. eduling First Hame Last Hame RVI Company RVI Department E mail IRVig deviabnet com Branch SIP URI e 27 oI Telephone 0 mn Tel Mobile Groups Meeting Types 110 Default Time Zone GMT 00 00 Greenwich Mean Time EtciGreenwich lt Default Terminal econf1852 1852 Figure 17 1 My Profile My Info Tab User ID Displays your user ID Modify Password Click to modify your password The Change Password dialog box displays User Type Displays your user type Outlook Scheduling Indicates whether or not your profile allows you to schedule meetings via the Microsoft Outlook calendar Note VMS Light does not support Outlook scheduling First Name Displays the first name of your user profile 306 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual My Info Tab Last Name Displays the last name of your user profile Company Displays your company name Department Displays your company department name E mail Displays your e mail address You may modify your e mail address by typing in the E mail field Branch Displays your branch name Telephone number and addressing information Displays your ISDN H 323 or SIP telephone information where relevant You may modify all telephone number and addressing information by typing in the relevant fields Groups Displays the groups to which you belong Meeting Types Displays all t
201. eeting For example if you select All Rooms the VMS will not allow a meeting to be scheduled unless all rooms are available at that time When None is selected the VMS confirms the network resources and advises the VMS of any conflicts among attendees rooms or terminals Default for Invited Users Control Rights When selected a new participant that is invited into a meeting via the Meeting Templates or Meeting Scheduling sections or via the recurring or ad hoc meeting functions is a meeting controller by default No Control Rights When selected a new participant that is invited into a meeting via the Meeting Templates or Meeting Scheduling sections or via the recurring or ad hoc meeting functions is by default not a meeting controller Organization Settings 151 Look and Feel Tab LOOK AND FEEL In the Organization Settings section click the Look and Feel tab The Look TAB and Feel tab enables you to define how the Meeting tab the Advanced tab and the Attendees Settings tab in the Meeting Scheduling section will look Select the required options and click OK Default User Settings f Default Meeting Settings Meeting Scheduling Meeting Type Meeting Scheduling Button One Button _ e Meeting Tao Reference Code Location Advanced Tab W Description Location Meeting Tab Password Location Advanced Tab Bil To Location Meeting Tab Invite Screen
202. eeting type for this meeting Layout Click the icon to change the current layout display The Select Layout dialog box displays the available layouts depending on which service is selected for this meeting Select the required layout The Attendees Settings tab updates immediately Change Layout Drag and drop the icon into the required position in the video layout as shown at Figure 14 16 on page 243 When you release the icon after positioning the terminal name displays in the video layout position as shown at Figure 14 17 on page 243 On joining a meeting the participant views the video from the configured position 242 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Upcoming Tab Figure 14 16 Icon Positioned in Video Layout Display 2008 2C Figure 14 17 Icon Released in Video Layout Display Initial Controller Select an initial controller for this meeting from the drop down list Host Select a host for this meeting The term host refers to the party requesting the meeting Hosts are also frequently the party to whom the cost of the meeting will be billed All Meetings 243 Upcoming Tab MODIFYING A TERMINAL Click an IP ISDN number to modify a participant terminal number for this NUMBER meeting only The Select Terminal dialog box displays Select Terminal Microsoft Internet Explorer R F Select Terminal Select From List Specify Terminal aan None
203. elected the VMS confirms the network resources and advises the VMS of any conflicts among attendees rooms or terminals Time Zone Select the required time zone for this meeting Note The Time Zone option setting applies to the specified meeting only and does not change your user profile Meeting Scheduling 181 Advanced Tab Non Video Conference Finish Click to upload the meeting details If you have not selected a meeting from the drop down list in the Meeting tab the Meeting confirmation dialog box displays Please select a bandwidth for the meeting if you want to schedule a Point to Point meeting Point to Point Bandwidth 384 1 Multipoint Meeting Type Pesse elec Figure 11 19 Meeting Confirmation Dialog Box Select the kind of meeting that you require point to point or multipoint Ifyou require a point to point meeting you must also select a bandwidth for the meeting Ifyou require a multipoint meeting you must select one of the predefined meeting types from the drop down list Click OK to complete the meeting configuration 182 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual WHO SHOULD READ THIS CHAPTER BASICS USER MANAGEMENT This chapter is relevant to m VMS Pro Organization Administrators m VMS Organization Administrators The User Management section contains the following tabs m Users Tab m Groups Tab Note Before configuring users
204. en you use the built in Continuous Presence and Voice Activated options in a multipoint meeting the bandwidth is fixed at 384 Kbps for Continuos Presence and 128 Kbps for Voice Activated You can configure the bandwidth if you use either of the built in options in a point to point meeting 90 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Active Meeting Types Tab IE RADVISION Meeting Types a Description Service Prefix E Non Video Conference Non Video Conference Nia No wa Paint to Point Point to Paint Nia No NA o s iViewDesitap Audio 80 Yes Detail O la iViewDesitop Full Screen et No Detail O e iViewDesitop Spit Screen 82 No Detail Oe aw s S Oe o o m o 7 om MFirst MP 881 No 953001 Media Server MP 953001 No o 953002 Media Server MVP 2x2 screen 953002 No 953003 Media Server MVP single screen 953003 No o 953004 Media Server MVP single screen CUCMe 953004 No E 953005 Media Server WP 953005 o o o o999 3999 No My Profile Download Upload Figure 8 1 Meeting Types Active Meeting Types Tab E RADVISION Meeting Types Admin Description Service Prefix InUse C Continuous Presence Buit in Continuous Presence Service Voice Activated Buit n Voice Activated Service All Meetings User Figure 8 2 Meeting Types Active Meeting Types Tab Sony Endpoints Meeting Types 91 Active Meeting Types Tab SEARCHING FOR A M
205. ence Manual Mapping External LDAP Users to VMS User Types lt xml yversian 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt CSRoles gt es lt IgqnoreUsersInUnknownGroups gt gt lt Role type Regular User gt lt GroupsList gt lt Group name C Regular User gt lt GroupsList gt lt Role gt lt Role type Conference Organizer gt lt GroupsList gt lt Group name CS Conference Organizer gt lt GroupsList gt lt Role gt lt Role type Enterprise Operator gt lt GroupsList gt lt Group name CS Enterprise Operator gt lt Group name CS Undefined gt lt GroupsList gt lt Role gt lt Role type Enterprise Administrator gt lt GroupsList gt lt Group name CS Enterprise Administrator gt lt GroupsList gt lt Role gt lt CSRoles gt Figure C 6 Sample XML Group to User Type Mapping Provisioning Users via a Directory Server 401 APPENDIX D WHAT S IN THIS APPENDIX CDR XML TAG INDEX CDR XML TAGS AND ATTRIBUTES This appendix details XML tags used to label data in the stored XML file their attributes and the order in which they are arranged including the following m CDR XML Tag Index m CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions Call Data Records CDR are stored by the VMS when this feature is enabled through the VMS Configuration Tool These records are saved in XML format and can be used for various technical and business purposes S
206. endee organization IDs in the CDR Company Name Check to record attendee company names in the CDR Organization Billing Phone Check to record attendee organization billing phone numbers in the CDR Checked by default Controller Check to record in the CDR whether an attendee of a specified meeting was selected by the organizer to be the meeting controller Initial Controller Check to record in the CDR whether an attendee of a specified meeting was selected by the organizer to be the initial meeting controller Checked by default 374 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual TERMINALS TAB VMS System Configuration EXTERNAL ATTENDEES E mail Check to record external attendee e mail addresses in the CDR First Name Check to record external attendee first names in the CDR Last Name Check to record external attendee last names in the CDR The Terminals tab allows the system administrator to select which terminal information to include in the CDR Video Management System Configuration Tool System Configuration COR Configuration CDR Production Scheduling Data Actual Information Meeting Atendees Terminals Network Devices Resources Terminal Information Terminals Registered to VMS K Terminal 1D v Aias 7 IP ISDN SIP Dial String 1 Dial In Out 1 Zone Prefix 1 Gatekeeper 1 Gateway v MCU Y Room Extern
207. endee permission to control the conference 430 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Is Controller gt Attribute Name Type Example value Boolean lt Is Controller value false gt lt External Attendees gt lt External Attendees gt Contains a list of external conference attendees attendees not registered to the VCS Attribute Name Type Example lt External Attendee gt lt External Attendee gt Contains information about an individual external conference attendee one who is not registered to the VCS Attribute Name Type Example lt Email gt Contains an external conference attendee s email address Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Email value Bwilliams externalco com gt lt First Name gt Contains an external conference attendee s first name Attribute Name Type Example CDR XML Tags and Attributes 431 CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt First Name gt value String lt First Name value Brian gt lt Last Name gt Contains an external conference attendee s last name Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Last Name value Williams gt lt Terminals Registered to VCS gt lt Terminals Registered to VCS gt Contains a
208. endees select meeting rooms and select the initial video layout that attendees will see when they join the meeting CTRL Check to grant the specified attendee meeting control privileges Select the top checkbox to grant all attendees control privileges If no attendees are granted control privileges the Administrator and the Meeting Operator may perform in meeting control VMS Outlook Client 325 Scheduling Audio Video Meetings Attendee Displays the names of all attendees Terminal Displays the user default terminal If a user does not have a default terminal assigned the word Select displays Click to assign a terminal or to change an existing terminal assignment for this meeting only The Select Terminal dialog box displays For more information see Modifying a Terminal Number on page 335 PSTN ISDN Check if a Dual IP ISDN terminal is to be used as an ISDN connection for this meeting Enabled only when the specified terminal is defined as a Dual IP ISDN terminal Dial in Specify which terminals can dial in to the meeting Meeting Room If your terminal is a mobile unit its location may change To change location for this meeting only select a different meeting room for this terminal from the drop down list E mail Address Displays the attendee e mail address View Select from up to four available layouts for each participant depending on which meeting type is selected for this meeting Layout Click
209. eople Provisioning Users via a Directory Server 395 Provisioning an iPlanet Sun ONE Directory Server System Password Type the password associated with the Distinguished Name configured in the Login field LDAP Server Domain Type the FQDN for the directory server Technical Contact ID Type the login ID of the designated contact person for this organization This information is used to create the first Organization Administrator user within the VMS This user will be able to log in after installation is complete and set up the rest of the users and resources The login ID for iPlanet Sun ONE directory servers should be relative to the search base For example uid administrator LDAP Search Base Type the root of the Directory Information Tree in which the VMS begins a search for a user Do not include domain components such as dc abc dc com You can type multiple search bases by separating search bases with a semicolon For example ou VMS cn Users OK Click to save the specified organization profile Note When using iPlanet Sun ONE directory server to provision the VMS it is possible that identical user login IDs may exist in different OUs When this is the case search base information must be provided as part of the login For example uid dsmith ou groups or uid dsmith ou people Note Once you have created the organization account you cannot change the user provision
210. er the MCU with the new SIP server 1 In the MCU tab click Add or select an existing MCU by clicking in the Name column of the required entry The New MCU or Modify MCU dialog box displays 2 Check the SIP Only checkbox 3 Configure the remaining fields and click OK The new SIP server appears in the MCU tab The VMS establishes point to point or multipoint meetings created through either the web scheduling interface or the Microsoft Outlook Client For more information about Outlook support see the VMS Outlook Client appendix Note VMS Light does not support Outlook scheduling The VMS can also handle ad hoc calls initiated from registered terminals The VMS identifies any resource conflicts and system administrators can more effectively track resource usage while using in meeting control For more information see In meeting Control on page 214 When an endpoint initiates a meeting following normal E 164 dialing rules the ECS sends an authorization request to the VMS The VMS then allocates resources adds the meeting to the list of in session meetings in the All Meetings section and creates a record of the meetings in the CDR if configured to do so Note Because endpoint initiated ad hoc meetings are relevant to terminals rather than users and because terminals can be assigned to multiple users ad hoc meetings appear only in the All Meetings section and not in the My Meetings section Device Management 45
211. erate a cost code accessories report based on date range cost codes caterers and subjects To generate a generic report without cost code or meeting roo accessories information select Default from the drop down list All Meetings 249 History Tab Generate Reports Click to generate a report in x s format about all upcoming meetings scheduled between the selected dates Save and view with Microsoft Excel The generic report contains the following information about each meeting Master meeting ID Slave meeting ID VMS meeting ID Subject Meeting type audio video Reference code Start time including date and time zone information Duration Meeting rooms Organizer name Service prefix Services MCU name s Total number of terminals Number of extra IP ports reserved Number of extra ISDN ports reserved Number of dial in IP terminals Number of dial out IP terminals Number of dial in ISDN terminals Number of dial out ISDN terminals Gateway s used 250 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual VIEWING MEETING DETAILS History Tab In the Subject column of the History tab click the entry you wish to view The Meeting Detail screen displays The Meeting Detail screen includes the following tabs Meeting Tab Invite Tab Attendees Settings Tab Advanced Tab Each of the tabs displays the settings configured for all past meetings as described in the Meeting Tab Invite Tab Attendees Setti
212. erence Attribute Name Type Example 452 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Connection gt Contains connection records for a specific external terminal Attribute Name Type Example ConnectionTime yyyy mm ddThh mm ssZ Dialin Dialout Dial in Dial out Disconnection Time yyyy mm ddThh mm ssZ Over GW port limit Boolean Over MCU port limit Boolean Reason Disconnection VCS Disconnect Abnormal disconnect lt Connection ConnectionTime 2003 03 29T11 35 51Z Dialin Dialout Dial out Disconnection Time 2003 03 29T 11 43 45Z Over GW port limit false Over MCU port limit true Reason Disconnection VCS Disconnect gt CDR XML Tags and Attributes 453 APPENDIX E TROUBLESHOOTING WHAT S IN THIS This appendix provides troubleshooting for the VMS including the following APPENDIX m Miscellaneous VMS Configuration Tool Troubleshooting Troubleshooting 455 Miscellaneous MISCELLANEOUS This section describes troubleshooting techniques for a range of general issues Table E 1 Problems and Solutions Table No Scenario Analysis Solution 1 An error message The default 1 Select a different port such as 8080 appears during HTTP port port 2 Release port 80 VMS installation 80 is taken by Port 80 is taken another application such as IIS o
213. erence Manual CDR XML Tag Index Element lt Service Bandwidth gt lt Country Code gt lt Area Code gt lt Zone Prefix gt lt Terminal Gateway Association gt lt Terminal Gateway Association gt lt Association gt lt Rooms gt lt Rooms gt lt Room Information gt lt Room Information gt lt VCS ID gt lt Name gt lt Terminal Room Association gt lt Terminal Room Association gt lt Terminal gt lt Completed Conference Data gt lt Completed Conference Data gt lt Conference Status gt lt Reason Failed gt lt Actual Start Time gt lt Actual End Time gt lt Terminals Registered to VCS gt lt Terminals Registered to VCS gt lt Terminal Registered to VCS gt lt Terminal Registered to VCS gt lt VCS Terminal ld gt lt Alias gt lt IP ISDN SIP gt lt Dial String gt lt Total Connection Time gt lt List of Connection Records gt lt List of Connection Records gt lt Connection gt lt Actual External Terminals gt lt Actual External Terminals gt CDR XML Tags and Attributes 409 CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions Element lt Actual External Terminal gt lt Actual External Terminal gt lt Alias gt lt IP ISDN SIP gt lt Dial String gt lt Total Connection Time gt lt Li
214. erminal user00305 Meeting Organizer 200305 200305 user00304 Meeting Organizer 200304200304 user00303 Meeting Organizer 200303 200303 user00302 Meeting Organizer 200302 200302 user00301 Meeting Organizer 200301 200301 iser00300 Meeting Organizer 200300 200300 39 Meeting Organizer 200239 200238 Meeting Organizer 200298 200298 s Meeting Organizer 200297200297 user00296 Meeting Organizer 200296 200296 user00295 Meeting Organizer 200295 200295 user00294 Meeting Organizer 200294 200294 All Meetings User Figure 12 1 User Management Users Tab User Name Type the full or partial first or last name of the user for which you are searching Search Select the group from the drop down list in which you want to perform the search If only the group is selected with no user name all users within that group will be displayed after clicking Search 184 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual VIEWING USER INFORMATION MANAGING USERS VIA A DIRECTORY SERVER Users Tab Name Displays the name of the user User Type Displays the user type Department Displays the department of the user within the organization Branch Displays the office location of the user Terminal Displays the default terminal associated with the user Add Update If you are using your organization directory server to provision users an Update button will display at the bottom of the page inste
215. erminal name appears in both the VMS and Outlook displays Unchecked by default Note The Overwrite terminal display name feature is supported by RADVISION MCU 3 6 and later only Prioritize Determines which value should be selected by default when meetings are scheduled and or meeting templates are created Bandwidth causes the VMS to allocate resources to conserve bandwidth In some cases this may cause a meeting to be cascaded to conserve bandwidth even though a single MCU is available which can host the meeting m Delay causes the VMS to allocate resources to ensure the best quality meeting 290 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual HISTORY TAB History Tab Required Select the resources that are required by default to confirm this meeting For example if you select All Rooms the VMS will not allow a meeting to be scheduled unless all rooms are available at that time When None is selected the VMS confirms the network resources and advises the VMS of any conflicts among attendees rooms or terminals Time Zone Select the required time zone for this meeting Note The Time Zone option setting applies to the specified meeting only and does not change your user profile In the My Meetings section click the History tab The History tab displays all past video meetings for the entire organization Current Upcoming Eyo 1 Report Type De
216. ervice Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Service Prefix value 9384 gt lt Service Bandwidth gt Specifies the bandwidth associated with the requested service configured on the gateway Attribute Name Type Example value Integer lt Service Bandwidth value 384 gt lt Country Code gt Specifies the gateway s country code Attribute Name Type Example value Integer lt Country Code value 86 gt 444 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Area Code gt Specifies the gateway s area code Attribute Name Type Example value Integer lt Area Code value 10 gt lt Zone Prefix gt Specifies the gateway s zone prefix Attribute Name Type Example value Integer lt Zone Prefix value 58 gt lt Terminal Gateway Association gt lt Terminal Gateway Association gt Contains a list of endpoints terminals assigned to the gateway for this conference Attribute Name Type Example lt Association gt Associates an ISDN terminal with the gateway that it will use for this conference Attribute Name Type Example CDR XML Tags and Attributes 445 CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Association gt
217. ervice Providers can create comprehensive records of each call which can then be used to analyze how a meeting system is being used Service Providers can also use captured data in the CDR for diagnostic or billing purposes Note All references to VCS in this appendix should be taken to refer to VMS Element lt conferences gt lt conferences gt lt ConferenceData gt lt ConferenceData gt lt Scheduling Data gt lt Scheduling Data gt lt Conference gt lt Conference gt lt Basic Information gt lt Basic Information gt CDR XML Tags and Attributes 403 CDR XML Tag Index Element lt 203 Conference ID gt lt Master Conference ID gt lt Slave Conference ID List gt lt Slave Conference ID List gt lt Slave Conference ID gt lt Subject gt lt Reference Code gt lt Description gt lt Scheduled Adhoc gt lt Start Time gt lt Duration gt lt VCS Server TimeZone gt lt Auto Extend gt lt Advanced Information gt lt Advanced Information gt lt Extra IP Ports Reserved gt lt Extra ISDN Ports Reserved gt lt Priority gt lt DateTime Scheduled gt lt DateTime Cancelled gt lt Conference Lifecycle Summary gt lt Conference Lifecycle Summary gt lt Resources Scheduled gt lt Resources Scheduled gt lt DateTime Modified gt
218. ess detailing initial login information for the VMS account Tel Mobile Type the mobile telephone number for the organization technical contact Default Time Zone Select the default time zone from the drop down list for all new users within this organization BILLING CONTACT First Name Type the first name of the organization billing contact Last Name Type the family name of the organization billing contact Billing Address Check to automatically copy billing address information from the General tab Figure 3 2 on page 24 30 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Active Tab Same as above Check to automatically copy address information from the Technical Contact section above Address Type address information for the billing contact including city state province country and postal code Telephone Type the office telephone number for the organization billing contact Fax Type the fax number for the organization billing contact E mail Type the e mail address of the organization billing contact Tel Mobile Type the mobile telephone number for the organization technical contact OK Click to save the technical and billing contact information A page will display confirming the addition of a new organization Reset Click to reset information that has been modified Cancel Click to return to the previous page without saving the specified organization profile
219. essary Topology A Gatekeeper SIP Server Gateway Dialing Info Registered To 30001 ECS231 231 30002 EC5231 231 30003 ECS231 231 30004 ECS231 231 30005 E ECS231 231 30006 ECS231 231 332233 None 30008 ECS231 231 30009 CS231 231 30010 CS231 231 30011 ECS231 231 30012 ECS231 231 Figure 9 14 Resource Management Terminals Tab Name Type the full or partial name of the terminal you wish to locate in the table then click Search Dialing Info Type the full or partial IP or ISDN phone number of the terminal you wish to locate in the table then click Search Resource Management 135 Terminals Tab VIEWING TERMINAL INFORMATION ADDING A TERMINAL Search Click to perform a terminal search after typing name or IP ISDN number information Name Displays the terminal alias name Dialing Info Displays either the terminal IP or ISDN phone number or both if configured as a dual terminal Registered To Displays the gatekeeper SIP server to which the specified terminal is registered Meeting Room Displays the name of the meeting room in which the terminal is located if applicable Location Displays the nearest Device Island to the terminal Click Add The Add Terminal dialog box displays D f Advanced se I Terminal Type Dusl H920 and 323 w IP Address 192 168 225 109 IP Dialing Info E164 23006 ISDH Dialing Inf
220. eting Rooms Accessories dialog box displays Meeting Room Meeting 201 Conference Room 802 Requested Additional Accessories o Apply to all recurrence Figure 11 9 Meeting Rooms Accessories Dialog Box The Meeting Rooms Accessories dialog box displays a list of all the meeting rooms used in your meeting Click the required meeting room to display the Meeting Accessories dialog box and see Scheduling accessories for any meeting with one meeting room only on page 169 for more information The Catering Service option enables you to view catering settings The options available in the user interface vary according to whether you are m Scheduling catering for a recurring meeting Scheduling catering for any meeting with one meeting room only Scheduling catering for any meeting with more than one meeting room Note Ifa catering service is configured for any of the meeting rooms in a meeting Catering service has been booked displays next to the Catering Service button If no catering service has been configured No catering service has been booked appears 170 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual SCHEDULING CATERING FOR A RECURRING MEETING SCHEDULING CATERING FOR ANY MEETING WITH ONE MEETING ROOM ONLY Attendees Settings Tab Click the Catering Service button The Recurring Catering Service dialog box displays Recurrence Date Tuesday July 12 2005 Tuesday July 19 2005
221. etings which fall within 30 days of the date scheduled and send an e mail notification Every 30 days the VMS will automatically reschedule the remaining meetings in the series and send a notification until the series is completed Only the first upcoming meeting will be displayed in the All Meetings and My Meetings sections at any given time My Meetings 281 Upcoming Tab INVITE TAB In the My Meetings section click the Invite tab Meeting f Attendees Settings ff Attendee Availability ff Advanced user00305 a RVI user00304 Ei user00303 user00302 user00301 user00300 user00299 user00298 user00297 user00296 user00295 user00294 user00293 user00292 user00291 user00290 user00289 user00288 user00287 First Name Last Name E mail l PH323 z Bandwidth Defaut M kbps C Save to my address book Figure 15 14 My Meetings Invite Tab Name Type the full or partial name of the attendee for which you are searching then click Search Select From Select a group from the drop down list from which to choose attendees or select All Groups for a complete list of users belonging to this organization Select required users and click the button to add these users to the list of invited participants Available Participants Displays all the participants that are available for a meeting Selected Participants Displays all the
222. ettings configured in the My Preferences tab My Profile 309 APPENDIX A WHAT S IN THIS APPENDIX VMS OUTLOOK CLIENT The VMS Outlook Client is a separately licensed add in for Microsoft Outlook 2000 with Service Pack 3 Microsoft 2002 Outlook XP or Outlook 2003 that allows users to schedule a meeting via the Outlook appointment form interface instead of the VMS web interface Note VMS Light does not support Outlook scheduling This appendix introduces the VMS Outlook Client and discusses its installation and configuration including System Requirements Installing the VMS Outlook Client Configuring VMS Properties Scheduling Audio Video Meetings Additional VMS Outlook Client Functions VMS Outlook Client 313 System Requirements SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS INSTALLING THE VMS OUTLOOK CLIENT BEFORE YOU BEGIN Microsoft Exchange 2000 Server or 2003 Server m A dedicated e mail account for receiving meeting accept and decline messages Client Microsoft Outlook 2000 with Service Pack 3 Microsoft 2002 Outlook XP or Outlook 2003 A server running an installed VMS Note For support for Microsoft Outlook 2000 running on Windows 2003 refer to Microsoft Knowledge Base number 217640 The VMS Outlook Client must be installed on each individual client computer Note Ensure that you have the appropriate VMS license to allow working with the VMS Outlook Client Before installing the
223. f there are resources available if extra PSTN ISDN ports have been reserved or if an ISDN terminal has been deleted from the ongoing meeting When unchecked unresolved PSTN ISDN terminals will be rejected during authorization for dial in calls Checked by default Alert n minutes before termination Type the number of minutes warning a terminal should receive by default before a meeting is terminated Start only when host joins Check to prevent a meeting starting until the host has joined Overwrite Terminal Display Name Check to override the terminal display name When checked the terminal name overwrites the H 323 station name displayed as text overlay in the video image The terminal name appears in both the VMS and Outlook displays Unchecked by default Prioritize Bandwidth causes the VMS to allocate resources to conserve bandwidth In some cases this may cause a meeting to be cascaded to conserve bandwidth even though a single MCU is available which can host the meeting m Delay causes the VMS to allocate resources to ensure the best quality meeting 338 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual SCHEDULING TAB Scheduling Audio Video Meetings Required Select the resources that are required to confirm this meeting For example if you select All Rooms the VMS will not allow a meeting to be scheduled unless all rooms are available at that time When None is selected the VMS confirm
224. f time configured here has passed since all terminals have left the meeting n minutes after the host s terminal has left The meeting will terminate after the length of time configured here has passed since the host terminal has left the meeting even if other terminals are still in the meeting The term host refers to the party requesting the meeting Hosts are also frequently the party to whom the cost of the meeting will be billed Auto Extend The meeting will continue until terminated manually from the in meeting control panel see In meeting Control on page 214 or until all terminals have left the session Block Dial in Check to prevent dial in terminals from connecting to a meeting scheduled by the VMS by default Alert n minutes before terminate Type the number of minutes warning a terminal should receive by default before a meeting is terminated 246 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Upcoming Tab Admit unresolved PSTNIISDN calls When checked enables PSTN ISDN terminals for which source information is not available to dial into a VMS scheduled meeting Unresolved terminals are allowed into the meeting if there are resources available if extra PSTN ISDN ports have been reserved or if an ISDN terminal has been deleted from the ongoing meeting When unchecked unresolved PSTN ISDN terminals will be rejected during authorization for dial in calls Checked by default Star
225. fault Start only when host joins Check to prevent a meeting starting until the host has joined Overwrite terminal display name Check to override the terminal display name When checked the terminal name overwrites the H 323 station name displayed as a text overlay in the video image The terminal name appears in both the VMS and Outlook displays Unchecked by default The setting for the Overwrite terminal display name option is retrieved from the Overwrite Terminal Display Name option in the Default Meeting Settings tab of the Organization Settings section Note The Overwrite terminal display name feature is supported by RADVISION MCU 3 6 and later only Meeting Scheduling 179 Advanced Tab Prioritize Determines which value should be selected by default when meetings are scheduled and or meeting templates are created Bandwidth causes the VMS to allocate resources to conserve bandwidth In some cases this may cause a meeting to be cascaded to conserve bandwidth even though a single MCU is available which can host the meeting m Delay causes the VMS to allocate resources to ensure the best quality meeting Required Select the resources that are required by default to confirm this meeting For example if you select All Rooms the VMS will not allow a meeting to be scheduled unless all rooms are available at that time When None is selected the VMS confirms the network resources and advises the VMS of any con
226. ference but the mail is not server conference configured participant did not correctly in the receive an e mail e mail server notification 2 Participant e Check the user e mail in the VMS user mail is not profile configured correctly in the VMS user profile 3 The mail Verify that the mail server address and serveraddress or credentials are configured correctly in the credentials are VMS Configuration Tool not configured correctly in the VMS 4 The mail 1 Confirm with the System server is not Administrator the proper functionality of functioning or the mail server down 2 Send an e mail to yourself to check if the mail server is up The user has no The e mail is not mandatory e mail address 458 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Miscellaneous launch or an error occurs in the VMS interface No Scenario Analysis Solution 6 You have installed MySQL issue in Check that the WinMySQLAdmin icon MySQL and Windows 2000 appears in the system tray restarted the If yes click the icon to display the pop up computer but the list and select Show me Quick Setup If no go to C mysq bin where C is your dialog box does local drive and run the not display winmysqladmin exe file i The WinMySQLadmin dialog box displays and immediately closes ii Click the WinMySQLadmin icon in the system tray and select Show me from the pop up list 7 An Organization Future Mo
227. flicts among attendees rooms or terminals Time Zone Select the required time zone for this meeting Note The Time Zone option setting applies to the specified meeting only and does not change your user profile Finish Click to upload the meeting details If you have not selected a meeting from the drop down list in the Meeting tab the Meeting confirmation dialog box displays 180 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual ADVANCED TAB NON VIDEO CONFERENCE Advanced Tab Non Video Conference Please select a bandwidth for the meeting if you want to schedule a Point to Point meeting Point to Point Bandwidth 384 v Multipoint Meeting Type Figure 11 18 Meeting Confirmation Dialog Box Select the kind of meeting that you require point to point or multipoint Ifyou require a point to point meeting you must also select a bandwidth for the meeting Ifyou require a multipoint meeting you must select one of the predefined meeting types from the drop down list Click OK to complete the meeting configuration In the Meeting Scheduling section click the Advanced tab For non video meetings the following options are available Required Select the resources that are required by default to confirm this meeting For example if you select All Rooms the VMS will not allow a meeting to be scheduled unless all rooms are available at that time When None is s
228. g Use the left pointing arrow to remove a caterer from the list Booking a caterer disables the Cost Code option and prevents you assigning more than one cost code to a meeting room 332 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Scheduling Audio Video Meetings MENU SELECTION The Menu Selection tab displays a list of all caterers selected for the meeting room the full menu of items per caterer All delivery and collection times are configurable Caterer Selection Summary Bobby 0 s catering Service s recast ral ee ea Delivery Time Now gt Collection Time Now wo Item Name Description Beef Brisktets 12 99 5 Vick V s Vegan Catering Delivery Time Now Colection Time Now D Item Name Reference Description House Salad 8 99 6 Figure A 17 Menu Selection Tab SUMMARY The Summary tab enables you to review the caterers and items ordered for this meeting room VMS Outlook Client 333 Scheduling Audio Video Meetings Caterer Selection Menu Selection Cost Code JNO 39486 Total Amount 142 86 Bobby 0 s catering Service 94 93 617 407 4778 Delivery Time 2005 12 21 12 30 bobbyqes yahoo com Collection Time 2005 12 21 13 30 Item Toal Vick V s Vegan Catering Amount 50 94 Telephone 617 407 4779 Delivery Time 2005 12 21 12 30 Email bobhyqcs yahoo com Collection Time 2005 12 21 13 30 Item Toal
229. g You may also select to view participants as a list or according to cascaded connections Users with chair control can invite participants modify participant media connections manually reposition participant images in the layout change the meeting view layouts and specify the position of the voice activated image in the meeting view 262 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual In meeting Control Chair controllers can also create sub conferences and view extended participant details Statistics Number Sub conf Main 14 qh Main EE No answer Rejected by remote Unreachable destination 8 amp 2 g A g g A Disconnected Figure 15 6 In meeting Control Participant List Tab Status Displays the connection status for each meeting participant Disconnected participants remain in the Participant List for the duration of the meeting enabling you to reconnect participants simply by clicking on the participant status icon Connected 3 Click to disconnect the participant Connecting lt gt i eo wate Click to connect the participant Disconnected B Endpoint offline Note Rearrange the list of participants according to status by clicking the icon in the title of the Status column My Meetings 263 In meeting Control MEDIA TYPES Name Displays the name of the meeting participant Number Displays the endpoint number of
230. g Control Video Layout and Display Area All Meetings 227 In meeting Control Video Output Schemes When enabled displays up to four available video layouts The VMS can produce up to four different video outputs per meeting to cater for participants with different video support capabilities or different viewing purposes Multiple meeting views are configured per service with settings that specify video layout layout switching and participant image switching behavior picture resolution bandwidth settings frame rate and video format Multiple meeting views enable the speaker in a lecture to view the participants while the audience views the speaker In a meeting with varying connection speeds participants with high video capabilities and participants with low video capabilities can take part at the same time without one affecting the experience of the other Note Available with MVP support only Output Scheme Settings Click to display video output scheme settings When enabled the video scheme settings dialog box displays Auto Switch Started Click to enable auto switching in which participant images in the video layout periodically change to allow the display of other meeting participants according to the interval set Auto switching mode displays all the participants of a large meeting in a Continuous Presence mode display in the video layout on a rotating basis Participant images can be replaced at preset interval
231. gement System jboss 3 2 5 bin configFiles Note XML configuration file definitions overwrite the setting for the User Type field in the Default User Settings tab of the Organization Settings section see User Type on page 147 You can use the User Type field for ADS groups that are not defined in the XML configuration file For VMS and VMS Light the ADS and iPlanet Sun ONE configuration file is called LDAP roles 999 xml When you create a new LDAP organization in VMS Pro the LDAP roles default xml file for ADS and the LDAP roles default IPLANET xml file for iPlanet Sun are used by default to create a mapping between the new roles configured in the directory server and the user types supported in the VMS When an organization is created a configuration file called LDAP roles Member ID xml is generated specifically for this organization Use this file to make any further changes to the organization Each time you click the Update button the user role will be synchronized according to the mapping definition in the XML file Remember During the organization account creation process the VMS registers only the first user the technical contact who is generally the administrator who performed the installation The technical contact is automatically assigned the Organization Administrator user type allowing the technical contact to log in and provision the rest of the users You cannot delete the technical contact via the VMS
232. gin password configured in the MCU to gain access to the MCU interface IP Address Type the IP address of the MCU Note Ifthe VMS and MCU are located on different networks your security policy must allow SNMP and XML connections between the VMS and the MCU SIP Only Check if your MCU is only registered to a SIP server and not registered to any H 323 gatekeeper Available for RADVISION MCU version 3 x and Cisco MCU version 3 x only Model Select the relevant MCU model from the drop down list 122 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual ADVANCED TAB FOR RADVISION MCU v2 x AND Cisco MCU v2 x MCU Tab Location Select the Device Island in which the MCU is located Registered To Select from the drop down list the gatekeeper to which this MCU registers A complete list of zone prefixes configured within the VMS is also displayed after the gatekeeper name Note Ifthe specified gatekeeper SIP server is configured to strip prefixes MCU service prefixes must not begin with the same digits as the gatekeeper SIP server prefix VPSRM Cards 1 120 Enabled XCoder Figure 9 8 New MCU Advanced Tab for RADVISION MCU v2 x and Cisco MCU v2 x Port Type the port through which the VMS communicates with the MCU Check your device user manual for confirmation of the port on which the MCU operates If you are using one of the following RADVISION Media Video Proces
233. gs are defined while other configurables such as page length and meeting identifier are set to default values so that the VMS will run on installation without additional configuration The VMS Configuration Tool allows the system administrator to access these settings and modify them as necessary VMS Configuration Tool 343 Java Runtime Environment Quick Setup JAVA RUNTIME The first time you access the VMS Configuration Tool at http ENVIRONMENT yms_serverhost port vms config the tool will automatically detect whether the QUICK SETUP client machine has the Java Runtime Environment installed If not the following message will display with a link to the download site VMS Welcome to Video Management System Configuration Tool Launch Page ae You need to install Java Runtime Environment Figure B 1 VMS Configuration Tool Launch Java Runtime Environment Not Installed 344 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Java Runtime Environment Quick Setup e To install the Java Runtime Environment 1 Click the Install Java Runtime Environment link as shown in Figure B 1 The Java download web page displays VMS Welcome to Video Management System Configuration Tool Launch Page pe e To run the iCM Configuration Tool you must first install the Java Runtime Environment Click here to download and install Java Runtime Environment Note click the Open button on the File Download
234. h and a maximum of 250 pixels wide Note When an Organization Administrator uploads a new GIF file and or enters a new product URL the new file URL overwrites the existing file URL stored on the organization VMS server Reset Click to restore the system default product logo 156 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual WHO SHOULD READ THIS CHAPTER BASICS MEETING SCHEDULING This chapter is relevant to VMS Pro Organization Administrators VMS Organization Administrators VMS Organization Meeting Operators VMS Organization Meeting Organizers You can schedule a new meeting in the following ways Configure the fields in the Meeting Scheduling section or Load an existing meeting template from those you have already saved For more information see Toolbar on page 158 Meeting Scheduling 157 Toolbar The Meeting Scheduling section contains a toolbar and the following tabs Meeting Tab Invite Tab Attendees Settings Tab Attendees Settings Tab Non Video Conference Attendee Availability Tab Advanced Tab Advanced Tab Non Video Conference Note The meaning of the terms service and meeting type in the context of the VMS are identical Note Fields that are not configured in the Meeting tab are configurable in the Advanced tab TOOLBAR The toolbar contains the following icons Load Templates Click to use an existing meeting template for the meeting y
235. he extra ports 58 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Gateway Tab Domestic Long Distance Prefix Type the prefix for domestic calls to a different area Area Code Type the area code of the gateway telephone numbers The VMS appends the prefix when dialing out from this gateway to a terminal with a different area code but the same country code Always Dial Area Code Check to always dial the area code To access an outside line for local calls dial Type the access code for an outside line for local calls To access an outside line for long distance calls dial Type the access code for an outside line for long distance calls Telephone Number Type the local telephone number you want to assign to the specified port Capacity Type the total gateway capacity allocated for this telephone number in Kbps Note When more than one zone is present in the network the gateway services must be configured as local services with the gatekeeper in order for the VMS to dial correctly Card Type Select the card type for the selected port Available only when an Accord gateway is specified in the Gateway Model field Module Type Select the module type for the selected port Available only when an Accord gateway is specified in the Gateway Model field Device Management 59 Gateway Tab ADDING DELETING A DID Add DID Range RANGE Click to add a new DID range to the gateway Ava
236. he meeting even if other terminals are still in the meeting The term host refers to the party requesting the meeting Hosts are also frequently the party to whom the cost of the meeting will be billed Auto Extend tThe meeting will continue until terminated manually from the in meeting control panel see In meeting Control on page 258 or until all terminals have left the session Block Dial in Check to prevent dial in terminals from connecting to a meeting scheduled by the VMS by default Alert n minutes before terminate Type the number of minutes warning a terminal should receive by default before a meeting is terminated My Meetings 289 Upcoming Tab Admit unresolved PSTNIISDN calls When checked enables PSTN ISDN terminals for which source information is not available to dial into a VMS scheduled meeting Unresolved terminals are allowed into the meeting if there are resources available if extra PSTN ISDN ports have been reserved or if an ISDN terminal has been deleted from the ongoing meeting When unchecked unresolved PSTN ISDN terminals will be rejected during authorization for dial in calls Checked by default Start only when host joins Check to prevent a meeting starting until the host has joined Overwrite terminal display name Check to override the terminal display name When checked the terminal name overwrites the H 323 station name displayed as text overlay in the video image The t
237. he meeting types you are currently using Default Time Zone Select the required time at which your meeting will commence My Profile 307 My Preferences Tab My PREFERENCES TAB Default Terminal Displays the default terminal Remember You may modify password e mail and telephone settings as required then click OK Other settings may be modified via the User Management section by Organization Administrators only In the My Profile section click the My Preferences tab to display your user profile meeting and browser related settings My Info Default Meeting Template None oO Don t include me in the meeting Delete meeting history items older than Use Full Screen Display Figure 17 2 My Profile My Preferences Tab Default Meeting Template Select the required meeting template from the drop down list unavailable to Regular Users Don t include me in the meeting When unchecked before creating a new meeting template or scheduling a meeting without a meeting template the Meeting Organizer is automatically added to the top of the Selected Participants list in the Invite tab of the Meeting Scheduling section You may then manually remove the Meeting Organizer from the Selected Participants list When checked before creating a new meeting template or scheduling a meeting without a meeting template the Meeting Organizer is not added to the Selected Participants list Y
238. he required meeting room to display the Meeting Accessories dialog box and see Scheduling accessories for any meeting with one meeting room only on page 329 for more information The Catering Service option enables you to view catering settings The options available in the user interface vary according to whether you are m Scheduling catering for a recurring meeting Scheduling catering for any meeting with one meeting room only Scheduling catering for any meeting with more than one meeting room Note Ifa catering service is configured for any of the meeting rooms in a meeting Catering service has been booked displays next to the Catering Service button If no catering service has been configured No catering service has been booked appears Click the Catering Service button The Recurring Catering Service dialog box displays 330 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual SCHEDULING CATERING FOR ANY MEETING WITH ONE MEETING ROOM ONLY Scheduling Audio Video Meetings Recurrence Date Tuesday July 12 2005 Tuesday July 19 2005 Booked Catering Service Figure A 15 Recurring Catering Service Dialog Box The Recurring Catering Service dialog box displays all recurring meetings in date order beginning with the most recent An asterisk next to a date indicates that accessories have also been requested for that meeting instance Click the required date m Ifyou are scheduli
239. heduling Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Reference Code value 101236 gt 412 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Description gt Contains the conference s description as it was entered when the conference was scheduled Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Description value Let s get together to discuss Q3 results and Q4 prospects gt lt MultiPoint PointToPoint gt Displays which type of conference was scheduled a multipoint conference of a point to point conference Attribute Name Type Example value Multipoint PointToPoint lt MultiPoint PointToPoint value MultiPoint gt lt Scheduled Adhoc gt Displays whether the conference was scheduled to start at some point in the future or if it was created immediately ad hoc via the VCS or endpoint Attribute Name Type Example value VCS Scheduled VCS Ad Hoc Endpoint Initiated lt Scheduled Adhoc value VCS Ad Hoc gt Ad Hoc lt Start Time gt Contains the conference s scheduled start time Attribute Name Type Example value yyyy mm ddThh mm ssZ lt Start Time value 2003 03 29T 11 35 47Z gt CDR XML Tags and Attributes 413 CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Duration gt Contains the conference s scheduled
240. his chapter is relevant to VMS Pro Organization Administrators VMS Organization Administrators VMS Organization Meeting Operators VMS Organization Meeting Organizers Meeting templates allow you to pre set services and attendees for meetings which occur frequently When a meeting template is selected during the scheduling process settings configured in the meeting template will be filled in automatically The only information the organizer needs to provide is the meeting subject time and date All settings may still be modified during the scheduling process when using a meeting template Note The meaning of the terms service and meeting type in the context of the VMS are identical Meeting Templates 195 Basics SEARCHING FOR A MEETING TEMPLATE ADDING A MEETING TEMPLATE Click the Meeting Templates section to display the Meeting Templates table VMS IE RADVISION Meeting Templates Name Meeting Type NIH 110 Figure 13 1 Meeting Templates Name Displays the name of the meeting template Meeting Type Displays the meeting types configured in this template for an audio video meeting Name Type the full or partial name of the meeting template for which you are searching Search Click to perform a template search Add Click to add a new meeting template For more information see Creating a Meeting Template on page 197 196 iVideo Management System VMS Ad
241. ht saving begins DST End Time Set the date and time which daylight saving ends VMS Configuration Tool 361 VMS System Configuration Save Click to save the new time zone The new time zone is added to your VMS time zone set IMfirst SETTINGS TAB Click the IMfirst Settings tab This tab allows the system administrator to configure basic system settings for the IMfirst application Values displayed are values currently in effect Video Management System Configuration Tool System Configuration CDR Configuration General Settings Scheduling Settings Customized Settings IMfirst Settings IMfirst Settings Server Port a340 Connection Account admin Figure B 11 IMfirst Settings Tab 362 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual CDR CONFIGURATION TAB VMS System Configuration Server Port Type the number of the VMS server port via which you want to connect IMfirst The default setting is 3340 Connection Account Type the name of the required IMfirst user account The default setting is admin Connection Password Type the password for the specified user account The default setting is admin Call Data Records CDRs are stored by the VMS when the Enable XML CDR option is checked in the CDR Production tab see Enable URL on page 364 CDRs are saved in XML format and can be used for various technical and b
242. ic Enabled Select to mute or enable the voice of the selected participant Loudspeaker Indicates that the meeting audio connection to the participant is enabled Camera Enabled Select to block or unblock the video stream sent by the participant to the meeting For example when a participant video connection affects meeting processing and degrades performance you can block the participant video until problems at the participant endpoint have been resolved Video Display Indicates that the meeting video connection to the participant is enabled Data Collaboration Indicates that the participant supports T 120 data sharing 220 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual In meeting Control STATISTICS TAB The Statistics tab provides a comprehensive set of statistical information about bandwidth usage and audio video packet behavior Statistics frequently update automatically and enable you to monitor meeting performance Participant List h f Advanced Invitation A Participant List IP Address Type Connect Time Video In Out Audio In Out Data VFU Req In Out Video Out of Order Packe 172 27 37 55 Terminal 14 12 12 H261 H261 G711AIG7114 None 0 0 172 27 37 41 Terminal 14 6 44 H261 H261 G711A G711A None 00 None Terminal 14 6 45 NA NA N A 00 Figure 14 7 In meeting Control Statistics Tab Participant Extended Information Select to include the following information m IP Address Partic
243. if new meetings are scheduled Subject Type the subject or partial subject of the meeting for which you are searching Search Click to perform a meeting search 210 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual VIEWING MEETING INFORMATION Current Tab Subject Displays the meeting subject Click to sort by subject Click the meeting subject to view in meeting controls for this meeting For more information on in meeting control see In meeting Control on page 214 Note Ifthe first status indicator in the Status column is red indicating that the meeting was not created successfully a warning message will display When you click OK the VMS will display meeting details To cancel a meeting click Delete Start Time Displays the date and time the meeting will start Click to sort by start time Duration Displays the meeting length in minutes Click to sort by duration Host Displays the name of the person who is specified as the host of the meeting Click to sort by host Status Displays three status indications representing from left to right Creation Status Participant Status and Termination Status Creation Status Green if a meeting was created successfully red if a meeting was not created successfully If red click to view the error message and click Retry to resend meeting information to the MCU All Meetings 211 Current Tab Participant Status Empty if there
244. ify the layout which invited participants see when joining a meeting The following sub tabs are available in the Advanced Invitation tab m User m Terminal My Meetings 267 In meeting Control Participant List N f Statistics IEEE Al Groups Vv Terminal kbps Charlie Brown default Layne Ainsworth Patrick Will default Lewis Wong default Greg Brown default default default default default default default default default default F ml E i o E Fal F al o E default User Terminal Figure 15 8 In meeting Control Advanced Invitation Tab USER The User sub tab includes the following options Users in Groups Select required users and click the button to include these users in the group then click OK The Users in Groups column displays all users for the specified organization You can search for a specific group or select required users from the list Kbps Specifies the bit rate that is used when inviting a participant to a meeting Use the default setting for optimal bit rate performance 268 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual TERMINAL TBG 6000 In meeting Control Invite Click to send the invitation Ca
245. il address of the new VMS account Reset Click to reset the form Cancel Click to exit this screen without creating a new user In the Name column of the Users tab click the entry you wish to modify The User Profile dialog box displays To modify a user profile In the User Profile dialog box modify the relevant details and then click OK Note An Organization Administrator who changes the user ID and or password must end the current VMS session by clicking the Log Out icon at the top of the screen rather than by simply closing the browser window The old user ID and or password will still be valid in the system until the current session is terminated by logging out 190 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual GROUPS TAB SEARCHING FOR A GROUP Groups Tab To delete a user profile In the User Profile dialog box click Delete This action will be disabled if you are provisioning users by directory server Note You cannot delete a user participating in an in session meeting until the user has left the meeting The last user with Organization Administrator privileges may not be deleted In the User Management section click the Groups tab Users N me O MB S Figure 12 3 User Management Groups Tab Name Type the full or partial name of the group for which you are searching Search Click to perform a group search User Management 191 Groups
246. ilable only when DID is selected in the Working Mode field Lower Boundary Type the lower limit in this DID range Available only when DID is selected in the Working Mode field Upper Boundary Type the upper limit in this DID range Available only when DID is selected in the Working Mode field Note A DID range must contain 60 digits or fewer Adding a range containing more than 60 digits will generate an error when the new gateway information is submitted to the VMS Delete DID Range Select the required DID range and click to delete the range from the gateway Available only when DID is selected in the Working Mode field ADDING DELETING A Add Service SERVICE MEETING TYPE Click to add a new service meeting type to the gateway Note When more than one zone is present in the network gateway services meeting types must be configured as local services meeting types with the gatekeeper in order for the VMS to dial correctly Delete Service Check the specified service and click to delete that service from the gateway Service Prefix Check to select the required service as configured in your gateway 60 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual MOobDIFYING DELETING A GATEWAY s Gateway Tab Bandwidth Select from the drop down list the bandwidth associated with this service as configured in your gateway Restricted Mode Check to follow the convention of using multiples of 56 Kbps instead
247. in HTML format If the meeting creator is an Outlook user the e mail notification is in VCAL format m If either network resources or required resources are unavailable the VMS will display an Unable to Schedule message and a reason for the scheduling failure m If network resources are available but non required resources are not the meeting will automatically be scheduled notifications sent and a conflict list displayed for the organizer Note To preview attendee and room availability for the time of the meeting click the Attendee Availability tab For detailed information see Attendee Availability Tab on page 287 280 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual CONFIGURING RECURRENCE SETTINGS Upcoming Tab Click Recurrence to configure recurrence settings if this meeting is held on a daily or weekly basis The Set Recurrence dialog box displays Set Recurrence Microsoft Internet Explorer Recurrence Pattern Recur every a week s on Month Wi Sunday Hi Monday H Tuesday H ednesday H Thursday H Friday L Saturday Range of recurrence Cry a jok Cancel Figure 15 13 Set Recurrence Dialog Box Configure the required recurrence settings and click OK Note When you schedule a recurring meeting a conflict report will display each occurrence with its scheduling result If a recurring meeting is scheduled for a period of over 30 days the VMS will first schedule the me
248. in the CDR IP ISDN SIP Check to record the types of participating external terminals IP ISDN SIP in the CDR Dial String Check to record external terminal dial strings in the CDR Dial In Out Check to record the dialing mode of external terminals dial in or dial out in the CDR Zone Prefix Check to record external terminal zone prefixes in the CDR Gatekeeper Check to record gatekeeper information for external terminals in the CDR Gateway Check to record gateway information for external terminals in the CDR MCU Check to record MCU information for external terminals in the CDR Room Check to record room information for external terminals in the CDR VMS Configuration Tool 377 VMS System Configuration ATTENDEE TERMINAL ASSOCIATION Dial String Check to associate an attendee dial string with a terminal in the CDR Checking this option automatically selects the E mail option E mail Check to associate an attendee e mail address with a terminal in the CDR Checking this option automatically selects the IP ISDN Phone Number option Login ID Check to associate an attendee login ID with a terminal in the CDR EXTRA PORTS RESERVED Extra IP Ports Reserved Check to record in the CDR whether extra IP ports are reserved Extra ISDN Ports Reserved Check to record in the CDR whether extra ISDN ports are reserved ROOM INFORMATION Terminal ID Check to record room IDs in the CDR Name
249. inal dialog box displays For more information see Modifying a Terminal Number on page 175 202 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Creating a Meeting Template PSTN ISDN Check if a Dual IP ISDN terminal is to be used as an ISDN connection for this meeting Enabled only when the specified terminal is defined as a Dual IP ISDN terminal Dial in Specify which terminals can dial in to the meeting Meeting Room If your terminal is a mobile unit its location may change To change location for this meeting only select a different meeting room for this terminal from the drop down list E mail Address Displays the attendee e mail address View Select from up to four available layouts for each participant depending on which service is selected for this meeting Layout Click the icon to change the current layout display The Select Layout dialog box displays the available layouts depending on which service is selected for this meeting Select the required layout The Attendees Settings tab updates immediately Change Layout Drag and drop the icon into the required position in the video layout as shown at Figure 13 4 on page 200 When you release the icon after positioning the terminal name displays in the video layout position as shown at Figure 13 5 on page 200 Upon joining a meeting the participant views the video from the configured position Initial Controller Select an initial contro
250. inal is a mobile unit its location may change To change location for this meeting only select a different meeting room for this terminal from the drop down list E mail Address Displays the attendee e mail address View Select from up to four available layouts for each participant depending on which service is selected for this meeting Layout Click the icon to change the current layout display The Select Layout dialog box displays the available layouts depending on which service is selected for this meeting Select the required layout The Attendees Settings tab updates immediately Change Layout Drag and drop the icon into the required position in the video layout as shown at Figure 11 5 When you release the icon after positioning the terminal name displays in the video layout position as shown at Figure 11 6 On joining a meeting the participant views the video from the configured position 166 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Attendees Settings Tab Figure 11 5 Icon Positioned in Video Layout Display 2008 2 Figure 11 6 Icon Released in Video Layout Display Initial Controller Select an initial controller for this meeting from the drop down list When the initial controller logs in to the in meeting control he she automatically becomes the meeting controller Host Select a host for this meeting The term host refers to the party requesting the
251. include these users in the group then click OK The Users in Groups column displays all users for the specified organization You can search for a specific group or select required users from the list Kbps Specifies the bit rate that is used when inviting a participant to a meeting Use the default setting for optimal bit rate performance 224 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual TERMINAL TBG 6000 In meeting Control Invite Click to send the invitation Cancel Click to cancel the invitation and return the display to the Participant List tab The Terminal sub tab includes the following options Terminal Select required terminals and click the button to include these terminals in the meeting then click OK The Terminal column displays all terminals for the specified organization You can search for a specific terminal or select required terminals from the list Kbps Specifies the bit rate that is used when inviting a participant to a meeting Use the default setting for optimal bit rate performance Invite Click to send the invitation Lock Image Select an option from the drop down list next to each invitation number entry box to preset the position of the invited participant image in the video layout on entry into the meeting Drag and drop the icon into the preferred position Layout Display Frame displayed on the right of the Advanced Invitation tab
252. ing type 396 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual LDAP INFORMATION ATTRIBUTES LDAP Information Attributes This section lists the LDAP information attributes used by the VMS Table C 1 LDAP Information Attributes Identifier Attribute Description 1 uid User identifier 2 email User e mail address 3 telephone User telephone number 4 mobile User mobile telephone number 5 fax User fax number 6 cn Full name of user 7 givenName Given name of user 8 sn Surname of user 9 company User company name 10 branch Branch 11 department Department 12 country Country 13 state State 14 city City 15 description Description 16 zipCode Zip code 17 address Address Provisioning Users via a Directory Server 397 Mapping External LDAP Users to VMS User Types MAPPING EXTERNAL LDAP USERS TO VMS USER TYPES VMS AND VMS LIGHT XML CONFIGURATION VMS PRO XML CONFIGURATION This section describes how to define a user role for users that are defined in one of the following external directory LDAP servers Microsoft Active Directory Server ADS 2000 Microsoft Active Directory Server ADS 2003 m 1Planet Sun ONE Directory Server 5 0 and how the VMS assigns a user type to such users External LDAP user types are managed through LDAP groups by an XML configuration file The XML files are located at C Program Files RADVISION Video Mana
253. ings frame rate and video format Multiple meeting views enable the speaker in a lecture to view the participants while the audience views the speaker In a meeting with varying connection speeds participants with high video capabilities and participants with low video capabilities can take part at the same time without one affecting the experience of the other Note Available with MVP support only Output Scheme Settings Click to display video output scheme settings When enabled the video scheme settings dialog box displays Auto Switch Started When selected enables auto switching in which participant images in the video layout periodically change to allow the display of other meeting participants according to the interval set Auto switching mode displays all the participants of a large meeting in a Continuous Presence mode display in the video layout on a rotating basis Participant images can be replaced at preset intervals either in batches or one by one in a queueing system Type the required auto switching interval between 10 seconds and 30 minutes Click to activate The Auto switch interval dialog box displays Auto switch interval sec o jok e l re Figure 15 10 Auto switch Interval Dialog Box 272 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual In meeting Control Click again to deactivate Activating this option causes video from randomly selected participating terminals to
254. ions for Organization Meeting Organizers Meeting Scheduling Meeting Templates My Meetings Address Book My Profile VMS Organization Regular Users have permission to perform the following tasks m Check schedules m Receive and respond to meeting notices Modify his her own profile The VMS web interface includes the following sections for Organization Regular Users m My Meetings m My Profile The VMS Light provides organization level video communication services for ad hoc meeting initiation only The version does not support scheduling and resource reservation for future meetings or meeting creation via Outlook As shown in Figure 1 1 on page 8 the VMS Pro interacts only with MCUs and gatekeepers It does not control or communicate with terminals or gateways The VMS interacts directly with the MCU to synchronize services start meetings and perform in meeting control actions The status of endpoints not currently participating in a meeting is derived from the gatekeeper Introducing the VMS 7 VMS System Context 8 A igs ee ue se Shy a Sy a x E X a eee 1 par s Pe eee SO Pag S Gateway M MCU Gatekeeper Fi control Fi command ae Fd eg start p Fa terminate endpoint j meeting 7 status gt synchronize i services a re e 7 r terminal and user pran network topology and device management management Organization Administrato
255. ipant endpoint IP address m Type Participant endpoint type Description Participant description Connect Time Time at which the participant connected to the meeting Video In Out Video formats the participant is sending and receiving Audio In Out Audio codecs the participants is sending and receiving Data lIndicates whether the participant is participating in data sharing Video Statistics Select to include the following information Total BW In Out Total bandwidth sent and received by the participant Data IP IP address of the participant data sharing terminal m VFU Req In Out Total number of video Fast Update requests sent and received by the participant All Meetings 221 In meeting Control 222 m Video BW In Out Total video bandwidth sent and received by the participant m Video Packets In Out Total number of video packets sent and received by the participant Video Bytes In Out Total number of bytes of video sent and received by the participant Video Out Addr IP address and port to which video is sent to the participant m Fps In Out Frame rate of video sent and received by the participant m Pic size In Out Picture size of video sent and received by the participant Video Jitter In current min max Accumulated video packets received from the participant Includes the current value and average values for the minimum and maximum number of packets rece
256. is in progress Note When accessing the in meeting control panel controllers must first click the Take Control button see Take Release Control on page 216 to enable control panel functionality Only one person may have control at any given time during the meeting Meeting 838178 asdf f Statistics Advanced invitation Participant Lis CALO Humber Sub conf 8 4 P fi OO fma 9 gt fair 9 oma General Meeting Control Panel Video Layout and Display and Controls Display aap eg ee a 3IP O ISDH Parties Reserved Max 0 IP O ISDH Parties Invite Party IP H 323 Ea Humber Alias Display Name Bandwidth Defaut v Pre Position E5 Figure 14 2 In meeting Control 214 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual GENERAL MEETING DISPLAY AND CONTROL AREA In meeting Control The General Meeting Display and Control area allows meeting attendees controllers and administrators to view basic information about the meeting They can also take control of an in progress meeting and perform basic meeting control actions Refresh Click to refresh meeting status Join Data Collaboration Click to join the data collaboration unavailable when the Start only when host joins option is selected in the Advanced tab of the Meeting Scheduling section Mute Enable All Click to mute or enable the a
257. ive Tools Active Directory Users and Computers Expand the user folder for the user list Right click the required user and select Properties The user ID can be found in the General tab next to the person icon as shown at Figure C 1 Properties 2x Published Certificates MemberOf Dialin Object Security Environment Sessions Remote control Terminal Services Profile Exchange General E mail Addresses Exchange Features Exchange Advanced General Address Account Profile Telephones Organization e VMS First name YMS Initials l Last name Display name YMS Description Office Telephone number Other E mail YMS qadom com Web page Other Cancel Apply Help Figure C 1 ADS Properties General Tab Provisioning Users via a Directory Server 391 Viewing Active Directory Server User Information 392 4 Select the Account tab to view the user login name Published Certificates MemberOf Dialin Object Security Environment Sessions Remote control Terminal Services Profile Exchange General E mail Addresses Exchange Features Exchange Advanced General Address Account Profile Telephones Organization User logon name YMS QA4DOM com r User logon name pre windows 2000 faaboms YMS Logon Hours Log On Io I Account is locked out Account options J User must change password at next logon I User canno
258. ived from the participant Audio Statistics Select to include the following information Audio BW In Out Total audio bandwidth sent and received by the participant Audio Intra Request Counter In Out Total Audio Fast Update requests sent and received by the participant Audio Packets In Out Total number of audio packets sent and received by the participant Audio Bytes In Out Total number of audio bytes sent and received by the participant Audio Out addr IP address and port to which audio is sent to the participant Audio Jitter Buffer In current min max Accumulated audio packets received from the participant Includes the current value and average values for the minimum and maximum number of packets received from the participant iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual ADVANCED INVITATION TAB In meeting Control Video Problems Select to include the following information Video Out of Order Packets Total number of video packets sent to and received from the participant out of sequence m Video Lost Packet In Out Total number of lost video packets sent to and received from the participant Audio Problems Select to include the following information Audio Out of Order Packets Total number of audio packets sent to and received from the participant out of sequence Audio Lost Packet In Out Total number of lost audio packets sent to and received from the participant
259. l not allow the deletion If the gatekeeper SIP server has other gateways mapped as children the VMS will reconfigure the gateway dialing plan with those children as root gatekeeper SIP servers and dial accordingly If there are devices registered to the deleted gatekeeper SIP server they will display as not registered to any gatekeeper SIP server after the deletion It is important that these relationships be reviewed and reconfigured manually if necessary after any gatekeeper SIP server is deleted To register a terminal with the new SIP server In the Terminal tab click Add or select an existing terminal by clicking in the Name column of the required entry The New Terminal or Modify Terminal dialog box displays In the Name field type the name of the terminal In the Terminal Type field select IP SIP In the Registered To field select the new SIP server from the drop down list Resource Management 117 Gatekeeper SIP Server Tab ENDPOINT INITIATED MEETINGS 5 Configure the remaining fields and click OK The new terminal appears in the Terminal tab In the Dialing Info column the terminal name displays automatically followed by the SIP server domain name The VMS automatically adds the suffix of the SIP server domain name to the form the SIP terminal URI The URI lt terminal name gt lt SIP server domain name gt For example andy domain_name com Note The new terminal is now available to
260. ld in the New Gatekeeper SIP Server dialog box In Authorization Mode only terminals which are predefined on the VMS can initiate calls When a predefined terminal initiates a call to a non predefined terminal the VMS treats the non predefined terminal as an external endpoint You can initiate a call in Authorization Mode via the VMS web interface or by dialing from a predefined terminal However Authorization Mode does not support the RADVISION MCU web interface The VMS does not allow you to extend an endpoint initiated call when any one of the participating endpoints is invited to a meeting within 30 minutes of the scheduled end of the call Note The 30 minute period is the default setting for the Duration of Endpoint Initiated Calls field in the VMS Configuration Tool utility You can modify this value For more information see Duration of Endpoint Initiated Calls on page 355 This section describes how the VMS behaves when a meeting ID for an endpoint initiated meeting entered manually by the user conflicts with a meeting ID already in use by the VMS Note The term port refers to a VMS connection to an endpoint For example a meeting with five participating endpoints uses five ports A call via a gateway to an MCU uses one port Where a meeting spans multiple MCUs for bandwidth optimization an additional port is required on each MCU For example a meeting spanning two MCUs in which three participating endpoints are
261. led within two hours of the time of deletion utilizing this gatekeeper SIP server the VMS will not allow the deletion If the gatekeeper SIP server has other gateways mapped as children the VMS will reconfigure the gateway dialing plan with those children as root gatekeeper SIP servers and dial accordingly If there are devices registered to the deleted gatekeeper SIP server they will display as not registered to any gatekeeper SIP server after the deletion It is important that these relationships be reviewed and reconfigured manually if necessary after any gatekeeper SIP server is deleted DEFINING A SIP This section describes how you configure a SIP environment in the VMS when ENVIRONMENT working with RADVISION MCU version 3 x or with Cisco MCU version 3 x Note Before you configure SIP settings in the VMS ensure you have correctly set the required SIP server details in the SIP section of the Protocols tab in the RADVISION MCU To define a SIP server 1 In the Gatekeeper SIP Server tab click Add The New Gatekeeper SIP Server dialog box displays 2 Inthe Model field select Microsoft LCS from the drop down list The Protocol field automatically displays SIP 3 Configure the remaining fields and click OK The new SIP server appears in the Gatekeeper SIP Server tab 44 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual e ENDPOINT INITIATED MEETINGS Gatekeeper SIP Server Tab To regist
262. ling accessories for a recurring meeting m Scheduling accessories for any meeting with one meeting room only Scheduling accessories for any meeting with more than one meeting room Note If additional shared accessories are requested for any of the meeting rooms in a meeting Additional accessories have been requested displays next to the Accessories button If no additional shared accessories are requested No accessories have been requested appears Click the Accessories button The Recurring Accessories Request dialog box displays Recurrence Date Tuesday July 12 2005 Tuesday July 19 2005 Requested Additional Accessories Figure A 12 Recurring Accessories Request Dialog Box The Recurring Accessories Request dialog box displays all recurring meetings in date order beginning with the most recent An asterisk next to a date indicates that accessories have been requested for that meeting instance Click the required date 328 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Scheduling Audio Video Meetings m Ifyou are scheduling a recurring meeting with a single meeting room the Meeting Accessories dialog box displays See Scheduling accessories for any meeting with one meeting room only on page 329 m If you are scheduling a recurring meeting with more than one meeting room the Meeting Rooms Accessories screen displays See Scheduling accessories for any meeting with more than one meeti
263. ller for this meeting from the drop down list Meeting Templates 203 Creating a Meeting Template ADVANCED TAB Host Select a host for this meeting The term host refers to the party requesting the meeting Hosts are also frequently the party to whom the cost of the meeting will be billed Click the Advanced tab to display advanced meeting template configuration options Meeting Invite f Attendees Settings Password Additional Reservations Terminate Meetings IP Participants o At scheduled time PSTNASDN Participants 0 minutes after all terminals have left Total Reservations minutes after the host s terminal has left O Auto Extend Block Dial in Duration 0 Alert minutes before termination Y Admit unresolved PSTNASDN calls Start only when host joins Overwrite terminal display name Prioritize Unspecified v Required None Time Zone GMT 00 00 Greenwich Mean Time Etc Greenwich he Figure 13 7 Meeting Templates Advanced Tab Password Type a password to make this meeting password protected The access password is required for all dial in attendees Additional Reservations Determine how many additional IP and ISDN participant reservations should be made by default when scheduling a meeting Type the required values in the IP Participants PSTN ISDN Participants and
264. log box displays Name f3 Description Available Meeting Types Meeting Types in this Group Figure 8 10 Meeting Type Group Detail Dialog Box Name Type a name for the meeting type group Description Type a description of the meeting type group for administrator reference 106 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual MODIFYING A MEETING TYPE GROUP DELETING A MEETING TYPE GROUP Meeting Type Groups Tab Available Meeting Types Displays a list of all uploaded multipoint meeting types Highlight required meeting types and click to add the meeting type to the group Meeting Types in this Group Displays a list of meeting types added to the group To remove a meeting type from the group highlight the required meeting type and click OK Click to save the group In the Meeting Type Groups tab click the name of the group you wish to modify The Meeting Type Group Detail dialog box displays Modify the relevant details and click OK Note You cannot modify the default group containing all meeting types In the Meeting Type Groups tab select the checkbox next to the meeting type group to be deleted and click Delete If any organizations are currently assigned to the meeting type group the VMS Pro Service Provider Administrator will be asked to do one of the following m Reassign a meeting type group to organizations who are assigned this
265. longing to this organization Select required users and click the button to add these users to the list of invited participants Available Participants Displays all the participants that are available for a meeting Selected Participants Displays all the participants that you have selected to be invited to a meeting Meeting Templates 199 Creating a Meeting Template Layout H Click the icon to change the current layout display The Select Layout dialog box displays the available layouts depending on which service is selected for this meeting Select the required layout The Invite tab updates immediately Change Layout H8 Drag and drop the icon into the required position in the video layout as shown at Figure 13 4 When you release the icon after positioning the terminal name displays in the video layout position as shown at Figure 13 5 Upon joining a meeting the participant views the video from the configured position Figure 13 4 Icon Positioned in Video Layout Display 2008 2C Figure 13 5 Icon Released in Video Layout Display 200 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Creating a Meeting Template First Name Type the first name of the participant you wish to invite to the meeting Last Name Type the last name of the participant you wish to invite to the meeting E mail Type the e mail address of the participant you wish to invi
266. ludes the following Starting and Restarting the VMS Logging In The VMS is installed as a Windows Service on your server The VMS automatically starts when the server is started To restart the VMS either restart the server or the service To restart the VMS from the Start menu From the Start menu select Settings Control Panel Administrative Tools Services to see a list of services running on the server The service name is RADVISION Video Management System Note When the VMS is restarted you may have to wait for 1 2 minutes for web pages to load Getting Started 15 Logging In LOGGING IN As A VMS PRO SERVICE PROVIDER ADMINISTRATOR After installation access the VMS Administrator login screen as described in the As a VMS Pro Service Provider Administrator As a VMS Pro Organization Administrator As a VMS Organization Administrator or As a VMS User section Note Administrators can change their password and user name in the User Profile dialog box of the User Management section Go to the VMS Pro Service Provider Administrator login screen at http lt VMS host gt vmsadmin to log in using the credentials defined during the VMS installation process Figure 2 1 shows the main point of entry to the Service Provider system User ID Password Remember User ID and Password Network Management Login Video Management System Figure 2 1 VMS Service Provider
267. m Deleting a Meeting Room Accessories Adding an Accessory Modifying an Accessory Deleting an Accessory Catering Adding a Caterer Modifying a Caterer Deleting a Caterer 8 Meeting Types Who Should Read This Chapter Basics Working with Meeting Types Active Meeting Types Tab Non Video Conference Meeting Type Point to Point Meeting Type vi iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual 70 70 73 73 74 74 76 76 76 76 77 79 79 80 81 82 82 83 84 84 84 85 86 87 87 89 89 89 90 90 90 Sony Endpoint Meeting Types Searching for a Meeting Type Viewing Meeting Type Information Downloading MCU v3 Meeting Types from the MCU Uploading Meeting Types Modifying a Meeting Type Adding an MCU v2 Meeting Type Deactivating a Meeting Type Inactive Meeting Types Tab Deleting a Meeting Type Meeting Type Groups Tab Searching for a Group Viewing Meeting Type Information Adding a Meeting Type Group Modifying a Meeting Type Group Deleting a Meeting Type Group Resource Management Who Should Read This Chapter Basics Topology Tab Viewing Topology Information Adding a Device Island Modifying Deleting a Device Island Gatekeeper SIP Server Tab Searching for a Gatekeeper SIP Server Viewing Gatekeeper SIP Server Information Adding a Gatekeeper SIP Server Modifying Deleting a Gatekeeper SIP Server Defining a SIP Environment Endpoint initiated Meetings MCU Tab Searching for an MCU Viewing MCU Information Ad
268. mber of T120 ports reserved for the conference Attribute Name Type Example value Integer lt Max T120 Ports Reserved value 0 gt lt Max Subconferences gt Contains the number of breakout conferences or sub conferences that are a part of the selected service Attribute Name Type Example value Integer lt Max Subconferences value 0 gt lt Resources Scheduled At Time Of Conference gt lt Resources Scheduled At Time Of Conference gt Contains a list of resources at the time the conference starts that is after any modifications have been made to the conference reservation over time Attribute Name Type Example lt Total IP Bandwidth gt Contains the total amount of IP bandwidth scheduled at the time of the conference Attribute Name Type Example value Integer lt Total IP Bandwidth value 768 gt CDR XML Tags and Attributes 421 CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Total ISDN Bandwidth gt Contains the total amount of ISDN bandwidth scheduled at the time of the conference Attribute Name Type Example value Integer lt Total ISDN Bandwidth value 192 gt lt Total MCU Connections Number gt Contains the total number of MCU connections scheduled at the time of the conference Attribute Name Type Example value Integer
269. me of the meeting room Click to modify For more information see Modifying a Meeting Room on page 82 Terminal Displays the terminals available in the meeting room if any Location Displays the location of the meeting room 80 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual ADDING A MEETING ROOM Meeting Rooms Click Add The Add Meeting Room dialog box displays Type the relevant details and click OK Room Name Room Location Add Item Delete Item Accessory Name Description E projector x488 C Whiteboard Figure 7 2 Add Meeting Room Dialog Box Room Name Type the name of the new meeting room Room Location Type the location within your organization of the new meeting room Add Item Click to add a new item available in this room Delete Item Click to delete an item that is no longer available in this room Accessory Name Displays the name of the accessory Click to modify details Description Displays a description of the accessory Room Management 81 Meeting Rooms MODIFYING A MEETING ROOM DELETING A MEETING ROOM Click the name of the required meeting room in the Meeting Rooms tab The Modify Meeting Room dialog box displays Modify the relevant details and then click OK Note The address configured in the Administrator Email field is the address to which requests for additional accessories for a meeting room are sent The information in the
270. me time Change participants view ox Cancel Figure 14 3 Changing Participants View Dialog Box 216 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual CHANGING A SUB CONFERENCE EXTENDING MEETING DURATION In meeting Control Sub conference Click the Sub conference icon to display the Select sub conference dialog box The drop down list enables you to divert highlighted participants in the Participants List of the current meeting to attend a new or currently running private audio sub conference Sub conference participants are hidden in the video layout Select sub conference ok Cancel Figure 14 4 Select Sub conference Dialog Box Note Up to three sub conferences can be supported per meeting according to the meeting type configuration Click the Extend Meeting Duration icon to display the Extend dialog box The Extend dialog box enables you to extend a meeting while the meeting is in progress extend IE vintes lox Cancel Figure 14 5 Extend Dialog Box All Meetings 217 In meeting Control CONTROL PANEL TABS The Control Panel includes the following tabs Participant List Tab Enables you to view the list of participants in the meeting and the views available in the meeting m Statistics Tab Available with chair control for viewing general statistics about meeting media traffic m Advanced Invitation Tab Enables you to invite multiple participants to the meeting
271. meeting Hosts are also frequently the party to whom the cost of the meeting will be billed Organizer Indicates the organizer of the current meeting Meeting Scheduling 167 Attendees Settings Tab SCHEDULING ACCESSORIES SCHEDULING ACCESSORIES FOR A RECURRING MEETING The Accessories option enables you to view and modify current accessories settings The options available in the user interface vary according to whether you are m Scheduling accessories for a recurring meeting m Scheduling accessories for any meeting with one meeting room only Scheduling accessories for any meeting with more than one meeting room Note If additional shared accessories are requested for any of the meeting rooms in a meeting Additional accessories have been requested displays next to the Accessories button If no additional shared accessories are requested No accessories have been requested appears Click the Accessories button The Recurring Accessories Request dialog box displays Recurrence Date Tuesday July 12 2005 Tuesday July 19 2005 Requested Additional Accessories Figure 11 7 Recurring Accessories Request Dialog Box The Recurring Accessories Request dialog box displays all recurring meetings in date order beginning with the most recent An asterisk next to a date indicates that accessories have been requested for that meeting instance 168 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual
272. meeting type group only Note If there are no organizations who are assigned this meeting type group only the meeting type group is deleted immediately Reassign a meeting type group to all the organizations who are assigned this meeting type group Highlight a meeting type group and click Reassign or click Cancel to cancel the deletion Meeting Types 107 WHO SHOULD READ THIS CHAPTER BASICS RESOURCE MANAGEMENT This chapter is relevant to m VMS Pro Organization Administrators VMS Organization Administrators The VMS has been designed to offer interoperability with many of the MCUs and gatekeepers SIP servers on the market MCU models currently supported by the VMS include m RADVISION MCU version 2 2 and later m Cisco IPVC 3540 version 2 2 and later Polycom Accord MGC version 3 0 and later Gatekeepers SIP servers currently supported by the VMS include m RADVISION ECS Gatekeeper version 3 5 and later m Cisco MCM version 2 0 Microsoft LCS Resource Management 109 Topology Tab TOPOLOGY TAB 110 The Resource Management section contains the following tabs Topology Tab Gatekeeper SIP Server Tab MCU Tab Gateway Tab Terminals Tab Note VMS Pro Organization Administrators have access to the Topology Meeting Rooms and Terminals tabs only The Topology tab is available in read only mode VMS Organization Administrators have access to all tabs Note RADVISION recommends that you fi
273. ministrator Reference Manual MOobDIFYING DELETING A MEETING TEMPLATE or CREATING A MEETING TEMPLATE MEETING TAB Creating a Meeting Template In the Name column of the Meeting Templates section click the entry you wish to modify The Meeting Templates dialog box displays To modify a meeting template 1 Inthe Name column of the Meeting Templates section click the entry you wish to modify The Meeting Templates dialog box displays 2 Modify the relevant settings then click Finish To delete a meeting template In the Name column of the Meeting Templates section select the checkbox next to the entry you wish to delete then click Delete Click Add The Meeting Templates dialog box displays The Meeting Templates dialog box contains the following tabs Meeting Tab m Invite Tab m Attendees Settings Tab m Advanced Tab Click the Meeting tab The Meeting table displays N Invite Attendees Settings Advanced Name Subject Bill To Host Al Participants Meeting Type Please select v Description Figure 13 2 Meeting Templates Meeting Tab Name Type a name for this meeting Meeting Templates 197 Creating a Meeting Template Subject Type the meeting topic or title This will appear in all notifications Bill To Select Host All Participants or Organizer If the Host and Organizer are the same person the Organizer option does not display
274. ministrator can restrict the type of user who can perform invites Participant Displays the current number of IP ISDN and SIP meeting participants Reserved Max Displays the number of reserved terminals and the maximum allowed number of terminals for the meeting 230 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual In meeting Control Invite Party Select from the drop down list the type of terminal you wish to invite to the current meeting The rest of the Video Layout and Display area enables you to invite an IP H 323 IP SIP or PSTN ISDN terminal to the current meeting Number Alias Type a unique alias for the participant Display Name Type the participant name to be displayed on the video screen Bandwidth Select from the drop down list the appropriate video bandwidth rate Pre Position Drag and drop to position participant images in the layout before a meeting begins All Meetings 231 Upcoming Tab UPCOMING TAB In the All Meetings section click the Upcoming tab The Upcoming tab lists all upcoming video meetings for the entire organization Note The Upcoming tab is not displayed in VMS Light Current CN z 2 From fe To Subject Start Time Duration Host 2004 07 28 08 00 60 minutes user00001 2004 07 28 19 30 10 minutes user00001 2004 07 28 19 30 10 minutes user00004 Figure 14 11 All Meetings Upcoming Tab Subject Displays
275. n Windows 2000 2 An error message 1 There is no Verify that there is a connection to the appears during connection to SQL server and that it is active VMS installation the SQL server when connecting 2 The SQL to the SQL server server is not SQL server doesn t running exist 3 An error message The credentials 1 Verify that the user name and password appears during for the SQL you have provided match those used VMS installation server are during SQL server installation when connecting incorrect 2 If you do not remember the credentials to the SQL server used during SQL server installation re SQL server install the SQL server parameters are wrong 456 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Miscellaneous No Scenario Analysis Solution An error message appears during VMS installation SMTP server parameters are wrong 1 There is no connection to the SMTP server 2 The credentials are incorrect 3 The specific user is not defined in the SMTP server Verify that there is a connection between the VMS and SMTP server Verify that your credentials used to connect to the SMTP server are correct and that the user exists in the SMTP server Define a user in the SMPT server that you will connect to Troubleshooting 457 Miscellaneous No Scenario Analysis Solution 5 You have createda 1 Participant e Check the user e mail in the e mail con
276. n page 239 Finish Click to create the meeting All resources attendees terminals rooms and network resources will be checked for availability Ifnetwork resources are available and all required resources are available the meeting will be scheduled automatically and notifications sent to all participants Note The format in which VMS sends e mail notifications depends on the type of meeting creator If the meeting creator is a web user the e mail notification is in HTML format If the meeting creator is an Outlook user the e mail notification is in VCAL format m If either network resources or required resources are unavailable the VMS will display an Unable to Schedule message and a reason for the scheduling failure m If network resources are available but non required resources are not the meeting will automatically be scheduled notifications sent and a conflict list displayed for the organizer Note To preview attendee and room availability for the time of the meeting click the Attendee Availability tab For detailed information see Attendee Availability Tab on page 244 All Meetings 237 Upcoming Tab CONFIGURING Click Recurrence to configure recurrence settings if this meeting is held on a RECURRENCE SETTINGS daily or weekly basis The Set Recurrence dialog box displays Set Recurrence Microsoft Internet Explorer Recurrence Pattern Recur every a week s on H Sunday E Monday H Tue
277. n H 323 gatekeeper can be false error when adding only Thereisno In the MCU definition select the an MCU to be other H 323 gatekeeper where the MCU is registered registered to the gatekeeper to the LCS only LCS serverin configured in the the VMS VMS 17 VMS External One or more of There are two parameters in the Agent the command properties file named provisioning parameters are tool the not correct or icmexternal userPrefix sms _ terminal being the properties icmexternal terminalPrefix sms_ added is not linked file has not been to the user that was retrieved from the ADS modified By default the value sms_ Both parameters must exist in the file Try assigning no values to those parameters or use this value when referring terminal ID or user ID as an ID prefix Where there is a value it will prefix the user terminal Where these fields do not exist at all a default prefix will be added Remove the sms_ ONLY not the parameters themselves but the parameter values only Verify the ADS user definition For example the user can be defined as CN John Smith or with lower case cn John Smith Troubleshooting 461 Miscellaneous 462 No Scenario Analysis Solution 18 A user cannot log ADS and or Verify with the System Administrator that in to the VMS domain the ADS and or domain controller is up when configured controller is and running with the SSO down The organization
278. n external number To add an external number select Specify Terminal type the required terminal name and click OK In the Meeting Scheduling section click the Attendees Settings tab For non video meetings the following options are available Attendee Displays the names of all attendees Meeting Room Displays the meeting room currently assigned to each attendee Meeting Scheduling 175 Attendee Availability Tab ATTENDEE AVAILABILITY TAB Host Select a host for this meeting The term host refers to the party requesting the meeting Hosts are also frequently the party to whom the cost of the meeting will be billed Organizer Indicates the organizer of the current meeting After you have added all the required attendees to the Selected Participants list in the Invite tab click the Attendee Availability tab The Attendee Availability tab displays availability for both attendees and meeting rooms Attendees are indicated by A in the left column rooms are indicated by R The Attendee Availability tab displays a four week time period starting from the week of the scheduled meeting and continuing for the next three weeks h f Advanced Meeting Attendee Setting Nov 18 2004 Cunv diyyyy Nov 19 2004 mmlddiyyyy Moaea ema A Charlie Brown A Layne Ainsworth E A Patrick Will A Lewis Wong A Greg Brown A Tra Lee A Bla Jonson A Ofer Kopelman
279. n the CDR 388 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual APPENDIX C WHAT S IN THIS APPENDIX PROVISIONING USERS VIA A DIRECTORY SERVER This appendix describes how you can optionally configure the VMS to work with a directory server The VMS supports the following directory servers Microsoft Active Directory Server ADS 2000 Microsoft Active Directory Server ADS 2003 iPlanet Directory Server 5 0 Sun ONE Directory Server 5 0 This appendix includes the following Synchronizing User Information Viewing Active Directory Server User Information Viewing iPlanet Directory Server User Information Provisioning an iPlanet Sun ONE Directory Server System LDAP Information Attributes Mapping External LDAP Users to VMS User Types Provisioning Users via a Directory Server 389 Synchronizing User Information SYNCHRONIZING USER INFORMATION If an organization uses an external directory server the VMS can synchronize user information with the directory server thus minimizing user setup and maintenance When the VMS connects to an external directory server all users defined in the directory server are inserted into the VMS with the user type defined for each user in the directory server For information on defining user types for users defined in an external directory server and then imported to the VMS see Mapping External LDAP Users to VMS User Types on page 398 Where no user type is defined a u
280. nals gt lt External Terminal gt lt External Terminal gt lt Name gt lt Dial String gt lt IP ISDN SIP gt lt Dial in Dial out gt lt MCU gt lt Gateway gt lt Room gt lt Gatekeeper gt lt Zone Prefix gt lt Attendees Terminals Association gt lt Attendees Terminals Association gt lt Association gt CDR XML Tags and Attributes 407 CDR XML Tag Index 408 Element lt Network Devices gt lt Network Devices gt lt GKs gt lt GKs gt lt GK Proxy Information gt lt GK Proxy Information gt lt VCS ID gt lt Name gt lt Model gt lt IP Address gt lt Zone Prefix gt lt SIP Domain gt lt GK Device Association gt lt GK Device Association gt lt Association gt lt MCUs gt lt MCUs gt lt MCU Information gt lt MCU Information gt lt VCS ID gt lt Alias gt lt Model gt lt Master Slave gt lt Zone Prefix gt lt Gatekeeper gt lt Service Prefix gt lt List of Assigned Terminals gt lt List of Assigned Terminals gt lt Terminal gt lt GateWays gt lt GateWays gt lt Gateway Information gt lt Gateway Information gt lt VCS ID gt lt Phone Number gt lt Service Prefix gt iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Ref
281. name must be identical using the domain to the short domain name for example for credentials domain radvision local use the customer name radvision 19 Login pop up The PC from 1 You can log in by entering your full window displayed which you are domain credentials to log in to the accessing the 2 Connect the PC to the domain and VMS that is VMS is not part log in to the domain with your user configured with of the domain name the SSO 20 Youcannotlogin Theorganization when filling the name is missing credentials inthe before the user pop up window name VMS configured with the SSO When using SSO the login is done in the following way Organization DOMAIN NAME and the login credentials should be User Name DOMAIN NAME user_name Password user_password iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual VMS CONFIGURATION TOOL TROUBLESHOOTING VMS Configuration Tool Troubleshooting This section describes a known issue which occurs in the following specific scenario 1 Launch the VMS Configuration Tool with both Java Runtime Environment JRE 1 4 2 and 1 5 installed on your computer 2 Uninstall JRE 1 5 3 Launch the VMS Configuration Tool again In the case described here you will receive a Bad installation error message The solution to this issue is described below 1 Go to Start Programs Java Web Start The Java Web Start Application Manager console di
282. ncel Figure 15 18 Select Terminal Dialog Box Select a terminal from your organization or add an external number To add an external number select Specify Terminal type the required terminal name and click OK After you have added all the required attendees to the Selected Participants list in the Invite tab click the Attendee Availability tab The Attendee Availability tab displays availability for both attendees and meeting rooms Attendees are indicated by A in the left column rooms are indicated by R The Attendee Availability tab displays a four week time period starting from the week of the scheduled meeting and continuing for the next three weeks My Meetings 287 Upcoming Tab ADVANCED TAB Charlie Brown Layne Ainsworth Patrick Will Lewis Wong Greg Brown i Tra Lee Bla Jonson gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ofer Kopelman Figure 15 19 My Meetings Attendee Availability Tab In the My Meetings section click the Advanced tab to display advanced meeting template configuration options Meeting Invite Attendees Settings Attendee Availabilty Reference Code Password Additional Reservations Terminate Meetings IP Participants o At scheduledtime Alert minutes before termination PSTNASDN Participants 0 oO Minute
283. ncel Click to cancel the invitation and return the display to the Participant List tab The Terminal sub tab includes the following options Terminal Select required terminals and click the button to include these terminals in the meeting then click OK The Terminal column displays all terminals for the specified organization You can search for a specific terminal or select required terminals from the list Kbps Specifies the bit rate that is used when inviting a participant to a meeting Use the default setting for optimal bit rate performance Invite Click to send the invitation Lock Image Select an option from the drop down list next to each invitation number entry box to preset the position of the invited participant image in the video layout on entry into the meeting Drag and drop the icon into the preferred position Layout Display Frame displayed on the right of the Advanced Invitation tab Note You can specify a position for the participant image in all layouts currently supported in the meeting Layout Display Frame Switch between meeting views currently supported by selecting Change Layout Drag and drop the Lock Image icon into the layout display frame on the right of the tab into the location in which you wish to display the participant on entry into the meeting My Meetings 269 In meeting Control Cancel Select to cancel the invitation and return the display to the Participant List
284. nd past meetings The Address Book section contains the following tabs m Private Tab m Public Tab m My Groups Tab Note Sony endpoints can automatically import details of all users listed in the VMS via the endpoint Phone Book menu Address Book 295 Private Tab PRIVATE TAB In the Address Book section click the Private tab The Private tab lists all your personal contacts IE RADVISION Address Book Terminal RVI 1852 RV1 devlabnet com TBGEO08 9723 8006 TBG8006 qadom com econt1851 1851 econt1851 qadom com user00001 200001 user00001 devlabnet com My Profile Figure 16 1 Address Book Private Tab Name Displays the contact name Click to order entries by name Terminal Displays the contact terminal Click to order entries by terminal E Mail Displays the contact e mail address Click to order entries by e mail address Group Displays the name of the group to which the contact belongs 296 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual ADDING A CONTACT Private Tab Status Bar The lower status bar displays the current number of entries in the Private tab and the maximum number of records allowed per user as defined in the Max records per user field in the Look and Feel tab of the Organization Settings section For more information see Enable Personal Address Book on page 154 Add Click to add a new contact For more information see
285. ng Service 94 93 617 407 4778 Delivery Time 2005 12 21 12 30 bobbyqes yahoo com Collection Time 2005 12 21 13 30 Item Toal Vick V s Vegan Catering Amount 50 94 Telephone 617 407 4779 Delivery Time 2005 12 21 12 30 Email bobhyqcs yahoo com Collection Time 2005 12 21 13 30 Item Toal Figure 11 13 Summary Tab SCHEDULING CATERING Click the Catering Service button The Meeting Room Caterers screen FOR ANY MEETING WITH displays MORE THAN ONE MEETING ROOM Meeting Room Meeting 201 Conference Room 802 Booked Catering Service Figure 11 14 Meeting Room Caterers Screen 174 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual MODIFYING A TERMINAL NUMBER ATTENDEES SETTINGS TAB NON VIDEO CONFERENCE Attendees Settings Tab Non Video Conference The Meeting Room Caterers screen displays a list of all the meeting rooms used in your meeting Click the required meeting room to display the Caterer Selection tab and see Scheduling catering for any meeting with one meeting room only on page 171 for more information Click an IP ISDN number to modify a participant terminal number for this meeting only The Select Terminal dialog box displays Select Terminal Microsoft Internet Explorer E R F Select Terminal Select From List Specify Terminal 200233 200233 OK Cancel Figure 11 15 Select Terminal Dialog Box Select a terminal from your organization or add a
286. ng a recurring meeting with a single meeting room the Caterer Selection tab displays See Scheduling catering for any meeting with one meeting room only on page 331 Ifyou are scheduling a recurring meeting with more than one meeting room the Meeting Room Caterers screen displays See Scheduling catering for any meeting with more than one meeting room on page 334 The meeting room catering service interface contains the following tabs Caterer Selection Menu Selection Summary CATERER SELECTION The Caterer Selection tab includes the following options VMS Outlook Client 331 Scheduling Audio Video Meetings Menu Selection Summary Cost Code Beijing R amp D 9845 Available Caterers Booked Caterers Vick V s Vegan Catering Bobby Q s catering Service Martha Stewart Cooking Figure A 16 Caterer Selection Tab Cost Code Select a cost code from the drop down list The drop down list contains all codes available to the meeting participants If the Enable Cost Code option in the Default User Settings tab of the Organization Settings section is unchecked this field is disabled and the Available Caterers list displays all caterers configured for the organization Available Caterers Displays the available caterers for this meeting as determined by the selected cost code Use the right pointing arrow to select a caterer Booked Caterers Displays the caterers already booked for this meetin
287. ng meetings will be lost No lost meetings are restored when the MCU comes back online again The VMS attempts to reschedule all meetings scheduled to this MCU from the time the MCU goes offline to the date specified in the Offline up to date field of the Modify MCU dialog box If the MCU is set to be offline permanently the VMS attempts to reschedule all future meetings To take an MCU offline In the Modify MCU dialog box select the Offline radio button and select either a date to enter in Offline Until or check the Permanently checkbox Then click OK Note Since the VMS will not automatically bring an MCU online even when the date specified in the Offline up to date field is reached you must bring the MCU online manually 54 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual UPDATING A RADVISION OR Cisco MCU v3 x SCHEDULING DIRECTLY FROM AN MCU GATEWAY TAB Gateway Tab Update an MCU when an offline MCU is brought online or when there has been a configuration change on the MCU To update a RADVISION or Cisco MCU version 3 x Click the name of the MCU in the MCU Name column to open the Modify MCU dialog box then click Update Once updates have been made successfully the user will be prompted to download any new service information present on the MCU Ifthe VMS is unable to update the MCU successfully the MCU will be taken offline If you schedule a meeting directly from the MCU Conference Control in
288. ng room on page 330 SCHEDULING The Meeting Accessories dialog box displays the list of accessories in the ACCESSORIES FOR ANY meeting room that are not portable portable accessories can be shared between MEETING WITH ONE tye meeting rooms and enabl to select additional a ries MEETING ROGN ONLY eeting rooms and enables you to select additio ccessories fixed accessories SONY Projector X488 belong to SONY Hi Fi VCR 4 head stereo quality Additional Accessories Available Accessories Requested Accessories 123 Figure A 13 Meeting Accessories Dialog Box Available Accessories Displays the available accessories for this meeting room Use the right pointing arrow to select a caterer Requested Accessories Displays the accessories already requested for this meeting room Use the left pointing arrow to remove a caterer from the list VMS Outlook Client 329 Scheduling Audio Video Meetings SCHEDULING ACCESSORIES FOR ANY MEETING WITH MORE THAN ONE MEETING ROOM SCHEDULING CATERING SERVICES SCHEDULING CATERING FOR A RECURRING MEETING Click the Accessories button The Meeting Rooms Accessories dialog box displays Meeting Room Meeting 201 Conference Room 802 Requested Additional Accessories o Apply to all recurrence Figure A 14 Meeting Rooms Accessories Dialog Box The Meeting Rooms Accessories dialog box displays a list of all the meeting rooms used in your meeting Click t
289. ngs Tab and Advanced Tab sections of the Upcoming tab For more information see Modifying Meetings on page 234 All Meetings 251 WHO SHOULD READ THIS CHAPTER BASICS My MEETINGS This chapter is relevant to VMS Pro Organization Administrators VMS Organization Administrators VMS Organization Meeting Operators VMS Organization Meeting Organizers VMS Organization Regular Users The My Meetings section displays your personal meeting schedule including all currently running video meetings as well as records of upcoming and past meetings The My Meetings section contains the following tabs Current Tab In meeting Control Upcoming Tab History Tab My Meetings 253 Current Tab CURRENT TAB REFRESHING THE PAGE VIEW SEARCHING FORA MEETING In the My Meetings section click the Current tab The Current tab lists all video meetings currently in progress for the specified user or organization My Meetings Subject Start Time Duration Host Status Figure 15 1 My Meetings Current Tab Subject Type the subject or partial subject of the meeting for which you are searching Search Click to perform a meeting search 254 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual VIEWING MEETING INFORMATION Current Tab Subject Displays the meeting subject Click to sort by subject Click the meeting subject to view in meeting controls for this meeting For more information on
290. nnection to the network used for video meetings available only when ISDN H323 or Dual H320 and H 323 are selected in the Terminal Type field 138 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual ADVANCED TERMINAL CONFIGURATION Terminals Tab Restricted Mode Check to follow the convention of using multiples of 56 Kbps instead of multiples of 64 Kbps available only when ISDN H323 or Dual H320 and H 323 are selected in the Terminal Type field Meeting Room Select a meeting room location for the terminal from the drop down list Select none if the terminal is not located in a meeting room facility within your organization This information allows the VMS to check for conflicts between scheduled audio video meetings and ordinary meetings that are scheduled within the VMS system Registered To Select from the drop down list the gatekeeper SIP server to which this terminal registers available only when IP H323 IP SIP or Dual H320 and H323 are selected in the Terminal Type field A complete list of zone prefixes configured within the VMS is also displayed after the gatekeeper SIP server name Note Ifthis gatekeeper SIP server is configured to strip prefixes terminal E 164 numbers must not begin with the same digits as the gatekeeper SIP server prefix The Advanced tab enables you to define a login password and a model type for the new terminal and to indicate whether or not the new terminal contains an
291. nt 340 Responding to an Audio Video Enabled Appointment 340 Modifying an Audio Video Enabled Appointment 341 Deleting an Audio Video Enabled Appointment 342 Modifying or Deleting a Recurring Audio Video Appointment 342 APPENDIX B VMS Configuration Tool What s in This Appendix 343 Overview 343 Java Runtime Environment Quick Setup 344 Launching the VMS Configuration Tool 346 xii iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual APPENDIX C APPENDIX D APPENDIX E Uninstalling the VMS Configuration Tool VMS System Configuration System Configuration Tab CDR Configuration Tab Provisioning Users via a Directory Server What s in This Appendix Synchronizing User Information Viewing Active Directory Server User Information Viewing iPlanet Directory Server User Information Provisioning an iPlanet Sun ONE Directory Server System LDAP Information Attributes Mapping External LDAP Users to VMS User Types VMS and VMS Light XML Configuration VMS Pro XML Configuration Sample Mapping CDR XML Tags and Attributes What s in This Appendix CDR XML Tag Index CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions Troubleshooting What s in this Appendix Miscellaneous VMS Configuration Tool Troubleshooting Index 349 350 350 363 389 390 391 393 395 397 398 398 398 400 403 403 410 455 456 463 467 Contents xiii How To USE THIS MANUAL ABOUT THIS MANUAL The RADVISION Video Management System VMS
292. ntains the name of the organizer s company which is associated with the Customer ID Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Company Name value TestCo gt lt Customer Profile Type gt Contains the customer profile type for the company to which the organizer belongs not implemented Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Customer Profile Type value N A gt CDR XML Tags and Attributes 427 CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Customer Billing Phone gt Contains the telephone number for the conference organizer s billing contact Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Customer Billing Phone value 84995511 gt lt Is Controller gt Notes whether the organizer also has permission to control the conference Attribute Name Type Example value Boolean lt Is Controller value true gt lt Attendees Registered to VCS gt lt Attendees Registered to VCS gt Contains information about conference attendees who are registered to the VCS Attribute Name Type Example 428 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Attendee Registered to VCS gt lt Attendee Registered to VCS gt Contains information about an individual conference attendee who is registered to the VCS Attribute Name Type Example
293. nuous Presence and Voice Activated options For more information see Active Meeting Types Tab on page 90 Start Time Click the calendar icon to specify the date and time of the meeting The default value is Now If you do not change the start time the meeting will start immediately To reset the start time to Now click the arrow icon directly to the right of the calendar icon Note Because VMS Light supports ad hoc meetings only the Start Time value in VMS Light is always set to Now Duration Type the meeting length in minutes This field will already contain the default meeting duration set by the System Administrator in the Default User Settings tab in the Organization Settings section For more information see Default User Settings Tab on page 144 Recurrence If a meeting is held on a daily or weekly basis click to display recurrence settings For more information see Configuring Recurrence Settings on page 162 Note VMS Light supports ad hoc meetings only In VMS Light the Start Time field is always set to Now and cannot be changed The Recurrence option is unavailable in all forms of the VMS if the Start Time field is set to Now 160 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Meeting Tab Cancel Click to delete the configured Meeting tab settings Next Click to display the Invite tab For more information see Invite Tab on page 163 Finish Click to create the meeting All
294. o Country Code 86 Area Code 10 Humber 85283978 Location BeiJing 25 IP Bandwidth 428 Kbps ISDH Bandwidth 128 Y kbps Ll Restricted Mode Meeting Room 802 v Registered To localecs v Figure 9 15 Add Terminal Dialog Box Basic Tab 136 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Terminals Tab The following configuration options are available for adding a terminal Name Type the alias name of the new terminal This should be the name by which the terminal is usually referred to within your organization Default Users Click to display the Select Users dialog box for assigning a user to the new terminal For more information see Assigning a User to a Terminal on page 141 Terminal Type Select whether your terminal is an IP SIP terminal an IP H 323 terminal an ISDN H 320 terminal or a Dual H 320 and H 323 terminal IP Address Type the IP address of the new terminal IP Dialing Info Type the E 164 number of the new terminal available only when IP H323 or Dual H320 and H323 are selected in the Terminal Type field If a terminal is registered to a non stripping ECS the terminal number must begin with the ECS zone prefix Note Ina multi zone dialing plan if the terminal is registered to a gatekeeper SIP server that is not configured to strip prefixes it is necessary to append the zone prefix to the E 164 number ISDN Dialing Info Type the ISDN
295. o modify a group 1 Inthe Group Name column of the Groups tab click the entry you wish to modify The Modify Group dialog box displays 2 Modify which users are included in the specified group then click OK 302 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual My Groups Tab e To delete a group In the Group Name column of the Groups tab select the checkbox next to the entry you wish to delete then click Delete Address Book 303 WHO SHOULD READ THIS CHAPTER BASICS My PROFILE This chapter is relevant to VMS Pro Service Provider Administrators VMS Pro Organization Administrators VMS Organization Administrators VMS Organization Meeting Operators VMS Organization Meeting Organizers VMS Organization Regular Users The My Profile section displays your personal profile including security credentials service access and default time zone and terminal settings The My Profile section contains the following tabs My Info Tab My Preferences Tab Note Password e mail telephone and time zone settings may not be changed by users in the My Profile section if those settings are stored in an external directory server My Profile 305 My Info Tab My INFO TAB In the My Profile section click the My Info tab to display your own user profile settings VMS IE RADVISION My Profile User ID RVtadmin User Type Enterprise Administrator Outlook Sch
296. of multiples of 64 Kbps Note The VMS does not control or communicate with gateways The VMS uses gateway setup information to make resource allocation decisions For this reason it is important that gateway setup information such as port capacity and service bindings are correct In the Name column of the Gateway tab click the entry you wish to modify The Modify Gateway dialog box displays To modify a gateway In the Modify Gateway dialog box modify the relevant gateway details and then click OK To delete a gateway In the Modify Gateway dialog box select the Offline radio button and the Permanently checkbox then click OK Note All data other than the values in the Name Add Service Add DID Range and Online Offline status fields are read only until you take the gateway offline permanently Once taken offline permanently all data fields are available for modification and the gateway can be deleted Device Management 61 Gateway Tab TAKING A GATEWAY All upcoming meetings scheduled to utilize the deleted gateway will be OFFLINE rescheduled The organizer and participants will be notified of the new gateway information for each successfully rescheduled meeting If there are no longer enough resources on the network to support some meetings the organizer and participants will be notified of the cancellation To take a gateway offline In the Modify Gateway dialog box select the Offline radio button and select
297. on is checked are updated automatically when the default time zone has been updated Meeting participants added before the Update for All Users Now option is checked are not updated 146 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Default User Settings Tab User Type Set default privileges for all new users User types include Organization Administrator Can check schedules receive and respond to meeting notices modify profiles monitor all meetings within the organization and manage all resources and users Meeting Operator Can check schedules receive and respond to meeting notices modify profiles monitor all meetings within the organization schedule meetings and modify and delete meetings scheduled by other organization users Meeting Organizer Can check schedules receive and respond to meeting notices modify profiles schedule meetings and modify and delete meetings scheduled by him herself Regular User Can check schedules receive and respond to meeting notices and modify his her own profile Note XML configuration file definitions overwrite the setting for the User Type field You can use the User Type field for ADS groups that are not defined in the XML configuration file For more information see Mapping External LDAP Users to VMS User Types on page 398 Enable Cost Code When checked the user must use a cost code to book catering services When unchecked no cost code is n
298. on the first MCU and four participants on the second MCU requires nine ports 7 endpoints 2 MCUs Ifthe meeting ID entered for an endpoint initiated meeting matches the ID of another in session meeting created through the VMS the terminals will join that meeting if there are reserved ports available Ifthe meeting ID entered for an endpoint initiated meeting matches the ID of an upcoming meeting scheduled through the VMS the endpoint initiated meeting will be rejected Resource Management 119 MCU Tab RESERVED ISDN PORTS MCU TAB SEARCHING FOR AN MCU Ifthe meeting ID entered for an endpoint initiated meeting matches the ID of a past meeting scheduled through the VMS the endpoint initiated meeting will be created successfully When an endpoint initiated meeting is created the in meeting control panel see In meeting Control on page 214 displays no reserved ISDN ports because gateway resources are not reserved when an endpoint initiated meeting is created ISDN terminals may still be added to the meeting as long as there are resources available You can add ISDN terminals either by dialing in to the meeting or via the in meeting control panel In the Resource Management section click the MCU tab The MCU table displays Topology GatekeeperiSIP Server ff Gateway Terminals IP Address Location 192 168 227 211 Offline 192 168 227 212 Online CISCO IPVC 3540 V3 0 RADVISION MCU 3 0 Figur
299. orm the default scheduling form for all new meetings option to insert the 320 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Configuring VMS Properties VMS video meeting scheduling form into your Outlook appointment form If unchecked the Outlook appointment form remains the default form and a VMS icon appears in the Outlook calendar tool bar To schedule video meetings click the VMS icon to display the VMS appointment form Type the URL of your VMS server in the VMS Web Site field Type your VMS user ID in the User ID field Type your VMS user password in the Password field Noo e Type your organization login ID in the Organization field and click OK Verify that a VMS icon appears in your calendar toolbar 9 Verify that the Video Management System Outlook Integration program appears in the Add Remove Programs list of the Windows Control Panel You are now ready to schedule video meetings with the VMS Outlook Client o9 Note The Outlook add on module continues to run after you close your Outlook application Note When a user account is created by a system administrator in the VMS the user receives an e mail containing the VMS server URL individual VMS user ID password and organization login ID Users who do not receive this information or need additional information should contact their system administrator VMS Outlook Client 321 Scheduling Audio Video Meetings SCHEDULING Open
300. ou may manually add the Meeting Organizer to the list 308 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual My Preferences Tab Unchecked by default The Don t include me in the meeting option is unavailable to Regular Users Delete meeting history items older than n Days Check to set a time limit in days after which all past meetings are deleted from the database Use Full Screen Display When checked only a window frame with no menu or title bar displays in your browser When unchecked the regular browser view displays Checked by default Note Click OK to activate a change to the Use Full Screen Display setting Your screen display will change immediately When a VMS Pro Service Provider Administrator modifies this option the display mode selected becomes the default setting for the VMS Pro Service Provider Administrator only When a VMS Organization Administrator modifies this option via the Look and Feel tab in the Organization Settings section the display mode selected by the Organization Administrator becomes the default setting for all organization users who have not yet selected a screen display mode preference The display mode selected by the Organization Administrator is automatically activated the next time that an organization user logs in When a VMS Organization user modifies this option the display mode selected becomes the default setting for that user only OK Click to activate the s
301. ou wish to schedule Save Templates Click to save the meeting you are currently scheduling as a meeting template 158 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual MEETING TAB Meeting Tab In the Meeting Scheduling section click the Meeting tab Note VMS Light supports ad hoc meetings only Schedule A New Meeting Attendee Availability Subject Bill To Host Al Participants Description Meeting Type Please select S Fe oat ane Now JE uration 0 minutes Figure 11 1 Meeting Scheduling Meeting Tab Subject Type a meeting topic or title that will appear in all notifications Bill To Select Host All Participants or Organizer If the Host and Organizer are the same person the Organizer option does not display Note An option selected in the Bill To field becomes the default setting in the Meeting Templates and Meeting Scheduling sections RADVISION recommends that you set the default setting in the Default Meeting Settings tab in the Organization Settings section For more information see Default Meeting Settings Tab on page 148 Meeting Scheduling 159 Meeting Tab Description Type agenda items or a meeting description that will appear in all notifications Meeting Type Select a meeting type from the drop down list Note When there are only embedded MCUs in the system the only meeting types available are built in Conti
302. oup boxes open in the Topology tab as shown in Figure 9 2 Type the Device Island name in the field on the left Place a check in the checkbox between the newly created Device Island and existing Device Islands Type the distance and bandwidth information and click OK Gatekeeper SIP Server Gateway Terminals Figure 9 2 Resource Management Topology Tab with New Fields Resource Management 111 Gatekeeper SIP Server Tab MOobDIFYING DELETING A DEVICE ISLAND e To modify a Device Island Modify the relevant Device Island details directly in the parameter fields in the Topology tab and then click OK er To delete a Device Island 1 Click the x to the left of the appropriate Device Island name in the left column If there are devices currently assigned to the specified Device Island the Reassign Device Island dialog box displays for reassigning those devices to another island 2 Select the required Device Island and click Reassign GATEKEEPER SIP In the Resource Management section click the Gatekeeper SIP Server tab SERVER TAB The Gatekeeper SIP Server table displays Topology Vi Gateway Terminals IP Address Microsoft LCS 192 168 227 1 RADVISION ECS 500 192 168 227 231 a Figure 9 3 Resource Management Gatekeeper SIP Server Tab SEARCHING FOR A Name GATEKEEPER SIP SERVER Type the full or partial name of the gatekeeper SIP server fo
303. oups for a complete list of users belonging to this organization Select required users and click the button to add these users to the list of invited participants Available Participants Displays all the participants that are available for a meeting Selected Participants Displays all the participants that you have selected to be invited to a meeting All Meetings 239 Upcoming Tab First Name Type the first name of the participant you wish to invite to the meeting Last Name Type the last name of the participant you wish to invite to the meeting E mail Type the e mail address of the participant you wish to invite to the meeting Terminal Type Select whether your terminal is a PSTN or Mobile terminal an IP SIP terminal or an IP H 323 terminal Bandwidth Select the required bandwidth rate from the drop down list Save to my address book Check to save the specified participant to the Address Book section For more information see the Address Book chapter Add Click to add the specified participant to the meeting 240 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual ATTENDEES SETTINGS TAB Upcoming Tab In the All Meetings section click the Attendee Settings tab Meeting Invite f Attendee Availability Advanced 9 z Attendee Terminal E Meeting Room Andy Lewis 2008 2008 Operator operator 2111 2111 organizer organizer isdn 86 10 88372355 ayaa
304. our local distributor or reseller Video Management System VMS November 2005 Publication 2 http Awww radvision com CONTENTS About This Manual How To Use This Manual XV Related Documentation xvii VMS Features xvii Version 4 0 xvii Version 3 5 XX Version 3 0 XX INTRODUCTION 1 Introducing the VMS What s in This Chapter 3 VMS Basics 3 VMS Applications 4 VMS Pro 4 VMS 5 VMS Light 7 VMS System Context 7 Managing Network Devices 9 Network Topology 9 Meeting Scheduling Algorithm 10 Scheduling Algorithm Options 10 Port Usage in Cascaded Meetings 11 Limitations on Cascading 11 Contents iii WORKING WITH THE VMS 2 Getting Started What s in This Chapter Starting and Restarting the VMS Logging In As a VMS Pro Service Provider Administrator As a VMS Pro Organization Administrator As a VMS Organization Administrator As a VMS User Organization Management Who Should Read This Chapter Basics Active Tab Searching for an Organization Viewing Organization Information Adding an Organization Profile Viewing Modifying an Organization Profile Deactivating an Organization Generating Reports Inactive Tab Searching for an Organization Viewing Organization Information Viewing an Inactive Organization Profile Deleting Activating an Inactive Organization Device Management Who Should Read This Chapter Basics Topology Tab Viewing Topology Information Adding a Device Island iv iVideo Management System VMS
305. participants that you have selected to be invited to a meeting 282 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Upcoming Tab First Name Type the first name of the participant you wish to invite to the meeting Last Name Type the last name of the participant you wish to invite to the meeting E mail Type the e mail address of the participant you wish to invite to the meeting Terminal Type Select whether your terminal is a PSTN or Mobile terminal an IP SIP terminal or an IP H 323 terminal Bandwidth Select the required bandwidth rate from the drop down list Save to my address book Check to save the specified participant to the Address Book section For more information see the Address Book chapter Add Click to add the specified participant to the meeting My Meetings 283 Upcoming Tab ATTENDEES SETTINGS TAB In the My Meetings section click the Attendees Settings Advanced ff Attendee Availabilty g Attendee Terminal Dialin Meeting Room Andy Lewis 2008 2008 operator operator 21112111 organizer organizer isdn 86 10 88372355 ayaa olola t regular regular sip sip rven2003 com Initial Controller None v Host Andy Lewis E Figure 15 15 My Meetings Attendees Settings Tab CTRL Check to grant the specified attendee meeting control privileges Select the top checkbox to grant all
306. pe point to point or multipoint audio video Reference code Start time including date and time zone information Duration Meeting room Organizer name Service prefix Service template MCU name s Terminals Number of extra IP ports reserved Number of extra ISDN ports reserved Dial in IP terminals Dial out IP terminals Dial in ISDN terminals Dial out ISDN terminals Gateway s used Meeting Monitoring 75 History Tab DELETING MEETINGS HISTORY TAB SEARCHING FOR A MEETING VIEWING MEETING INFORMATION Check the box next to the Subject column of the entry you wish to delete and click Delete The meeting will be cancelled and all participants will be notified In the Meeting Monitoring section click the History tab The History tab lists all past meetings for all organizations Current Upcoming Start Time Meeting Types Terminals Conference00001 RVI 2004 10 24 11 30 30 minutes 110 3 Conterence00001 RV 2004 10 241210 30 minutes 110 3 Conference00001 RVI 2004 10 24 16 30 14 minutes 110 3 Conference00004 RVI 2004 10 24 11 30 30 minutes 110 3 Conference00004 RVI 2004 10 24 12 10 30 minutes 110 3 Conference00004 RVI 2004 10 24 16 30 30 minutes 110 3 Conference00007 RVI 2004 10 24 11 30 30 minutes 110 3 Conference00007 RVI 2004 10 24 12 10 30 minutes 110 3 Conference00007 RVI 2004 10 24 16 30 30 minutes 110 3 Conference00010 RVI 2004 10 24 11 30 30 minutes 110 3 Conference00010 RVI 2004 10 24
307. ps of MCUs and conflicts between meeting types on MCUs and those already in the VMS database Please select the desired meeting type service definition The VCS will upload this definition to all MCUs listed in the selection box If no choice is provided the meeting type e0 e1002 e1003 e1004 e1006 61007 _ e1008 e1009 e1021 61022 e1022 e1024 D T e1025 e1025 lean Meeting Type Service Conflicts The following meeting types services have been detected but not all could be downloaded due to conflicts with current meeting types services service cannot be downloaded and must be modified on the MCU and downloaded again Click OK when all selections have been made and all meeting types services have been named Click Cancel to manually resolve and re attempt the download Prefix Use Meeting Type Service Definition From 60 Video Management System v 61002 Video Management System v 61003 Video Management System 61004 Video Management System 61006 Video Management System v 61007 Video Management System v 61008 Video Management System v 61009 Video Management System v 61021 Video Management System o m 61022 Video Management System 61023 Video Management System v 61024 Video Management System 61025 Video Management System 61026 Video Management System E pen vicdan Manacamant Susta se
308. ptimum use of the video image for displaying participant images This type of layout switching is suitable for a meeting with a high rate of participant traffic joining and leaving the meeting or an adaptive meeting type used for a variety of meeting sizes Note Available with MVP support only Note When Dynamic Layout is selected Change Layout is disabled Change Layout The VMS supports drag and drop control in the meeting control interface for positioning participant images in the layout during a meeting and in advanced invitations when selecting participants to join predefined meetings Invite The VMS allows anyone with appropriate access to invite multiple participants simultaneously to join the meeting using the web interface Each participant can be invited to preset positions in the video layout On joining a meeting the participant views the video in a layout that was pre selected in the invitation The System Administrator can restrict the type of user who can perform invites Participant Displays the current number of IP ISDN and SIP meeting participants Reserved Max Displays the number of reserved terminals and the maximum allowed number of terminals for the meeting 274 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual UPCOMING TAB Upcoming Tab Invite Party Select from the drop down list the type of terminal you wish to invite to the current meeting The rest of the Video Layo
309. r TA Scheduling managing and monitoring N d organization user aa s 7 meetings Service Provider Video Meeting Operator Administrator Management System e gt VMS interaction gt non VMS interaction Figure 1 1 scheduling Meeting Organizer in meeting control Meeting Controller check notification and lt maintain own user profile VMS System Context iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Regular User MANAGING NETWORK DEVICES NETWORK TOPOLOGY Managing Network Devices Entering complete information about each device attached to your network ensures that the VMS can accurately predict resource availability and schedule meetings accordingly The Device Management and Resource Management chapters explain how to enter accurate device information and contain the following tabs Topology Tab m Gatekeeper SIP Server Tab MCU Tab Gateway Tab Note RADVISION recommends that you configure the settings of each tab in order beginning with the Topology tab before configuring the Gatekeeper SIP Server MCU and Gateway tabs Network topology is the foundation of intelligent resource allocation It allows the VMS to model the video network by recording distance and bandwidth between Device Islands locations where central and essential devices such as MCUs gateways and terminals are pla
310. r device user manual for confirmation of the port on which the MCU operates 50 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual ADVANCED TAB FOR RADVISION MCU v3 x AND Cisco MCU v3 x MCU Tab VPS RM Cards Type the number of RADVISION Video Processing Server VPS cards or Cisco RM cards with which the RADVISION or Cisco MCU operates If you are using one of the following RADVISION Media Video Processor MVP cards type the number shown m MVP 10 type 1 m MVP 30 type 3 T 120 Enabled Check to indicate that the MCU operates with T 120 Data Collaboration support XCoder Check to indicate that the MCU supports audio transcoding Basic Port SNMP Get Community SNMP Set Community Figure 4 10 MCU Advanced Tab for RADVISION MCU v3 x and Cisco MCU v3 x Port Type the port through which the VMS communicates with the MCU Check your device user manual for confirmation of the port on which the MCU operates Set to 3336 by default SNMP Get Community Type the password used to retrieve information from the SNMP Community Device Management 51 MCU Tab ADVANCED TAB FOR ACCORD MCU SNMP Set Community Type the password required in order to write information to the SNMP Community The VMS uses the configured SNMP Community settings when interacting with the MCU The VMS automatically updates resource factors in any newly added MCU Note Ifthe VMS canno
311. r which you are searching Search Click to perform a gatekeeper SIP server search 112 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual VIEWING GATEKEEPER SIP SERVER INFORMATION ADDING A GATEKEEPER SIP SERVER Gatekeeper SIP Server Tab Name Displays the name of the gatekeeper SIP server Model Displays the gatekeeper SIP server model IP Address Displays the gatekeeper SIP server IP address Click Add The New Gatekeeper SIP Server dialog box displays Type the relevant details and click OK Name ta Model Login Name Login Password IP Address ha Protocol Modes Enabled Point to Point Authorization Dialing Plan Information Hierarchical Stripping Parent Zone Add Zone Prefix Figure 9 4 New Gatekeeper SIP Server Dialog Box Name Type the name of the gatekeeper SIP server Model Select the relevant gatekeeper SIP server model from the drop down list Login Name For RADVISION ECS only Type the login name configured in the ECS to gain access to the ECS server interface Login Password For RADVISION ECS only Type the login password configured in the ECS server to gain access to the ECS server interface Resource Management 113 Gatekeeper SIP Server Tab IP Address Type the IP address of the gatekeeper SIP server Protocol Displays either H 323 or SIP depending on the configuration of your gatekeeper SIP
312. re that the MCU v3 meeting type you wish to modify is not currently in use before making any modifications Once modified meeting types should be downloaded again to the VMS and uploaded to other compatible MCUs within the network Click the entry you wish to modify in the Name column of the Active Meeting Types tab The Meeting Type Detail dialog box displays Modify relevant settings and click OK Then upload the meeting type to the required MCUs Note You cannot modify an MCU v2 meeting type which is in use Deactivate the meeting type and create a replacement meeting type with the required changes When working with MCU v2 you can create custom meeting types via the VMS This section describes the procedure for customizing meeting types Click Add to display the Meeting Type Detail dialog box Figure 8 6 You can create the following types of MCU v2 meeting types Audio Video meeting types for multipoint audio and video meeting types Audio only meeting types for multipoint audio meeting types Audio Video is selected by default as shown in Figure 8 6 Note Meeting types created via the VMS may be uploaded to all network MCUs that support the meeting type For instance meeting types created for RADVISION MCU version 2 x and Cisco MCU version 2 x are compatible with and may be uploaded to RADVISION MCU version 3 x and Cisco MCU version 3 x 98 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual A
313. resources attendees terminals rooms and network resources will be checked for availability m Ifnetwork resources are available and all required resources are available the meeting will be scheduled automatically and notifications sent to all participants Note The format in which VMS sends e mail notifications depends on the type of meeting creator If the meeting creator is a web user the e mail notification is in HTML format If the meeting creator is an Outlook user the e mail notification is in VCAL format m If either network resources or required resources are unavailable the VMS will display an Unable to Schedule message and a reason for the scheduling failure m f network resources are available but non required resources are not the meeting will automatically be scheduled notifications sent and a conflict list displayed for the organizer Note To preview attendee and room availability for the time of the meeting click the Attendee Availability tab For detailed information see Attendee Availability Tab on page 176 Meeting Scheduling 161 Meeting Tab CONFIGURING RECURRENCE SETTINGS Click Recurrence to configure recurrence settings if this meeting is held on a daily or weekly basis The Set Recurrence dialog box displays Set Recurrence Microsoft Internet Explorer Recurrence Pattern Recur every h week s on Monthly Vie Month Wi Sunday H Monday Btu H Wednesday H Thur
314. responds to an invitation to an appointment created with the VMS Outlook Client a red flag appears in the Upcoming Meetings tab of the My Meetings section in the VMS web interface for that user Invitees can respond to the invitation in either of the following ways By clicking one of the Accept Tentative or Decline buttons in the Meeting Details dialog box accessed from the Upcoming Meetings tab of the My Meetings section or 340 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Additional VMS Outlook Client Functions By clicking one of the Accept Tentative or Decline buttons in the e mail notification Note Ifyou choose not to send a response the VMS server will not be updated and your terminal will be called at the appointed time MODIFYING AN AUDIO Appointments created with the VMS Outlook Client may be modified in the VIDEO ENABLED same manner as other Outlook appointments APPOINTMENT To modify an audio video enabled appointment 1 In your Outlook calendar click on the appointment you wish to modify The appointment form displays 2 Make the desired modification and click Send Update to update the VMS server as well as the participants Network resources will be checked for availability If network resources are available and all required resources are available the meeting will be scheduled automatically and notifications sent to all participants requesting that participants respond If
315. ress of the gatekeeper SIP server Protocol Displays either H 323 or SIP depending on the configuration of your gatekeeper SIP server For information on working with SIP see Defining a SIP Environment on page 44 40 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Gatekeeper SIP Server Tab SIP Domain For LCS or other SIP servers only Type the SIP domain for this proxy server Appears only when SIP is selected in the Protocol drop down menu Modes Enabled For RADVISION ECS only Point to Point When checked the VMS uses the advanced ECS Third Party Call Control API to create meetings with only two endpoints directly from the gatekeeper without taking any MCU resources For more information see Endpoint initiated Meetings on page 45 Authorization When checked the VMS communicates with the ECS to monitor and to authorize all point to point calls in the system For more information about the Authorization option see Endpoint initiated Meetings on page 45 Note You must check Authorization to allow a gateway to support Direct Inward Dialing DID Authorization Login For RADVISION ECS only Type the authorization login configured on your RADVISION ECS Appears only when Authorization is checked Authorization Password For RADVISION ECS only Type the authorization password configured on your RADVISION ECS Appears only when Authorization is checked Authorization Port For RADVISION E
316. roduction See Meeting Attendees Terminals Network Devices f Resources Scheduling Data SS Actual Information Resources Scheduled at time of Conference i Total IP Bandwidth in Kbps Total ISDN Bandwidth in Kbps w Total MCU Connections Total GW Connections Conference Lifecycle Summary O Total IP Bandwidth in Kbps Total ISON Bandwidth in Kbps C Total MCU Connections Total GW Connections Save Close Figure B 17 Scheduling Data Resources Tab RESOURCES SCHEDULED AT TIME OF CONFERENCE Total IP Bandwidth in Kbps Check to record the total IP bandwidth scheduled for the start of individual meetings measured in Kbps in the CDR Total ISDN Bandwidth in Kbps Check to record the total ISDN bandwidth scheduled for the start of individual meetings measured in Kbps in the CDR VMS Configuration Tool 383 VMS System Configuration Total MCU Connections Check to record the total number of MCU connections scheduled for the start of individual meetings in the CDR Total GW Connections Check to record the total number of gateway connections scheduled for the start of individual meetings in the CDR CONFERENCE LIFECYCLE SUMMARY Total IP Bandwidth in Kbps Check to record the total IP bandwidth scheduled for the entire lifecycle of individual meetings measured in Kbps in the CDR Total ISDN Bandwidth in Kbps Check to recor
317. rsions 2 x and 3 x o RADVISION ECS version 3 6 0 5 and later o Cisco MCM version 2 0 o Polycom Accord MGC version 3 0 and later About This Manual xix VMS Features m The VMS web interface supports the Microsoft Internet Explorer browser version 6 0 or later VERSION 3 5 VMS version 3 5 includes the following new features m Single Sign on using user Windows credentials Improved security via encrypted password storage VERSION 3 0 VMS version 3 0 includes the following features Support for ad hoc scheduled and recurring scheduled conferences Microsoft Outlook scheduling support Conference control m Full web based interface both for the administrator and the user m vialIP and INVISION family support Multi company support via customer profiles m Device performance and statistics reports m Flexible CDR support for billing m Automated e mail notifications for conference attendee invitations Support for voice and video terminals over IP and PSTN networks Meeting templates m System usage reports m User and device management Network topology and bandwidth management m Based on the SQL server database xx iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual INTRODUCTION WHAT S IN THIS CHAPTER VMS Basics INTRODUCING THE VMS This chapter provides an introduction to the Video Management System VMS including the following VMS Basics VMS Applications V
318. rst configure the Topology tab followed by the Gatekeeper SIP Server MCU and Gateway tabs in that order In the Resource Management section click the Topology tab The Topology table displays For information about network topology see Network Topology on page 9 za All Meetings User IE RADVISION Resource Management oe 50 a e9999 Figure 9 1 Resource Management Topology Tab iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual VIEWING TOPOLOGY INFORMATION ADDING A DEVICE ISLAND Topology Tab The Topology tab displays distance and bandwidth information for all Device Islands within your video meeting network Locate the required Device Islands in the top row and the far left column of the table The table cell at which the two Device Islands meet contains their distance and bandwidth information Distance Indicates the distance between the specified Device Islands relative to all other configured islands on the organization LAN This setting is used to find and allocate the best available resources Bandwidth Indicates the bandwidth connection in Kbps between the specified Device Islands This setting is used to perform bandwidth control during resource allocation Note Type a value in both the Distance and Bandwidth fields or leave both fields empty If left empty the two Device Islands are not physically connected Click Add A new field and gr
319. s required by the VMS system and cannot be deselected Auto Extend Check to record in the CDR whether or not a scheduled meeting was created with the Auto Extend option checked Priority Check to record meeting setup priority information in the CDR Date Time Scheduled Check to record in the CDR the date and time at which a meeting was scheduled Date Time Cancelled Check to record in the CDR the date and time at which a meeting was cancelled Bill To Check to enable billing Checked by default MEETING TYPE The information in the Meeting Type group box is associated with meeting type in particular the meeting type that the Meeting Organizer selected when scheduling a meeting in the VMS Meeting Type ID Check to record meeting type IDs in the CDR MCU Service Prefix Check to record in the CDR the MCU service prefixes used for meetings VMS Configuration Tool 369 VMS System Configuration Min Video Layout Check to record in the CDR the minimum video layout the smallest video layout available for a meeting based on the selected meeting type Max Video Layout Check to record in the CDR the maximum video layout the largest video layout available for a meeting based on the selected meeting type Max Bit Rate Check to record in the CDR the maximum incoming and outgoing bit rate settings in Kbps for meetings Frame Rate Check to record in the CDR the maximum incoming and outgoing frame rate settings
320. s the network resources and advises the VMS of any conflicts among attendees rooms or terminals Send Click to create the meeting Network resources will be checked for availability Ifnetwork resources are available and all required resources are available the meeting will be scheduled automatically and notifications sent to all participants For more information see Notification of an Audio Video Enabled Appointment on page 340 m If either network resources or required resources are unavailable the VMS will display an Unable to Schedule message and a reason for the scheduling failure No notifications will be sent ADVANCED NON VIDEO CONFERENCE For non video meetings the following options are available in the Advanced Settings section of the Rich Media tab Required Select the resources that are required to confirm this meeting For example if you select All Rooms the VMS will not allow a meeting to be scheduled unless all rooms are available at that time When None is selected the VMS confirms the network resources and advises the VMS of any conflicts among attendees rooms or terminals Select the Scheduling tab to preview attendee availability for the time of the meeting Meeting room or terminal availability may also be shown depending on your local Outlook Exchange environment VMS Outlook Client 339 Additional VMS Outlook Client Functions ADDITIONAL VMS OUTLOOK CLIENT FUNCTIONS NOTIFICATION
321. s unchecked this field is disabled and the Available Caterers list displays all caterers configured for the organization Available Caterers Displays the available caterers for this meeting as determined by the selected cost code Use the right pointing arrow to select a caterer Booked Caterers Displays the caterers already booked for this meeting Use the left pointing arrow to remove a caterer from the list Booking a caterer disables the Cost Code option and prevents you assigning more than one cost code to a meeting room 172 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Attendees Settings Tab MENU SELECTION The Menu Selection tab displays a list of all caterers selected for the meeting room the full menu of items per caterer All delivery and collection times are configurable Caterer Selection N Summary Bobby Q s catering Service Delivery Time Now D Collection Time Now D Item Name Description Beef Brisktets 12 99 5 Vick V s Vegan Catering Delivery Time Now go Collection Time Now D Item Name Reference Description House Salad 8 99 6 Figure 11 12 Menu Selection Tab SUMMARY The Summary tab enables you to review the caterers and items ordered for this meeting room Meeting Scheduling 173 Attendees Settings Tab Caterer Selection Menu Selection Cost Code JNO 39486 Total Amount 142 86 Bobby 0 s cateri
322. s after ail terminals have lett Total Reservations Minutes after the host s terminal has left Auto Extend Block Dial in Admit unresolved PSTHASDN calls C start only when host joins Overwrite terminal display name Prioritize Unspecified Required None Time Zone GMT 00 00 Greenwich Mean Time Etc Greenwich e Figure 15 20 My Meetings Advanced Tab Reference Code Type a reference code for the specified meeting 288 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Upcoming Tab Password Type a password to make this meeting password protected The access password is required for all dial in attendees Additional Reservations Determine how many additional IP and ISDN participant reservations should be made by default when scheduling a meeting Type the required values in the IP Participants PSTN ISDN Participants and Total Reservations fields Terminate Meetings Select which parameters will be used to decide when a meeting should be terminated At scheduled time The meeting will terminate at the time defined in the meeting scheduling process n minutes after all terminals have left The meeting will terminate after the length of time configured here has passed since all terminals have left the meeting n minutes after the host s terminal has left The meeting will terminate after the length of time configured here has passed since the host terminal has left t
323. s created successfully red if a meeting was not created successfully If red click to view the error message and click Retry to resend meeting information to the MCU Participant Status Empty if there is a problem with meeting creation green if all participants are successfully connected to the meeting red if a participating terminal has terminated abnormally Note Abnormal disconnections can be caused by network problems Connections terminated from an endpoint or via any other controlling application also register in the VMS as abnormal disconnections The Participant Status indication will not display red if a terminal has disconnected normally through the VMS in meeting control interface see In meeting Control on page 214 If red click to view the error message From this window administrators can select the following options o Control Panel to access the in meeting control interface o Cancel to return to the Current tab For more information on taking control of a current meeting see In meeting Control on page 214 Meeting Monitoring 71 Current Tab Termination Status Empty if meetings are in progress red if there is a termination error If red click to view the error message From this window administrators can select the following options o Retry to resend the termination signal to the MCU The All Meetings section will immediately refresh and display the updated status for the specified
324. s either in batches or one by one in a queueing system Type the required auto switching interval between 10 seconds and 30 minutes Click to activate The Auto switch interval dialog box displays Auto switch interval sec o jok e l re Figure 14 10 Auto switch Interval Dialog Box 228 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual In meeting Control Click again to deactivate Activating this option causes video from randomly selected participating terminals to display on all other terminals at your defined interval Overrides any existing set video display options Note Terminal participant information is displayed in the Video Layout and Display area when this option is enabled Display Participant Name in a Frame Click to display the name of an endpoint or participant in a specific position within the video layout frame Note Visible only with MVP support and when text overlay is configured in the meeting type The VMS supports text overlay on participant images Text overlay clearly identifies each participant or endpoint by displaying the participant or endpoint name in the video image The active speaker image is highlighted by a border around the image frame Active Speaker Set the voice activated frame by dragging the icon into the required position within the video layout frame Available only for views with a sub frame configured All Meetings 229 In meeting Control
325. sday Friday d Range of recurrence Figure 11 2 Set Recurrence Dialog Box Configure the required recurrence settings and click OK Note When you schedule a recurring meeting a conflict report will display each occurrence with its scheduling result If a recurring meeting is scheduled for a period of over 30 days the VMS will first schedule the meetings which fall within 30 days of the date scheduled and send an e mail notification Every 30 days the VMS will automatically reschedule the remaining meetings in the series and send a notification until the series is completed Only the first upcoming meeting will be displayed in the All Meetings and My Meetings sections at any given time 162 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual INVITE TAB SEARCHING FOR A PARTICIPANT VIEWING PARTICIPANT INFORMATION Invite Tab In the Meeting Scheduling section click the Invite tab advanced attendee Availabilty D gt Attendees Settings Meeting Available Participants Selected Participants RVI Firstame ij Lasttame E mail ipcH323 Bandwidth Defaut kbps Save to my address book E o Figure 11 3 Meeting Scheduling Invite Tab Name Type the full or partial name of the attendee for which you are searching then click Search Select From Select a group from the drop down list from which to choose
326. sday H Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Range of recurrence fok Cancel Figure 14 13 Set Recurrence Dialog Box Configure the required recurrence settings and click OK Note When you schedule a recurring meeting a conflict report will display each occurrence with its scheduling result If a recurring meeting is scheduled for a period of over 30 days the VMS will first schedule the meetings which fall within 30 days of the date scheduled and send an e mail notification Every 30 days the VMS will automatically reschedule the remaining meetings in the series and send a notification until the series is completed Only the first upcoming meeting will be displayed in the All Meetings and My Meetings sections at any given time 238 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual INVITE TAB Upcoming Tab In the All Meetings section click the Invite tab Advanced Meeting x f Attendees Settings ff Attendee Availabilty Available Participants Selected Participants user00305 Rv4 First Hame Last Name E mail ipq323 v Bandwidth Defaut O Miks C Save to my address book Figure 14 14 All Meetings Invite Tab Name Type the full or partial name of the attendee for which you are searching then click Search Select From Select a group from the drop down list from which to choose attendees or select All Gr
327. ser is assigned the user type configured in the User Type field in the Default User Settings tab of the Organization Settings section The default setting is Meeting Organizer Note During the organization account creation process the VMS registers only the first user the technical contact who is generally the administrator who performed the installation The technical contact is automatically assigned the Organization Administrator user type allowing the technical contact to log in and provision the rest of the users You cannot delete the technical contact via the VMS and you should not delete the technical contact from the directory server To synchronize the VMS with your directory server click the Update button Warning The VMS installation program will not correctly configure the database to synchronize with your directory server if your directory server has been customized so that it no longer uses standard schema attribute and class labels 390 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Viewing Active Directory Server User Information VIEWING ACTIVE This section describes how you work with Microsoft Active Directory Server DIRECTORY ADS 2000 and 2003 SERVER USER INFORMATION ee To view information for any user on the Active Directory Server ADS host 1 Go to Start Programs Administrative Tools Active Directory Users and Computers or Start Settings Control Panel Administrat
328. server For information on working with SIP see Defining a SIP Environment on page 117 SIP Domain For LCS or other SIP servers only Type the SIP domain for this proxy server Appears only when SIP is selected in the Protocol drop down menu Modes Enabled For RADVISION ECS only Point to Point When checked the VMS uses the advanced ECS Third Party Call Control API to create meetings with only two endpoints directly from the gatekeeper without taking any MCU resources For more information see Endpoint initiated Meetings on page 118 Authorization When checked the VMS communicates with the ECS to monitor and to authorize all point to point calls in the system For more information about the Authorization option see Endpoint initiated Meetings on page 118 Note You must check Authorization to allow the gateway to support Direct Inward Dialing DID and to allow the VMS to allocate resources for endpoint initiated calls Authorization Login For RADVISION ECS only Type the authorization login configured on your RADVISION ECS Appears only when Authorization is checked Authorization Password For RADVISION ECS only Type the authorization password configured on your RADVISION ECS Appears only when Authorization is checked 114 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Gatekeeper SIP Server Tab Authorization Port For RADVISION ECS only Type the authorization port configured on your
329. sor MVP cards type the number shown m MVP 10 type 1 m MVP 30 type 3 Resource Management 123 MCU Tab ADVANCED TAB FOR RADVISION MCU v3 x AND Cisco MCU v3 x T 120 Enabled Check to indicate that the MCU operates with T 120 Data Collaboration support XCoder Check to indicate that the MCU supports audio transcoding SNMP Get Community SNMP Set Community Figure 9 9 MCU Advanced Tab for RADVISION MCU v3 x and Cisco v3 x Port Type the port through which the VMS communicates with the MCU Check your device user manual for confirmation of the port on which the MCU operates Set to 3336 by default SNMP Get Community Type the password used to retrieve information from the SNMP Community SNMP Set Community Type the password required in order to write data to the SNMP Community 124 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual ADVANCED TAB FOR ACCORD MCU MCU Tab The VMS uses the configured SNMP Community settings when interacting with the MCU The VMS automatically updates resource factors in any newly added MCU Note Ifthe VMS cannot connect to a newly configured RADVISION MCU version 3 x the MCU will be added but its status will be Offline To attempt reconnection to the MCU set the MCU status to Online and click Update Before configuring the Advanced tab you must know the configuration settings of your Accord MCU Note Because
330. source allocation Attribute Name Type Example lt GKs gt lt GKs gt Lists all gatekeepers reserved for use during the conference Attribute Name Type Example lt GK Proxy Information gt lt GK Proxy Information gt Contains information about an individual gatekeeper reserved for use during the conference Attribute Name Type Example lt VCS ID gt Contains the internal gatekeeper ID in the VCS Attribute Name Type Example 438 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt VCS ID gt value String lt VCS ID value 0001 GK 10001 gt lt Name gt Contains the gatekeeper s name in the VCS Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Name value GK58 gt lt Model gt Contains the gatekeeper s model information Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Model value RADVISION ECS gt lt IP Address gt Contains the gatekeeper s IP address Attribute Name Type Example value XXX XXX XXX XXX lt IP Address value 192 168 1 58 gt lt Zone Prefix gt Contains the gatekeeper s zone prefix Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Zone Prefix value 58 gt CDR XML Tags and Attributes 4
331. splays Java Web Start Application Manager DMR File Application View Help Location Applications Downloaded Applications MS Configuration Tool Less Detail A VMS Configuration Tool Made By Video Communications Server Home Page g R Description YMS Configuration Tool Client Figure E 1 Java Web Start Application Manager Console Troubleshooting 463 VMS Configuration Tool Troubleshooting 2 Select File Preferences The Preferences dialog box displays Java Web Start Preferences Use Browser Direct Connection HTTP Proxy HTTP Port No Proxy Hosts Use commas to separate multiple hosts fF _ Manual ok reset cancer Java Web Start Preferences Dialog Box Figure E 2 464 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual VMS Configuration Tool Troubleshooting Select the Advanced tab Java Web Start Preferences Java Advanced Root Ce Advanced Options Output Options L Show Java Console C Log Output Choose Log File Name Log File Name Applications Folder Options Applications Folder CADocuments and Settingsiandypplica Current Size in KBytes 5621 Clear Folder Figure E 3 Java Web Start Preferences Advanced Tab Click Clear Folder Troubleshooting 465 VMS Configuration Tool Troubleshooting 5 Select the Java tab Java Web St
332. st of Connection Records gt lt List of Connection Records gt lt Connection gt CDR XML TaGs ATTRIBUTES AND DESCRIPTIONS lt conferences gt lt conferences gt Defines the beginning of all conference data The lt conferences gt tag will contain data for an entire day s conferences or for a single conference depending on how the VCS has been configured See CDR Configuration Tab on page 363 for more information Attribute Name Type Example lt ConferenceData gt lt ConferenceData gt Defines the beginning of data for a single conference Attribute Name Type Example lt Scheduling Data gt lt Scheduling Data gt Contains data directly related to conference scheduling e g what resources were reserved and attendees terminals invited at the time the conference was scheduled Attribute Name Type Example 410 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Scheduling Data gt lt Scheduling Data gt lt Conference gt lt Conference gt Contains data related to conference scheduling e g the conference ID its start time duration the number of extra IP and ISDN ports reserved etc Attribute Name Type Example lt Basic Information gt lt Basic Information gt Contains basic conference scheduling information Attribute
333. stic Long Distance Prefix o AreaCode 10 T Always Dial Area Code To access an outside line for local calls dial ir To access an outside line for long distance calls dial k Telephone Humber Capacity C joss ____ kops Service Prefix Bandwidth Restricted Mode O o 64 voice Kbps m m 128 Kbps 42 258 Kbps R Figure 9 13 New Gateway Dialog Box Name Type the name of the gateway optional Gateway Model Select the gateway model from the drop down list Location Select the Device Island in which the gateway is located Registered To Select from the drop down list the gatekeeper SIP server to which this gateway registers A complete list of zone prefixes configured within the VMS is also displayed after the gatekeeper SIP server name Note Ifthis gatekeeper SIP server is configured to strip prefixes Gateway meeting type prefixes must not begin with the same digits as the gatekeeper SIP server prefix 130 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Gateway Tab Attached MCU Select the name of the Accord MCU to which this Accord gateway is attached Available only when an Accord gateway is specified in the Gateway Model field Maximum Number of Ports Type the maximum number of ports available on this gateway Available only when an Accord gateway is specified in the Gateway Model field IP Address Type the IP address es for all of the gateways
334. t lt External Terminal gt Contains information for an individual terminal scheduled for a conference Attribute Name Type Example lt Name gt Contains an external erminal s name as entered at the time the conference was scheduled Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Name value RobertEP gt lt Dial String gt Contains an external erminal s dial string Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Dial String value 123456 gt CDR XML Tags and Attributes 435 CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt IP ISDN SIP gt Specifies what type of external terminal is scheduled for this conference Attribute Name Type Example value IP ISDN SIP lt IP ISDN SIP value IP gt lt Dial in Dial out gt Specifies an external terminal s dialing mode Attribute Name Type Example value Dial in Dial out lt Dial in Dial out value Dial in gt lt MCU gt Contains an external terminal s MCU information Attribute Name Type Example value String lt MCU value 0001 MCU 10001 gt lt Gateway gt Contains an external terminal s gateway information Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Gateway value N A gt lt Room gt Contains an external terminal s room information if any 436
335. t change password IV Password never expires J7 Store password using reversible encryption xl Account expires Never C End of x Cancel Apply Help Figure C 2 ADS Properties Account Tab iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual VIEWING iPLANET DIRECTORY SERVER USER INFORMATION Viewing iPlanet Directory Server User Information This section describes how you work with iPlanet Directory Server 5 0 To view organization unit information on the iPlanet Directory Server host 1 Go to Start Programs iPlanet Server Products iPlanet Console 2 When the iPlanet Console interface displays expand the tree by selecting Directory Serverhost Server Group Directory Server 3 Select Directory Server and click the Open button Select the Directory tab to view the Directory Tree iPlanet Directory Server 5 0 ached Manes Configuration Directory PS MICROSOFT visionnex com 389 amp Administrator S visionnex Marketing a l Groups R amp D aa ery iS RED o Marketing 8 Special Users i NetscapeRoot i schema i G monitor 5 config Figure C 3 iPlanet Directory Server Directory Tab 5 Right click on the icon at the highest level in the directory tree which contains users People in Figure C 3 and select Properties 6 Click Advanced to display property details 7 Select Show DN to display the
336. t connect to a newly configured RADVISION MCU version 3 x the MCU will be added but its status will be Offline To attempt reconnection to the MCU set the MCU status to Online and click Update Before configuring the Advanced tab you must know the configuration settings of your Accord MCU Note Because Accord MCUs accept multiple audio and video input cards there are no preconfigured Accord MCU models in the VMS Modules Modules Modules Ports Modules Figure 4 11 Advanced Tab for Accord MCUs Audio 12 Type the number of Audio 12 modules in your Accord MCU Each Audio 24 module should be treated as two Audio 12 modules 52 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual MobDIFYING DELETING AN MCU MCU Tab Data 12 Type the number of Data 12 modules in your Accord MCU Each Data 24 module should be treated as two Data 12 modules IP 12 Type the number of IP 12 modules in your Accord MCU Each IP 24 module should be treated as two IP 12 modules MUX If your MUX modules are configured at 384 Kbps a single MUX module will have 16 ports If your MUX modules are configured at 786 Kbps a single MUX module will have 8 ports Type the appropriate number Video 6 Type the number of Video 6 modules in your Accord MCU A Video 12 Transcoding CP module should be treated as two Video 6 modules Note Accord MCUs may also contain integrat
337. t joins 206 terminal dial in 203 terminal type 201 203 terminate 205 time zone 207 unresolved calls 205 uploading 96 meeting types see also services add to gateway 60 133 complex 93 layout 166 200 203 225 242 269 285 326 meeting room 242 285 overwrite terminal display name 247 290 participant bandwidth 240 283 participant meeting control 241 284 password 177 204 246 289 recurring 160 162 236 279 reference code 177 245 288 reserved participants 246 289 scheduling see scheduling meetings start time 211 236 279 start when hostjoins 150 179 206 247 290 338 status 71 211 255 terminal dial in 242 285 terminal type 242 285 terminals 74 terminate 178 205 246 289 time zone 248 291 unresolved calls 247 290 conflicts 95 N default settings 148 display information 92 groups 105 new 94 160 O per meeting 74 235 279 F organization ee eae bia billing contact 30 149 network topology 9 38 111 branding 25 156 simple 98 VMS Configuration Tool 369 via VMS Configuration Tool 359 default user settings 144 meetings definition 21 adhoc 45 118 add participant to address book 240 283 alert before termination 150 205 246 289 billing contact 159 235 279 block dial in 246 289 default settings 148 default terminal 241 284 delete history 309 duration 236 279 inviting participants 239 282 inviting terminals 283 meeting types 26 meetings 70 Outlook
338. t only when host joins Check to prevent a meeting starting until the host has joined Overwrite terminal display name Check to override the terminal display name When checked the terminal name overwrites the H 323 station name displayed as a text overlay in the video image The terminal name appears in both the VMS and Outlook displays Unchecked by default Note The Overwrite terminal display name feature is supported by RADVISION MCU 3 6 and later only Prioritize Determines which value should be selected by default when meetings are scheduled and or meeting templates are created Bandwidth causes the VMS to allocate resources to conserve bandwidth In some cases this may cause a meeting to be cascaded to conserve bandwidth even though a single MCU is available which can host the meeting m Delay causes the VMS to allocate resources to ensure the best quality meeting All Meetings 247 History Tab HISTORY TAB Required Select the resources that are required by default to confirm this meeting For example if you select All Rooms the VMS will not allow a meeting to be scheduled unless all rooms are available at that time When None is selected the VMS confirms the network resources and advises the VMS of any conflicts among attendees rooms or terminals Time Zone Select the required time zone for this meeting Note The Time Zone option setting applies to the specified meeting only and does not chang
339. tal number of meetings hosted on the MCU during the designated time interval These totals only include ad hoc and scheduled meetings created via the VMS 64 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual CREATING REPORTS Performance Monitor Tab Failed Meetings Displays the total number of meetings that were unable to start on the MCU during the designated time interval These totals only include ad hoc and scheduled meetings created via the VMS Failed Meetings Displays the number of failed meetings divided by the total number of meetings Total Connections Displays the total number endpoints involved in meetings hosted on the MCU during the designated time interval These totals only include ad hoc and scheduled meetings created via the VMS Failed Connections Displays the total number of endpoints involved in meetings on the MCU that were unable to start during the designated time interval These totals only include ad hoc and scheduled meetings created via the VMS Failed Connections Displays the number of failed connections divided by the total number of connections From Click the calendar to choose a date To Click the calendar to choose a date Display Click to generate a table in the browser window displaying total usage information for that time period Generate Reports Click to generate a report in x s format containing the same information displayed in the browser window Devic
340. te to the meeting Terminal Type Select whether your terminal is a PSTN or Mobile terminal an IP SIP terminal or an IP H 323 terminal Bandwidth Select the required bandwidth rate from the drop down list Save to my address book Check to save the specified participant to the Address Book section For more information see the Address Book chapter Add Click to add the specified participant to the meeting Meeting Templates 201 Creating a Meeting Template ATTENDEES SETTINGS Click the Attendees Settings tab The Attendees Settings table displays TAB Meeting f Advanced PSTN ISDN Dialin Email Address CTRL Attendee Terminal a v Rv econf1852 1852 RV1 devlabnet com 1 J E Initial Controller None v Host RY1 Figure 13 6 Meeting Templates Attendees Settings Tab CTRL Check to grant the specified attendee meeting control privileges Select the top checkbox to grant all attendees control privileges If no attendees are granted control privileges the Administrator and the Meeting Operator may perform in meeting control Attendee Displays the names of all attendees Terminal Displays the user default terminal If a user does not have a default terminal assigned the word Select displays Click to assign a terminal or to change an existing terminal assignment for this meeting only The Select Term
341. ted during authorization for dial in calls Checked by default Alert n minutes before terminate Type the number of minutes warning a terminal should receive by default before a meeting is terminated Start only when host joins Check to prevent a meeting starting until the host has joined Overwrite Terminal Display Name Check to override the terminal display name When checked the terminal name overwrites the H 323 station name displayed as text overlay in the video image The terminal name appears in both the VMS and Outlook displays Unchecked by default The setting for the Overwrite Terminal Display Name option is copied to the Overwrite terminal display name option in the Advanced tab of the Meeting Scheduling section Note The Overwrite Terminal Display Name feature is supported by RADVISION MCU 3 6 and later only Prioritize Determines which value should be selected by default when meetings are scheduled and or meeting templates are created 150 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Required Default Meeting Settings Tab Bandwidth causes the VMS to allocate resources to conserve bandwidth In some cases this may cause a meeting to be cascaded to conserve bandwidth even though a single MCU is available which can host the meeting Delay causes the VMS to allocate resources to ensure the best quality meeting Select the resources that are required by default to confirm this m
342. tem VMS Administrator Reference Manual Current Tab Table 14 1 displays the possible combinations of status indications Table 14 1 Possible Status Indication Combinations Meeting Result Creation Ilcon Participant Icon Termination Icon Failed to create meeting successfully Created meeting successfully in session activity normal r Created meeting successfully abnormal in session activity Meeting terminated abnormally MCU 0O OOJO Displays the name of the MCU to which an in session meeting is registered or the name of the master MCU if the meeting is cascaded All Meetings 213 In meeting Control IN MEETING In meeting control is accessible to Meeting Organizers designated meeting CONTROL controllers Organization Administrators and VMS Pro Service Provider Administrators To access in meeting controls for any meeting except meetings using the Non Video Conference meeting type click the Subject of that meeting or click the link in the meeting e mail notification In meeting control contains the following sections General Meeting Display and Control Area Displays general meeting information and controls Control Panel Tabs Display a list of terminals involved in a meeting and general status information Video Layout and Display Area Displays current video layout and allows a meeting controller to adjust video and display related settings while a meeting
343. terface no notification of the meeting reaches the VMS In such cases conflicts in resource allocation may occur RADVISION recommends that you schedule meetings only via the VMS web user interface In the Device Management section click the Gateway tab GatekeeperiSIP Server Registered To Status Figure 4 13 Device Management Gateway Tab Device Management 55 Gateway Tab SEARCHING FOR A GATEWAY VIEWING GATEWAY INFORMATION ADDING A GATEWAY Name Type the full or partial name of the gateway for which you are searching Search Click to perform a gateway search Name Displays the name of the gateway Registered To Displays the name and zone prefix of the gatekeeper to which this gateway registers Location Displays the Device Island in which the gateway is located Status Displays the status of the gateway Online or Offline To ensure correct dialing and capacity management gateway settings configured in the VMS must be consistent with the actual gateway configuration RADVISION recommends Maintaining IVR and DID number information in the VMS whenever there are changes in the gateway Maintaining capacity information to ensure that there are always available gateway ports for scheduled and ad hoc calls Click Add to display the New Gateway dialog box Type the relevant details and click Save 56 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Gate
344. tgoing video bit rate available through this service in Kbps Attribute Name Type Example value Integer lt Max Bit Rate Out value 0 gt CDR XML Tags and Attributes 419 CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Max Frame Rate In gt Displays the maximum incoming frame rate available through this service Attribute Name Type Example value NONE S 7 5 10 15 25 30 50 60 lt Max Frame Rate In value 30 gt lt Max Frame Rate Out gt Displays the maximum outgoing frame rate among all schemes available through this service Attribute Name Type Example value NONE S 7 5 10 15 25 30 50 60 lt Max Frame Rate Out value 30 gt lt Max Picture Format in gt Displays the maximum incoming picture format available through this service Attribute Name Type Example value NONE SQCIF QCIF SIF CIF VGA 4SIF 4CIF lt Max Picture Format In value 4SIF gt SVGA XGA SXGA 16CIF UXGA 4XGA lt Max Picture Format Out gt Displays the maximum outgoing picture format available through this service Attribute Name Type Example value NONE SQCIF QCIF SIF CIF VGA 4SIF 4CIF lt Max Picture Format Out value 4SIF gt SVGA XGA SXGA 16CIF UXGA 4XGA 420 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Max T120 Ports Reserved gt Contains the total nu
345. the following options are available in the Attendees Settings section of the Rich Media tab Attendee Displays the names of all attendees Meeting Room Displays the meeting room currently assigned to each attendee VMS Outlook Client 335 Scheduling Audio Video Meetings Host Select a host for this meeting The term host refers to the party requesting the meeting Hosts are also frequently the party to whom the cost of the meeting will be billed Organizer Indicates the organizer of the current meeting Accessories See Scheduling Accessories on page 328 Catering Service See Scheduling Catering Services on page 330 ADVANCED The Advanced section of the Rich Media tab allows the Meeting Organizer to select which meeting types will be used for the meeting Meeting Organizers can also reserve additional IP and ISDN ports and set a wide variety of meeting variables Reference Code Type a reference code for the specified meeting Bill To Select Host All Participants or Organizer If the Host and Organizer are the same person the Organizer option does not display Meeting Type Select a meeting type from the drop down list 336 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Scheduling Audio Video Meetings Meeting Password Type a meeting password if you would like this meeting to be password protected The access password is required for all dial in attendees Note See th
346. the meeting participant Sub conference Displayed in the Participants List when sub conferences are running in the meeting Displays a drop down list from which to divert highlighted participants in the current meeting to a new or currently running private audio meeting Note Up to three sub conferences can be created per meeting Sub conference participants will not be shown in the video layout Location in View Indicates the meeting view displayed to the current participant When a meeting is configured with more than one view you may modify the view for the participant by selecting from the available options in the drop down list Views which the participant endpoint is unable to support cannot be selected The media type icons indicate participant capabilities The icons are enabled for users with administrator or chair control access for controlling the media type status for the selected participant Mic Enabled Select to mute or enable the voice of the selected participant Loudspeaker Indicates that the meeting audio connection to the participant is enabled Camera Enabled Select to block or unblock the video stream sent by the participant to the meeting For example when a participant video connection affects meeting processing and degrades performance you can block the participant video until problems at the participant endpoint have been resolved 264 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Referen
347. time of disconnection in the CDR 386 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual VMS System Configuration Reason for Disconnection Check to record a single participating terminal reason for disconnection in the CDR Dial In Out Check to record whether a single participating terminal dialed in or out in the CDR EXTERNAL TERMINALS Alias Check to record participating external terminal aliases in the CDR ISDN IP SIP Check to record participating external terminal ISDN IP SIP status information in the CDR Dial String Check to record participating external terminal dial strings in the CDR CONNECTION INFORMATION Total Connection Time Check to record a single participating external terminal total actual connection time in the CDR Connection Records Check to record a single participating external terminal actual connection record the number of times a terminal connects and disconnects in the CDR Connection Time Check to record participating external terminal actual time of initial connection in the CDR VMS Configuration Tool 387 VMS System Configuration Disconnection Time Check to record single participating external terminal actual time of disconnection in the CDR Reason for Disconnection Check to record single participating external terminal reason for disconnection in the CDR Dial In Out Check to record whether a single participating external terminal dialed in or out i
348. tion SCHEDULING DATA TAB The Scheduling Data tab allows the system administrator to select which types of information about scheduled meeting will be captured in the CDR Items shown in light gray are required by the VMS system and cannot be deselected The Scheduling Data tab contains the following sub tabs Meeting Tab m Attendees Tab Terminals Tab m Network Devices m Resources Tab MEETING TAB The Meeting tab allows the system administrator to select which scheduling and meeting type information is included in the CDR Video Management System Configuration Tool System Configuration COR Configuration CDR Production 1 EELT eting Attendees Terminals Network Devices Resources Actual Information Information 7 Meeting Numbe 7 Meeting Subject Reference Code Description i7 Multi Point Point to Point Scheduled Ad Hoc IMfirst Priority 1 Date Time Scheduled Date Time Cancelled Bill To Meeting Type K Meeting Type ID K MCU Service Prefix 7 Mn ideo Layout V Max Video Layout 1 Max Bit Rate Frame Rate Picture Format Vv Max T 120 Ports Reserved Max Submeetings r 1 1 Save Close Figure B 13 Scheduling Data Meeting Tab VMS Configuration Tool 367 VMS System Configuration INFORMATION Meeting Number Saves Master meeting IDs from the MCU to the C
349. tment may be deleted at a time Using the Shift and Delete keys to manually delete an appointment does not work for VMS information When the Meeting Organizer receives the response the VMS client will also send an e mail to update the VMS server A Microsoft Outlook message warning that a program is trying to automatically send e mail on your behalf may display 3 Click Yes to continue All instances of a recurring meeting which occur within 30 days of the current time are displayed in the My Meetings section of the VMS web interface You can modify or cancel individual instances of a recurring meeting via either the My Meetings section or the Outlook calendar You can cancel all instances of a recurring meeting via the Outlook calendar only 342 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual APPENDIX B VMS CONFIGURATION TOOL WHAT S IN THIS This appendix provides information on the requirements setup and use of the APPENDIX VMS Configuration Tool including the following m Overview m Java Runtime Environment Quick Setup Launching the VMS Configuration Tool Uninstalling the VMS Configuration Tool m VMS System Configuration OVERVIEW The VMS Configuration Tool is a client server application based on Java Web Start The VMS Configuration Tool allows the system administrator to configure VMS system settings and CDR preferences During initial installation of the VMS network environment settin
350. to the participant iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual ADVANCED INVITATION TAB In meeting Control Audio Jitter Buffer In current min max Accumulated audio packets received from the participant Includes the current value and average values for the minimum and maximum number of packets received from the participant Video Problems Select to include the following information m Video Out of Order Packets Total number of video packets sent to and received from the participant out of sequence m Video Lost Packet In Out Total number of lost video packets sent to and received from the participant Audio Problems Select to include the following information Audio Out of Order Packets Total number of audio packets sent to and received from the participant out of sequence Audio Lost Packet In Out Total number of lost audio packets sent to and received from the participant The Advanced Invitation tab enables you to invite multiple participants into a meeting at the same time Each invite entry box may also contain multiple participant numbers using separators This greatly extends the number of participants you can invite at the same time You can also select a lower bandwidth rate with which to connect individual participants Advanced settings allow you to drag and drop participant images into preferred positions in the layout of each meeting view supported in the meeting and to spec
351. to perform a meeting search 276 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual REFRESHING THE PAGE VIEW CREATING REPORTS Upcoming Tab Click the icon to update the page view The Upcoming tab does not automatically refresh if new meetings are scheduled From Click the calendar to choose a date To Click the calendar to choose a date Generate Reports Click to generate a report in x s format about all upcoming meeting scheduled between the selected dates Save and view with Microsoft Excel The report contains the following information about each meeting Master meeting ID m Slave meeting ID VMS meeting ID m Subject Meeting type audio video m Reference code Start time including date and time zone information Duration Meeting rooms Organizer name m Service prefix m Services MCU name s Total number of terminals Number of extra IP ports reserved Number of extra ISDN ports reserved Number of dial in IP terminals Number of dial out IP terminals My Meetings 277 Upcoming Tab MODIFYING MEETINGS MEETING TAB m Number of dial in ISDN terminals Number of dial out ISDN terminals m Gateway s used In the Subject column of the Upcoming tab click the subject of the meeting you wish to modify The Meeting Detail screen displays The Meeting Detail screen includes the following tabs Meeting Tab Invite Tab Attendees Settings Tab Attendee
352. ttings are Administrator or grayed out check that services are in order 13 An HTTP error The VMS Wait for several minutes in order to allow occurs on service is the VMS service to allocate all its accessing the restarting resources VMS server If you waited a few minutes but still You are using received an HTTP error on accessing the the incorrect VMS server URL or the full Verify that you have typed the full URL URL is not to access the VMS displayed http VMS_Server_Name or_IP port_number VMS for VMS SP Admin login http VMS_Server_Name or_IP port_number VMSadmin 14 Nouser can login Non English Non English special characters are not to a VMS connected to the ADS server special characters are used in the ADS for the Organization Unit name 460 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual supported for Organization Unit names Use only English letters Miscellaneous No Scenario Analysis Solution 15 VMS continues VMS cashing Restart the VMS service or VMS server using the mechanism The VMS will read the details from the previously defined VMS continues database table and not from the cash files and deleted MCU using the credentials when credentials from the new MCUis the cash files configured with and are not the same IP updated from the address MCU SQL tables deletion and redefinition in the VMS with the same IP address 16 VMS gives an UI limitation Add a
353. ttributes and Descriptions lt MCU gt Contains MCU information for an individual terminal registered to the VCS Attribute Name Type Example value String lt MCU value 0001 MCU 10001 gt lt Gateway gt Contains Gateway information for an individual terminal registered to the VCS Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Gateway value N A gt lt Room gt Contains room information for a terminal registered to the VCS if that terminal has a room association in the VCS Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Room value 0001 ROOM 10001 gt lt Gatekeeper gt Contains Gatekeeper information for an individual terminal registered to the VCS Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Gatekeeper value 0001 GK 10001 gt lt Zone Prefix gt Contains the zone prefix for an individual terminal registered to the VCS 434 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual CDR XML Tags Attributes and Descriptions lt Zone Prefix gt Attribute Name Type Example value String lt Zone Prefix value 81 gt lt External Terminals gt lt External Terminals gt Contains a list of external terminals terminals not registered to the VCS scheduled for the conference Attribute Name Type Example lt External Terminal g
354. ty enables you to schedule a conference to start only when the organizer joins This is especially important when the conference is billed to the organizer The e mail address requirement for user profiles is now optional and the e mail address does not need to be unique xviii iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual LOCALIZATION IMFIRST INTEROPERABILITY VMS Features User conference history may be deleted The information will still appear in the billing information and reporting statement for the user and when performing searches Administrators and Enterprise Operators can change calls scheduled by other users Users may override the H 323 terminal name displayed in the video image with the VMS predefined terminal name Users can schedule conferences on behalf of other users via the don t include me capability Users can set a designated host to the conference during scheduling When inviting a terminal via In meeting Control you may optionally specify the required bandwidth for this terminal even for a terminal which is not preconfigured in the VMS The VMS supports the following languages Simplified Chinese Japanese Portuguese Korean Spanish international English US French Italian German Russian IMfirst now communicates with the VMS to provide scalable and distributed Desktop Messenger based conferences The VMS is interoperable with the following products o MCU ve
355. udio connection to the meeting of all participants in the meeting Terminate Meeting Click to terminate the meeting Block Entry Click to block a participant from entering a current meeting Reconnect All Click to reconnect participant to a meeting Delete Participant Delete to disconnect and remove the highlighted participant from the list Change Participant View Click to change the view for the highlighted participant from the list For more information see Changing Participant View on page 216 All Meetings 215 In meeting Control CHANGING PARTICIPANT VIEW Sub conference Click to invite a sub conference For more information see Changing a Sub conference on page 217 Extend Meeting Duration Click to extend the meeting duration For more information see Extending Meeting Duration on page 217 Accessories Click to order accessories for the meeting room Start Meeting Click to start the meeting Take Release Control Click to take or release control of the meeting unavailable when the Start only when host joins option is selected in the Default Meeting Settings tab of the Organization Settings section Click the Change Participant View icon to display the Change Participants View dialog box The Change Participants View dialog box enables you to change the meeting view while the meeting is in progress for a single participant selected in the Participant List or for all participants at the sa
356. umn of the Inactive tab The Organization Profile dialog box displays with the General tab selected Figure 3 2 on page 24 In the first column of the Inactive tab check the box next to the organization you wish to delete or activate To delete the organization profile Click Delete Information for this organization will be deleted from the database To activate the organization Click Activate All meeting types for this organization are immediately restored 34 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual WHO SHOULD READ THIS CHAPTER BASICS DEVICE MANAGEMENT This chapter is relevant to VMS Pro Service Provider Administrators only The VMS has been designed to offer interoperability with many of the MCUs and gatekeepers SIP servers on the market MCU models currently supported by the VMS include m RADVISION MCU version 2 2 and later m Cisco IPVC 3540 version 2 2 and later m Polycom Accord MGC version 3 0 and later Gatekeepers SIP servers currently supported by the VMS include a RADVISION ECS Gatekeeper version 3 6 0 5 and later m Cisco MCM version 2 0 Microsoft LCS Device Management 35 Topology Tab The Device Management section contains the following tabs Topology Tab m Gatekeeper SIP Server Tab MCU Tab m Gateway Tab Note RADVISION recommends that you first configure the Topology tab followed by the Gatekeeper SIP Server MCU and Gateway tabs in that order
357. uplication or distribution of this program or any portion of it may result in severe civil or criminal penalties and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law Figure A 1 VMS Outlook Integration Setup Dialog Box VMS Outlook Client 315 Installing the VMS Outlook Client 2 Click Next to begin installation The Select Installation Folder dialog box displays i Video Management System Outlook Integration Select Installation Folder The installer will install Video Management System Outlook Integration in the following folder To install in this folder click Next To install to a different new or existing folder enter one below or click Browse Folder C Program Files RADVISION VMS Outlook Addon Browse You can install the software on the following drives Volume Disk Sc Ky 2m 100 y ai a Disk Cost Cancel Previous m Figure A 2 Select Installation Folder Dialog Box 316 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Installing the VMS Outlook Client Click Next to begin installation to the default directory or click Browse to select a new location for installation and then click Next The Confirm Installation screen displays i Video Management System Outlook Integration Confirm Installation The installer is ready to install Video Management System Outlook Integration on your computer Click Next to start the installation C
358. uration Tool 353 VMS System Configuration SCHEDULING SETTINGS Click the Scheduling Settings tab This tab allows the system administrator to TAB configure basic system settings for the VMS server Values displayed are values currently in effect Video Management System Configuration Tool System Configuration CDR Configuration General Settings f Scheduling Settings Customized Settings IMfirst Settings Meeting Settings K Authorize Endpoint Initiated Calls Duration of Endpoint Initiated Calls 30 minutes K Authorize MCU Calls v Admit Unresolved PSTN ISDN Calls Meeting ID Length 4 Mnimum Terminals allowed in a Scheduled Meeting 1 Maximum Terminals allowed in a Scheduled Meeting Minimum Terminals allowed in an Ad Hoc Meeting Maximum Terminals allowed in an Ad Hoc Meeting Launch Meetings o Minute s Before Scheduled Start Time Meeting Auto Extend Length 10 Minutes Maximum Length of Meeting Extension 10 Days Allowable Scheduling Int j Fi 0 Minut To 365 D lowable Scheduling Interval rom Minutes w To as v Alowable Duration for a Scheduled Meeting From o Minutes To p999 Minutes Alowable Duration for an Ad Hoc Meeting From 0 Minutes To 9999 Minutes C Recurring Meeting Scheduling Settings Schedule Recurring Meetings 30 Days Save Close Figure B 8 Scheduling Settings Tab
359. users added via the Invite tab in the Meeting Scheduling section For more information see Invite Tab on page 163 The VMS establishes point to point or multipoint meetings created through either the web scheduling interface or the Microsoft Outlook Client For more information about Outlook support see the VMS Outlook Client appendix Note VMS Light does not support Outlook scheduling The VMS can also handle ad hoc calls initiated from registered terminals The VMS identifies any resource conflicts and system administrators can more effectively track resource usage while using in meeting control For more information see In meeting Control on page 214 When an endpoint initiates a meeting following normal E 164 dialing rules the ECS sends an authorization request to the VMS The VMS then allocates resources adds the meeting to the list of in session meetings in the All Meetings section and creates a record of the meetings in the CDR if configured to do so Note Because endpoint initiated ad hoc meetings are relevant to terminals rather than users and because terminals can be assigned to multiple users ad hoc meetings appear only in the All Meetings section and not in the My Meetings section 118 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual AUTHORIZATION MODE MEETING ID CONFLICTS Gatekeeper SIP Server Tab To enable Authorization Mode check the Authorization option in the Modes Enabled fie
360. usiness purposes Service Providers can create comprehensive records of each call which can then be used to analyze how a video meeting system is used Service Providers can also use captured data in the CDR for diagnostic or billing purposes The CDR Configuration tab contains the following sub tabs CDR Production Tab m Scheduling Data Tab Actual Information Tab Note For more detailed technical information on XML tags and attributes used in the CDR see the CDR XML Tags and Attributes appendix VMS Configuration Tool 363 VMS System Configuration CDR PRODUCTION TAB The CDR Production tab allows the system administrator to enable CDR production in the VMS and adjust some variables Video Management System Configuration Tool System Configuration COR Configuration CDR Production Scheduling Data V Actual Information 7 Enable ui COR Minimun connection required to produce CDR 5 second s File prefix name One file per meeting One file every day Use RADIUS server IP Address 172 20 71 137 Port 1646 Shared secret Figure B 12 CDR Production Tab Enable URL Type the URL of the required vendor logo Enable XML CDR Check to enable the VMS to capture meeting call data to a CDR file in xml format Note The VMS creates a separate XML file for calls from Sony endpoints The file name is the format Call Log date sequence number xml For ex
361. using this phone number Working Mode Select the gateway working mode DID mode is available only if the gateway is registered to a RADVISION ECS If not IVR is selected by default Note Unless the gatekeeper SIP server to which this gateway is registered has been configured as an authentication server meetings scheduled using DID numbers will not initiate correctly on the MCU For more information see Adding a Gatekeeper SIP Server on page 113 International Access Code Type the international dialing access code Country Code Type the country code of the gateway telephone numbers The VMS appends the prefix when dialing out from this gateway to a terminal in a different country Allow Out of Area Calls When checked the gateway accepts incoming calls to the VMS from endpoints which have a different area code from the gateway area code Resource Management 131 Gateway Tab When unchecked only endpoints which have the same area code as the gateway can reach the VMS via the gateway Checked by default Note If you request reserved ports for a gateway when the Allow Out of Area Calls option is unchecked ensure that the specified gateway has enough resources for the extra ports Domestic Long Distance Prefix Type the prefix for domestic calls to a different area Area Code Type the area code of the gateway telephone numbers The VMS appends the prefix when dialing out from this gateway to a terminal with
362. ut and Display area enables you to invite an IP H 323 IP SIP or PSTN ISDN terminal to the current meeting Number Alias Type a unique alias for the participant Display Name Type the participant name to be displayed on the video screen Bandwidth Select from the drop down list the appropriate video bandwidth rate Pre Position Drag and drop to position participant images in the layout before a meeting begins In the My Meetings section click the Upcoming tab The Upcoming tab lists all upcoming video meetings for the entire organization Note The Upcoming tab is not displayed in VMS Light My Meetings 275 Upcoming Tab SEARCHING FOR A MEETING Current gt gt f History From ES To Subject Start Time Duration Host Conference00001 2004 07 28 08 00 60 minutes user00001 Conference00001 2004 07 28 19 30 10 minutes user00001 Conference00004 2004 07 28 19 30 10 minutes user00004 Figure 15 11 My Meetings Upcoming Tab Subject Displays the meeting subject Click to sort by subject Start Time Displays the date and time the meeting will start Click to sort by start time Duration Displays the meeting length in minutes Click to sort by duration Host Displays the name of the person who is specified as the host of the meeting Click to sort by host Subject Type the full or partial subject of the meeting for which you are searching Search Click
363. vide an e mail address in the E Mail field above Country Code Type the international access code of the ISDN terminal available only when ISDN H320 or Dual H320 and H323 are selected in the Terminal Type field 298 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual Private Tab Area Code Type the local area code of the ISDN terminal available only when ISDN H320 or Dual H320 and H323 are selected in the Terminal Type field Warning Ifthe first digit of the local area code is 0 do not type the 0 Number Type the ISDN phone number of the terminal without any dashes or spaces available only when ISDN H320 or Dual H320 and H323 are selected in the Terminal Type field Bandwidth Type the maximum speed of the terminal connection to the network used for video meetings available only when IP H323 IP SIP or Dual H320 and H323 are selected in the Terminal Type field This figure is used to confirm terminal capacity for meeting participation and for rate matching services ISDN Bandwidth Type the maximum speed of the ISDN terminal connection to the network used for video meetings available only when ISDN H323 or Dual H320 and H 323 are selected in the Terminal Type field Restricted Mode Check to follow the convention of using multiples of 56 Kbps instead of multiples of 64 Kbps available only when ISDN H323 or Dual H320 and H 323 are selected in the Terminal Type field Group T
364. video layout Select sub conference ok Cancel Figure 15 4 Select Sub conference Dialog Box Note Up to three sub conferences can be supported per meeting according to the service configuration My Meetings 261 In meeting Control EXTENDING MEETING DURATION CONTROL PANEL TABS CHAIR CONTROL PARTICIPANT LIST TAB Click the Extend Meeting Duration icon to display the Extend dialog box The Extend dialog box enables you to extend a meeting while the meeting is in progress extend IE vintes ok Cancel Figure 15 5 Extend Dialog Box The Control Panel includes the following tabs m Participant List Tab Enables you to view the list of participants in the meeting and the views available in the meeting m Statistics Tab Available with chair control for viewing general statistics about meeting media traffic m Advanced Invitation Tab Enables you to invite multiple participants to the meeting simultaneously Chair control of a meeting allows O Control of participant connections media connections and additional information per participant o Management of the meeting video layouts and voice activated video switched positions o Drag and drop participant names from the Participant List into the preferred sub frame of the meeting layout The Participant List tab enables you to view meeting participant details such as media connection types and view the layouts available in the meetin
365. way Tab a Rg NN ETN Hame ow i Gateway Model RADVISION VialP GW P25M Location Beiding x Registered To 71236 B IP Address 192 168 227 242 Je Working Mode MR E International Access Code 00 ig Country Code 88 X Allow Out of Area Calls Domestic Long Distance Prefix o Area Code ho a F C Always Dial Area Code To access an outside line for local calls dial 7 To access an outside line for long distance calls dial 7 Telephone Humber Capacity 85283986 j 4096 kbps Add Service Delete Service Service Prefix Bandwidth Restricted Mode ao 54 voice kops C 7 E 28 Y Kbps oo 256 Kbps R Figure 4 14 New Gateway Dialog Box Name Type the name of the gateway optional Gateway Model Select the gateway model from the drop down list Location Select the Device Island in which the gateway is located Registered To Select from the drop down list the gatekeeper to which this gateway registers A complete list of zone prefixes configured within the VMS is also displayed after the gatekeeper name Note Ifthis gatekeeper is configured to strip prefixes Gateway service prefixes must not begin with the same digits as the gatekeeper prefix Attached MCU Select the name of the Accord MCU to which this Accord gateway is attached Available only when an Accord gateway is
366. way tab click the entry you wish to modify The Modify Gateway dialog box displays To modify a gateway In the Modify Gateway dialog box modify the relevant gateway details and then click OK To delete a gateway In the Modify Gateway dialog box select the Offline radio button and the Permanently checkbox then click OK Note All upcoming meetings scheduled to utilize the deleted gateway will be rescheduled The organizer and participants will be notified of the new gateway information for each successfully rescheduled meeting If there are no longer enough resources on the network to support some meetings the organizer and participants will be notified of the cancellation 134 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual TAKING A GATEWAY OFFLINE TERMINALS TAB SEARCHING FOR A TERMINAL Terminals Tab All data other than the values in the Name Add Service Add DID Range and Online Offline status fields are read only until you take the gateway offline permanently Once taken offline permanently all data fields are available for modification and the gateway can be deleted To take a gateway offline In the Modify Gateway dialog box either type a date in the Offline Until field or check the Permanently checkbox In the Resource Management section click the Terminals tab The Terminals table displays Use the back and forward arrows at the bottom of the screen to display additional pages if nec
367. your Microsoft Outlook calendar The VMS Outlook appointment form AUDIO VIDEO may be accessed in two ways MEETINGS Ifconfigured as the default form open a new appointment Ifnot configured as the default form click the VMS icon in your calendar toolbar The appointment form displays with the following tabs Appointment Tab Unchanged functionality m Rich Media Tab Allows you to add audio video meeting reservation to the appointment as required Scheduling Tab Unchanged functionality APPOINTMENT TAB Select the Appointment tab to create your appointment in Outlook in the usual way Note There may be slight variations between the screen options described in this section and the options appearing in the specific Outlook version you are using HG Untitled Appointment i File Edit view Insert Format Tools Actions Help Typ question for help i Fed seve and hose Recurrence Pinvie attendees X 4 9 0 Appointment Richmedia scheduing Subject a location C SSOSOSOSOSTSTC SF This is an ontine meeting using Piersi Netiectina Boo Thursday 12 9 2004 x 3 30PM x I Alday event dtme faar a om z A M Reminder 15 minutes z a Show time as I Busy Label LJ none X Figure A 7 Appointment Tab The following should be set before proceeding to the Rich Media tab To Click to add meeting attendees A Microsoft Outlook security message m
368. ype the name of the group with which you want to associate the contact or click Select Groups to display the Select Groups dialog box Address Book 299 Public Tab MOobDIFYING DELETING A CONTACT E RE PUBLIC TAB To modify a contact 1 Inthe Name column of the Private tab click the required contact The Modify Contact dialog box displays 2 Modify the relevant settings then click OK To delete a contact In the Name column of the Private tab select the checkbox next to the contact you wish to delete then click Delete The contact is permanently removed from your private address book In the Address Book section click the Public tab The Public tab lists all your public contacts Private My Groups Terminal user00002 200002 user00002 deviabnet com user00003 200003 user00003 deviabnet com user00004 200004 user00004 deviabnet com user00005 200005 user00005 devlabnet com user00006 200006 user00006 deviabnet com user00007 200007 user00007 deviabnet com user00008 200008 user00008 devlabnet com user00009 200009 user00009 devlabnet com Figure 16 3 Address Book Public Tab Name Displays the contact name Click to order entries by name Terminal Displays the contact terminal Click to order entries by terminal 300 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual My GROUPS TAB SEARCHING FOR A GROUP My Groups Ta
369. ys a description of the meeting type Prefix Displays the meeting type prefix for multipoint services Click the column heading to sort meeting types by prefix The prefix for multipoint services must match the prefix to the corresponding service on the MCU 92 iVideo Management System VMS Administrator Reference Manual DOWNLOADING MCU V3 MEETING TYPES FROM THE MCU Active Meeting Types Tab In Use Displays Yes if the meeting type is being used by any in session or upcoming meetings Displays No if there are no meetings scheduled or in progress using this meeting type Click the column heading to sort meeting types by status MCUs Click the Detail link to display a list of which MCUs have this service and the status of these MCUs RADVISION MCU version 3 x and Cisco MCU version 3 x contain a range of preconfigured meeting types When you add the first MCU to the network the VMS automatically synchronizes its resource factors but not its meeting types The administrator must manually synchronize the meeting types of this MCU During download the VMS checks all MCUs for existing meeting types updates meeting type resource factors and writes new or changed meeting types to the VMS database Administrators should note the following Meeting types are not named on the MCU When anew meeting type prefix is detected by the VMS administrators will be prompted to create a name for the meeting type via the downlo

Sony VMS Admin Referenz Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents